Telerik.Windows.Documents.Flow
    
    
        
            
            Provides base class for flow document elements.
            
        
        
            
            This API supports the debugging infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
            
        
        
            
            This API supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
            
        
        
            
            This API supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
            
        
        
            
            Enumerates all child elements of given type.
            
            The type.
            
        
        
            
            Enumerates all direct child elements of a given type.
            For example Headers/Footers are indirect children of a  element and 
            Comments are indirect children of a  element.
            
            The type of the T.
            
        
        
            
            Sets the parent.
            
            The new parent.
        
        
            
            Enumerates all parent elements of given type.
            
            The type.
            
        
        
            
            This methods can be override in derived class and if override should be invoked after CloneCore call.  
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Called when child element is added.
            
            The child element.
        
        
            
            Called when child element is removed.
            
            The child element.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this document element is associated.
            
            
            The document.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the parent of the element.
            
            The parent.
        
        
            
            This API supports the debugging infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
            
        
        
            
            This API supports the debugging infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
            
        
        
            
            Defines utility class used for editing RadFlowDocuments
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Inserts text.
            
            The text.
            The inserted last inserted Run element.
        
        
            
            Inserts text and adds new paragraph after it.
            
            The text.
            The inserted last inserted Run element.
        
        
            
            Inserts the hyperlink.
            
            The text.
            The URI.
            True for hyperlinks pointing to a bookmark.
            The tool tip.
            
        
        
            
            Inserts new field.
            
            The code fragment.
            The result fragment.
            
        
        
            
            Inserts a new section.
            
            The inserted Section element.
        
        
            
            Inserts a new paragraph.
            
            The inserted Paragraph element.
        
        
            
            Inserts an inline image with its original size.
            
            The stream.
            The extension.
            The inserted inline image.
        
        
            
            Inserts an inline image.
            
            The image source.
            The size.
            The inserted image inline.
        
        
            
            Inserts the image inline.
            
            The image stream.
            The image extension.
            The size.
            The inserted image inline.
        
        
            
            Inserts a floating image with its original size.
            
            The stream.
            The extension.
            The inserted floating image.
        
        
            
            Inserts a floating image.
            
            The image stream.
            The image extension.
            The size.
            The floating image inline.
        
        
            
            Inserts a floating image.
            
            The image source.
            The size.
            The floating image inline.
        
        
            
            Inserts an inline.
            
            The inline.
            The inline.
        
        
            
            Inserts a new table and positions the editor after the table.
            
             The inserted table.
        
        
            
            Inserts a new table and positions the editor after the table.
            
            The number of rows in the table.
            The number of columns in the table.
            The inserted table.
        
        
            
            Inserts the break.
            
            The type of the break.
            The inserted break.
        
        
            
            Inserts the comment.
            
            The text of the comment.
            The created comment.
        
        
            
            Inserts the comment.
            
            The text.
            The inline start. The start of the comment will be inserted before this inline.
            The inline end. The end of the comment will be inserted after this inline.
            
        
        
            
            Inserts the comment.
            
            The comment.
            The comment.
        
        
            
            Inserts the comment.
            
            The comment.
            The inline start. The start of the comment will be inserted before this inline.
            The inline end. The end of the comment will be inserted after this inline.
            The comment.
        
        
            
            Inserts the bookmark with specified name.
            
            The name.
            The created bookmark.
        
        
            
            Inserts the bookmark with specified name.
            
            The name.
            The inline start. The start of the bookmark will be inserted before this inline.
            The inline end. The end of the bookmark will be inserted after this inline.
            The created bookmark.
        
        
            
            Inserts the source document at the current position in the target document.
            
            The source document.
        
        
            
            Inserts the source document at the current position in the target document.
            
            The source document.
            The insert options.
        
        
            
            Deletes a bookmark by name.
            
            The name.
        
        
            
            Deletes the bookmark.
            
            The bookmark.
        
        
            
            Inserts the permission range surrounding inline start and inline end.
            
            The permission range credentials.
            The inline start.
            The inline end.
            
        
        
            
            Inserts the permission range surrounding table cell.
            
            The permission range credentials.
            The cell.
            
        
        
            
            Inserts the permission range surrounding table row.
            
            The permission range credentials.
            The row.
            
        
        
            
            Deletes the permission range.
            
            The permission.
        
        
            
            Protects the editor document from changes with specified password in read only protection mode.
            
            The password.
        
        
            
            Protects the editor document from changes with specified password in desired protection mode.
            
            The password.
            The protection mode.
        
        
            
            Tries to unprotect the editor document with specified password.
            
            The password.
            True if the password is correct; otherwise, False.
        
        
            
            Unprotects the editor document.
            
        
        
            
            Replaces all occurrences of a specified text in a .
            
            The searched text.
            The replace text.
        
        
            
            Replaces all occurrences of a specified text in a .
            
            The searched text.
            The replace text.
            Indicates whether the casing should be matched.
            Indicates whether only whole words should be matched.
        
        
            
            Replaces all occurrences of a matched text by the specified regex in a .
            
            The regex.
            The replace text.
        
        
            
            Replaces character properties of all occurrences of the searched text in a .
            
            The searched text.
            The action which replaces character properties.
        
        
            
            Replaces character properties of all occurrences of the searched text in a .
            
            The searched text.
            Indicates whether the casing should be matched.
            Indicates whether only whole words should be matched.
            The action which replaces character properties.
        
        
            
            Replaces character properties of all occurrences of a 
            matched text by the specified regex in a . 
            
            The regex.
            The action which replaces character properties.
        
        
            
            Sets the watermark to the specified header.
            
            The watermark.
            The header.
        
        
            
            Sets the watermark to the header of the specified type associated with the specified section.
            
            The watermark.
            The section.
            Type of the header.
        
        
            
            Moves the editor to the start of a paragraph.
            
            The paragraph.
        
        
            
            Moves the editor after an inline.
            
            The inline.
        
        
            
            Moves the editor before an inline.
            
            The inline.
        
        
            
            Moves the editor to a table end.
            
            The table.
        
        
            
            Gets the character formatting that will be used when creating new run elements.
            
            The character formatting.
        
        
            
            Gets the paragraph formatting that will be used when creating new paragraphs.
            
            The paragraph formatting.
        
        
            
            Gets the table formatting that will be used when creating new tables.
            
            The table formatting.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this editor is associated.
            
            
            The document.
            
        
        
            
            This inline should be used only for preserving the end of paragraph when converting to Plain text.
            
        
        
            
            Provides base functionality for all inline flow content elements.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the parent paragraph of the inline.
            
            The paragraph.
        
        
            
            Establishes common functionality for generic style properties.
            
        
        
            
            Establishes common properties and functionality for style properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the local value as object.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets the actual value as object.
            
            
        
        
            
            Sets the local value as object.
            
            The value.
        
        
            
            Clears the local value.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the property definition.
            
            The property definition.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the style property has local value.
            
            The has local value.
        
        
            
            Gets the actual value.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the local value.
            
            The value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the local value.
            
            The value.
            
        
        
            
            Encapsulates data needed for creation of an image taken from Uri source.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The URI of the image.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The URI of the image.
            The extension of the image.
        
        
            
            Gets the URI of the image.
            
            The URI of the image.
        
        
            
            Gets the data.
            
            The data.
        
        
            
            Gets the extension.
            
            The extension.
        
        
            
            Represents a collection of generic fonts that will be used during Html import.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the cursive generic font.
            
            The cursive.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the fantasy generic font.
            
            The fantasy generic font.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the monospace generic font.
            
            The monospace generic font.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the sans-serif generic font.
            
            The sans-serif generic font.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the serif generic font.
            
            The serif generic font.
        
        
            
            Provides data for  event.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the image that will be exported.
            
            The image.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the 'width' and 'height' attributes of an 'image' element should be exported.
            The default value is true.
            
            The value indicating whether the image size should be exported.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value which will be set to the 'src' attribute of the 'image' element.
            
            The source.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value which will be set to the 'alt' attribute of the 'image' element.
            
            The alternative text.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the 'title' attribute of the 'image' element.
            
            The title.
        
        
            
            Indicates if the event is handled.
            
            True if the event is handled. False otherwise.
        
        
            
            Represents document export level.
            
        
        
            
            Represents Html document export level.
            
        
        
            
            Represents Html fragment export level.
            
        
        
            
            Provides data for  event.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event is handled.
            
            
              true if handled; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value which will be set to the 'href' attribute of the 'link' tag pointing to the external style file.
            
            The reference.
        
        
            
            Gets the CSS that will be exported.
            
            
            The CSS string.
            
        
        
            
            Contains settings for export with .
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Occurs when exporting styles to external source.
            
        
        
            
            Occurs when an image is exporting.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the path to the folder that will contain the external image files.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the base path that will be set as value to the 'src' attribute of the 'image' elements.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the path to the file that will contain the external styles.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value that will be set as 'href' attribute of the 'link' element pointing to the file containing the external styles.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the images export mode.
            
            
            The images export mode.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the export mode for the styles in . The default value is .
            
            The styles export mode.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the document export level.
            
            The document export level.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the document should be indented. The default value is false.
            
            If the document should be indented.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the minimal thickness of a border.
            
            
            The borders minimal thickness.
            
        
        
            
            Represents HTML format provider.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Exports the specified document.
            
            The document.
            The output.
        
        
            
            Imports the specified input.
            
            The input.
            The imported document.
        
        
            
            Gets the supported extensions.
            
            
            The supported extensions.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether format provider can import.
            
            The value indicating whether can import.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether format provider can export.
            
            The value indicating whether can export.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the import settings.
            
            The import settings.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the export settings.
            
            The export settings.
        
        
            
            Describes images export mode.
            
        
        
            
            Images are exported embedded in the main file as Base64-encoded strings.
            
        
        
            
            Images are exported in separate files.
            
        
        
            
            Contains settings for import with .
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Occurs when loading from URL.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the generic fonts collection.
            
            The generic fonts collection.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets whether non breaking space characters in strings should be replaced with whitespaces.
            The default value is false.
            
            Indicates whether non breaking spaces should be replaced.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the default style sheet that will be used during the import.
            
            The default style sheet that will be used during the import.
        
        
            
            Global configuration and defaults
            
        
        
            
            The default startup options. These are flags. 
            
        
        
             
             Provides access to the PseudoSelectors object, which allows registering new filters and
             accessing information and instances about existing filters.
             
            
             
             The pseudo PseudoSelectors configuration object.
             
        
        
            
            The default rendering options. These will be used when configuring a default OutputFormatter.
            Note that if the default OutputFormatter has been changed, this setting is not guaranteed to
            have any effect on output.
            
        
        
            
            The default HTML parsing options. These will be used when parsing HTML without specifying any options. 
            
        
        
            
            The default HTML encoder.
            
        
        
            
            The default OutputFormatter. The GetOutputFormatter property can also be used to provide a
            new instance whenever a default OutputFormatter is requested; setting that property will
            supersede any existing value of this property.
            
        
        
            
            A delegate that returns a new instance of the default output formatter to use for rendering.
            The OutputFormatter property can also be used to return a single instance of a reusable
            IOutputFormatter object; setting that property will supersede any existing value of this
            property.
            
        
        
            
            A method that returns a new HttpWebRequest. This is mostly useful for providing an alternate
            implementation for testing.
            
        
        
            
            Default document type. This is the parsing mode that will be used when creating documents
            that have no DocType and no mode is explicitly defined.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the default dynamic object type. This is the type of object used by default when
            parsing JSON into an unspecified type.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the default DomIndexProvider, which returns an instance of a DomIndex that
            defines the indexing strategy for new documents.
            
        
        
            
            Flags specifying how the document should be rendered
            
        
        
            
            No option flags. This is not the same as "default", but rather explicitly uses "false" values for all flags.
            
        
        
            
            Render with default options as determined by CsQuery.Config.DomRenderingOptions
            
        
        
            
            This option only appies to the old HTML parser. It is obsolete, has no effect, and will be
            removed in a future version of CsQuery.
            
        
        
            
            Remove comments from the output
            
        
        
            
            Add quotes around each attribute value, whether or not they are needed. The alternative is to only 
            use quotes when they are necesssary to delimit the value (e.g. because it includes spaces or other quote characters)
            
        
        
            
            Flags for specifying initial configuration behavior of CsQuery.
            
        
        
            
            When true, CsQuery will scan the client assembly for extensions. Any classes 
            found in a namespace CsQuery.Extensions will be configured automatically. Default is true; 
            disable this flag to disable this behavior
            
        
        
             
             The CQ object is analogus to the basic jQuery object. It has instance methods that mirror the
             methods of a jQuery object, and static methods that mirror utility methods such as "$.map".
             
             Most methods return a new jQuery object that is bound to the same document, but a different
             selection set. In a web browser, you genally only have a single context (the browser DOM).
             Here, you could have many, though most of the time you will only be working with one.
             
            
             
             Document is an IDomDocument object, referred to sometimes as the "DOM", and represents the
             DOM that this CsQuery objects applies to. When CQ methods are run, the resulting CQ object
             will refer to the same Document as the original. Selectors always run against this DOM.
             
             Creating a CQ object from something that is not bound to a DOM (such as an HTML string, or an
             unbound IDomObject or IDomElement object) will result in a new Document being created, that
             is unrelated to any other active objects you may have. Adding unbound elements using methods
             such as Append will cause them to become part of the target DOM. They will be removed from
             whatever DOM they previously belonged to. (Elements cannot be part of more than one DOM). If
             you don't want to remove something while adding to a CQ object from a different DOM, then you
             should clone the elements.
             
             Selection is a set of DOM nodes matching the selector.
             
             Elements is a set of IDomElement nodes matching the selector. This is a subset of Selection -
             it excludes non-Element nodes.
             
             The static Create() methods create new DOMs. To create a CsQuery object based on an existing
             dom, use new CQ() (similar to jQuery() methods).
             
            
             
             Most of the jQuery methods are implemented in separate files under the "CQ_jQuery" folder. 
             Methods which are not part of the jQuery API are found under the "CQ_CsQuery" folder.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the HTML of each selected element in order. 
             
            
             
             A string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Returns an enumeration of the current selection set for this CQ object
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            Clear the entire object.
            
        
        
            
            Clears the current selection set.
            
        
        
             
             Sets the selection set for this object, and asserts that the order in which it as assigned is
             the order passed. This allows most operations to return the original set directly; if it is
             requested in a different order then it will be sorted.
             
            
             
             The current selection set including all node types.
             
             
             The order in which the elements appear in selectionSet. If omitted, Ascending is the default.
             
             
             The default output order, if different from the inputOrder. If omitted, the same as the input
             order is the default.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Sets the selection set for this object to a single element..
             
            
             
             The element to add.
             
             
             The default output order. If omitted, Ascending (DOM) order is the default.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Map a CSV or enumerable object to a hashset.
             
            
             
             the object or sequence to map
             
            
             
             A new hashset
             
        
        
             
             Helper function for option groups to set multiple options when passed a CSV of values.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
             
             true to multiple.
             
        
        
             
             Helper function for option groups to set multiple options when passed a CSV of values.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             The values.
             
             
             true to multiple.
             
        
        
             
             Add an item to the list of selected elements. It should be part of this DOM.
             
            
             
             The element to add
             
            
             
             true if the element was added.
             
        
        
             
             Adds each element to the current selection set. 
             
            
             
             The elements to add
             
            
             
             true if any elements were added.
             
        
        
             
             Map range of elements to a new CQ object using a function delegate to populate it.
             
            
             
             Source elements
             
             
             Delegate to the mapping function
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Runs a set of selectors and returns the combined result as a single enumerable.
             
            
             
             A sequence of strings that area each selectors
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process merge selections in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Runs a set of HTML creation selectors and returns result as a single enumerable.
             
            
             
             A sequence of strings that are each valid HTML
             
            
             
             A new sequence containing all the elements from all the selectors.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates only the IDomElements in the sequence provided. Any other elemnent types are excluded..
             
            
             
             The objects.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process only elements in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Filter a sequence using a selector if the selector is not empty. If it's empty, return a new
             CQ object containing the original list.
             
            
             
             The selector.
             
             
             The source sequence.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Filter a sequence using a selector if the selector is not empty. If it's empty, return a new CQ object
             containing the original list.
             
            
             
             The selector.
             
             
             The source sequence
             
             
             The order in which the elements of the new CQ object should be returned
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Filter a sequence using a selector, ignoring missing selectors
             
            
             
             The sequence to filter
             
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process filter elements in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Filter an element list using another selector. A null selector results in no filtering; an
             empty string selector results in an empty list being return.
             
            
             
             The sequence to filter.
             
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             The filtered list.
             
        
        
             
             Perform a substring replace on the contents of the named attribute in each item in the
             selection set.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             The string to match.
             
             
             The value to replace each occurrence with.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create an empty CQ object.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from a single element. Unlike the constructor method
              this new objet is not bound to any context from the element.
             
            
             
             A string containing HTML.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from an HTML character array. Node: this method is obsolete; it may be
             removed in a future release. Character arrays were supported in prior versions because this
             was how all data was converted internally; this is not the case any more, and it's an
             unlikely format for typical input. Use string or stream methods instead.
             
            
             
             The HTML source for the document.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from a single element. Unlike the constructor method 
             this new objet is not bound to any context from the element.
             
            
             
             The element to wrap
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Creeate a new CQ object from an HTML string.
             
            
             
             A string containing HTML.
             
             
             (optional) the mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ from an HTML fragment, and use quickSet to create attributes (and/or css)
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
             
             an object containing CSS properties and attributes to be applied to the resulting fragment.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Creeate a new CQ object from a squence of elements, or another CQ object. The new object will
             contain clones of the original objects; they are no longer bound to their owning context. If
             you want to wrap these elements and retain their context, use "new CQ(...)" instead.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from a stream of HTML text, attempting to automatically detect the
             character set encoding from BOM. 
             
            
             
             An open Stream.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ from a stream of HTML text in the specified encoding.
             
            
             
             An open Stream.
             
             
             The character set encoding.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from a TextReader containing HTML.
             
            
             
             A TextReader containing HTML.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from a stream of HTML, treating the HTML as a content document.
             
            
             
             An open Stream.
             
             
             The character set encoding.
             
             
             (optional) the mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from a TextReader containg HTML
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
             
             (optional) the mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
            
             
             The new fragment.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new fragment from a TextReader containing HTML text.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
            
             
             The new fragment.
             
        
        
             
             Creeate a new fragment from HTML text, in the context of a specific HTML tag.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
             
             The HTML tag name which is the context
             
            
             
             The new fragment.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from a sequence of elements, or another CQ object.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             The new fragment.
             
        
        
             
             Creeate a new DOM from HTML text using full HTML5 tag generation.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML
             
            
             
             The new document.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new DOM from a stream containing HTML
             
            
             
             An open Stream
             
            
             
             The new document.
             
        
        
             
             Creeate a new DOM from HTML text using full HTML5 tag generation.
             
            
             
             An open Stream.
             
             
             The character set encoding.
             
            
             
             The new document.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new DOM from a stream containing HTML
             
            
             
             A n open Stream
             
            
             
             The new document.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new DOM from an HTML file.
             
            
             
             The full path to the file
             
            
             
             The new document from file.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new DOM from an HTML file.
             
            
             
             The full path to the file
             
            
             
             The new from file.
             
        
        
             
             Return a CsQuery object wrapping the sequence passed, or the object itself if it's already a
             CsQuery obect. Unlike "new CsQuery(context)", this will not create a new CsQuery object from
             an existing one.
             
            
             
             A sequence of IDomObject elements.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object when the source is disconnected elements, or the CQ object passed.
             
        
        
             
             The first IDomElement (e.g. not text/special nodes) in the selection set, or null if none
             exists.
             
            
             
             An IDomElement object.
             
        
        
             
             Given a table header or cell, returns all members of the same column in the table. This will
             most likely not work as you would expect if there are colspan cells.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object containing all the th and td cells in the specified column.
             
        
        
             
             Selects then zero-based nth cells  (th and td) from all rows in any matched tables. This will
             most likely no do what you expect if the table has colspan cells.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the column to target.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object containing all the th and td cells in the specified column.
             
        
        
             
             Test for the existence of an attribute.
             
            
             
             The name of the attribute to get.
             
            
             
             A string of the attribute value, or null if the attribute does not exist.
             
        
        
             
             Conditionally includes a selection. This is the equivalent of calling Remove() only when
             "include" is false.
             
            
             
             true to include, false to exclude.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Given two selectors, shows the content of one, and removes the content of the other, based on
             the boolean parameter.
             
            
             
             A boolean value to indicate whether the first or second selector should be used to determine
             the elements that are kept. When true, the first is kept and the 2nd removed. When false, the
             opposite happens.
             
             
             The true selector.
             
             
             The false selector.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Given two CQ objects, shows the one, and removes the the other from the document, based on
             the boolean parameter.
             
            
             
             A boolean value to indicate whether the first or second selector should be used to determine
             the elements that are kept. When true, the first is kept and the 2nd removed. When false, the
             opposite happens.
             
             
             The true content.
             
             
             The false content.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Removes all but one of a list selectors/objects based on the zero-based index of the first
             parameter. The remaining one is explicitly shown.
             
            
             
             An integer representing the zero-based index of the content from the list of items passed
             which should be kept and shown.
             
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing content.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Removes all but one of a list selectors/objects based on the zero-based index of the first
             parameter. The remaining one is explicitly shown.
             
            
             
             An integer representing the zero-based index of the content from the list of items passed
             which should be kept and shown.
             
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing content.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             The current selection set will become the only members of the document in this object. This
             is a destructive method that will completely replace the document.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             The elements identified by the selector will become the only members of the document in this
             object. This is a destructive method that will completely replace the document.
             
            
             
             A selector that determines which elements will become the new document.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Create a new, empty CsQuery object bound to this domain.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new instance of the CQ object. This should be used inside CQ to create a new object
             under all circumstances so it can be overridden by derived classes.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Renders just the selection set completely.
             
            
             
             This method will only render the HTML for elements in the current selection set. To render
             the entire document for output, use the Render method.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders just the selection set completely.
             
            
             
             The output formatter.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders just the selection set completely.
             
            
             
             The output formatter.
             
             
             The writer.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the document to a string.
             
            
             
             This method renders the entire document, regardless of the current selection. This is the
             primary method used for rendering the final HTML of a document after manipulation; it
             includes the <doctype> and <html> nodes.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Render the complete DOM with specific options.
             
            
             
             (optional) option flags that control how the output is rendered.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Render the entire document, parsed through a formatter passed using the parameter.
             
            
             
             CsQuery by default does not format the output at all, but rather returns exactly the same
             contents of each element from the source, including all extra whitespace. If you want to
             produce output that is formatted in a specific way, you can create an OutputFormatter for
             this purpose. The included  does some
             basic formatting by removing extra whitespace and adding newlines in a few useful places.
             (This formatter is pretty basic). A formatter to perform indenting to create human-readable
             output would be useful and will be included in some future release.
             
            
             
             An object that parses a CQ object and returns a string of HTML.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Render the entire document, parsed through a formatter passed using the parameter, to the
             specified writer.
             
            
             
             The formatter.
             
             
             The writer.
             
        
        
             
             Render the entire document, parsed through a formatter passed using the parameter, with the
             specified options.
             
            
             
             The sb.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the operation.
             
        
        
             
             Save the current Document to an HTML file.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the HTML for all selected documents, separated by commas. No inner html or children
             are included.
             
            
             
             This method does not return valid HTML, but rather a single string containing an abbreviated
             version of the markup for only documents in the selection set, separated by commas. This is
             intended for inspecting a selection set, for example while debugging.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the HTML for all selected documents, separated by commas.
             
            
             
             This method does not return valid HTML, but rather a single string containing an abbreviated
             version of the markup for only documents in the selection set, separated by commas. This is
             intended for inspecting a selection set, for example while debugging.
             
            
             
             When true, the complete HTML (e.g. including children) is included for each element.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Set a specific item, identified by the 2nd parameter, of a named option group, identified by
             the first parameter, as selected.
             
            
             
             The value of the name attribute identifying this option group.
             
             
             The option value to set as selected
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Return the current assembly's version.
             
            
             
             A string
             
        
        
            
            Creates a new, empty CQ object.
            
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from an HTML string.
             
            
             
             The HTML source.
             
             
             The HTML parsing mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from an HTML stream.
             
             
            
             
             The html source of the new document.
             
             
             The character set encoding.
             
             
             The HTML parsing mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from an HTML string.
             
            
             
             The html source of the new document.
             
             
             The HTML parsing mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object wrapping a single element.
             
             
             
             This differs from the  method in that this document is still
             related to its owning document; this is the same as if the element had just been selected.
             The Create method, conversely, creates an entirely new Document context contining a single
             element (a clone of this element).
             
            
             
             The element.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CsQuery object wrapping an existing sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements to populate the object
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object wrapping a single DOM element, in the context of another CQ object.
             
            
             
             This differs from the overload accepting a single IDomObject parameter in that it associates
             the new object with a previous object, as if it were part of a selector chain. In practice
             this will rarely make a difference, but some methods such as  use
             this information.
             
            
             
             The element to wrap.
             
             
             The context.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CsQuery object using an existing instance and a selector. if the selector is
             null or missing, then it will contain no selection results.
             
            
             
             A valid CSS selector.
             
             
             The context.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CsQuery object from a selector HTML, and assign CSS from a JSON string, within a context.
             
            
             
             The 
             
             
             The JSON containing CSS
             
             
             The context
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CsQuery object from a selector or HTML, and assign CSS, within a context.
             
            
             
             The selector or HTML markup
             
             
             The object whose property names and values map to CSS
             
             
             The context
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CsQuery object from a set of DOM elements, assigning the 2nd parameter as a context for this object.
             
            
             
             The elements that make up the selection set in the new object
             
             
             A CQ object that will be assigned as the context for this one.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CQ object from html.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML
             
        
        
            
            Bind this instance to a new empty DomDocument configured with the default options.
            
        
        
            
            Bind this instance to a new empty DomFragment configured with the default options.
            
        
        
             
             Bind this instance to a new DomFragment created from a sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to provide the source for this object's DOM.
             
        
        
             
             Bind this instance to a new DomFragment created from HTML in a specific HTML tag context.
             
            
             
             The target.
             
             
             The HTML.
             
             
             The character set encoding.
             
             
             The HTML parsing mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
        
        
             
             Bind this instance to a new DomFragment created from HTML using the specified parsing mode and element context
             
            
             
             The target.
             
             
             The HTML.
             
             
             The context (e.g. an HTML tag name)
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
        
        
             
             Configures a new instance for a sequence of elements and an existing context.
             
            
             
             The dom.
             
             
             A sequence of elements.
             
             
             The context.
             
        
        
             
             Configures a new instance for a sequence of elements and an existing context.
             
            
             
             A valid CSS selector.
             
             
             The context.
             
        
        
             
             Convert a dictionary to a dynamic object. Use to get another expando object from a sub-
             object of an expando object, e.g. as returned from JSON data.
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             obj as a JsObject.
             
        
        
             
             Converts an object to a dynamic object of type T.
             
            
             
             The type of object to create. This must be an IDynamicMetaObjectProvider that also implements
             IDictionary<string,object>
             
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             A new object of type T.
             
        
        
             
             Add elements to the set of matched elements from a selector or an HTML fragment.
             
            
             
             A CSS selector.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/add/
             
        
        
             
             Add an element to the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The element to add.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/add/
             
        
        
             
             Add elements to the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to add.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/add/
             
        
        
             
             Add elements to the set of matched elements from a selector or an HTML fragment.
             
            
             
             A string representing a selector expression to find additional elements to add to the set of
             matched elements.
             
             
             The point in the document at which the selector should begin matching; similar to the context
             argument of the $(selector, context) method.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/add/
             
        
        
             
             Add elements to the set of matched elements from a selector or an HTML fragment.
             
            
             
             A string representing a selector expression to find additional elements to add to the set of
             matched elements.
             
             
             The point in the document at which the selector should begin matching; similar to the context
             argument of the $(selector, context) method.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/add/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, after each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A CSS selector that determines the elements to insert.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/after/
             
        
        
             
             Insert an element, specified by the parameter, after each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             The element to insert.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/after/
             
        
        
             
             Insert elements, specified by the parameter, after each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to insert.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/after/
             
        
        
             
             Inserts an element at the specified offset from a target. Helper method for Before and After.
             
            
             
             Target for the.
             
             
             The offset.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the selection at or after the index of each target (adding offset to
             the index). If there is more than one target, the a clone is made of the selection for the
             2nd and later targets.
             
            
             
             This is a helper for Before and After. There is special handling when the target is not part
             of a DOM. Instead of altering the DOM, this method will alter the selection set, and return a
             CQ object that contains the new sequence. Normally, it would return the same CQ object (but
             alter the DOM).
             
            
             
             The target element.
             
             
             The offset from the target at which to begin inserting.
             
             
             [out] The inserted elements.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Add the previous set of elements on the stack to the current set.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/andself/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the end of each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             One or more HTML strings to append.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/append/
             
        
        
             
             Insert the element, specified by the parameter, to the end of each element in the set of
             matched elements.
             
            
             
             The element to exclude.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/append/
             
        
        
             
             Insert the sequence of elements, specified by the parameter, to the end of each element in
             the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to be excluded.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/append/
             
        
        
             
             Appends a func.
             
            
             
             A delegate to a function that returns an HTML string to insert at the end
             of each element in the set of matched elements. Receives the index position of the element in
             the set and the old HTML value of the element as arguments. Within the function, this refers
             to the current element in the set.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/append/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the end of each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             A delegate to a function that returns an IDomElement to insert at the end of each element in
             the set of matched elements. Receives the index position of the element in the set and the
             old HTML value of the element as arguments. Within the function, this refers to the current
             element in the set.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/append/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the end of each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             A delegate to a function that returns a sequence of IDomElement objects to insert at the end
             of each element in the set of matched elements. Receives the index position of the element in
             the set and the old HTML value of the element as arguments. Within the function, this refers
             to the current element in the set.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/append/
             
        
        
             
             Append each element passed by parameter to each element in the selection set. The inserted
             elements are returned.
             
            
             
             The elements to be excluded.
             
             
             A CQ object containing all the elements added.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Deals with tbody as the target of appends.
             
            
             
             The true target.
             
            
             
             Either the element itself, or the TBODY element if the target was a TABLE
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements to the end of each element in the targets.
             
            
             
             The .Append() and .appendTo() methods perform the same task. The major difference is in the
             syntax-specifically, in the placement of the content and target. With .Append(), the selector
             expression preceding the method is the container into which the content is inserted. With
             .AppendTo(), on the other hand, the content precedes the method, either as a selector
             expression or as markup created on the fly, and it is inserted into the target container.
             
            
             
             A selector that results in HTML to which the selection set will be appended.
             
            
             
              A CQ object containing all the elements added
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/appendTo/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements to the end of the target.
             
            
             
             The element to which the elements in the current selection set should be appended.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object containing the target elements.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/appendTo/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements to the end of the target.
             
            
             
             The targets to which the current selection will be appended.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object containing the target elements.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/appendTo/
             
        
        
             
             Get the value of an attribute for the first element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The name of the attribute to get.
             
            
             
             A string of the attribute value, or null if the attribute does not exist.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/attr/#attr1
             
        
        
             
             Get the value of an attribute for the first element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             This is a CsQuery extension. Attribute values are always stored as strings internally, in
             line with their being created and represented as HTML string data. This method simplifies
             converting to another type such as integer for attributes that represent strongly-type values.
             
            
             
             Type to which the attribute value should be converted.
             
             
             The name of the attribute to get.
             
            
             
             A strongly-typed value representing the attribute, or default(T) if the attribute does not
             exist.
             
        
        
             
             Set one or more attributes for the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             Thrown when attemting to change the type of an INPUT element that already exists on the DOM.
             
            
             
             THe attribute name.
             
             
             The value to set.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Map an object to a set of attributes name/values and set those attributes on each object in
             the selection set.
             
            
             
             The jQuery API uses the same method "Attr" for a wide variety of purposes. For Attr and Css
             methods, the overloads that we would like to use to match all the ways the method is used in
             the jQuery API don't work out in the strongly-typed world of C#. To resolved this, the
             methods AttrSet and CssSet were created for methods where an object or a string of JSON are
             passed (a map) to set multiple methods.
             
            
             
             An object whose properties names represent attribute names, or a string that is valid JSON
             data that represents an object of attribute names/values.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/attr/#attr2
             
        
        
             
             Map an object to attributes, optionally using "quickSet" to set other properties in addition
             to the attributes.
             
            
             
             An object whose properties names represent attribute names, or a string that is valid JSON
             data that represents an object of attribute names/values.
             
             
             If true, set any css from a sub-map object passed with "css", html from "html", inner text
             from "text", and css from "width" and "height" properties.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an attribute from each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The attribute name to remove.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/removeAttr/
             
        
        
             
             Remove a property from the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             In CsQuery, there is no distinction between an attribute and a property. In a real browser
             DOM, this method will actually remove a property from an element, causing consequences such
             as the inability to set it later. In CsQuery, the DOM is stateless and is simply a
             representation of the HTML that created it. This method is included for compatibility, but
             causes no special behavior.
             
            
             
             The property (attribute) name to remove.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/removeProp/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, before each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             A CSS selector that determines the elements to insert.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/before/
             
        
        
             
             Insert the element, specified by the parameter, before each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             The element to insert.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/before/
             
        
        
             
             Insert each element, specified by the parameter, before each element in the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to insert.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/before/
             
        
        
             
             Get the children of each element in the set of matched elements, optionally filtered by a
             selector.
             
            
             
             A selector that must match each element returned.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/children/
             
        
        
             
             Return all children of all selected elements. Helper method for Children()
             
            
             
             A new sequence.
             
        
        
             
             Adds the specified class, or each class in a space-separated list, to each of the set of
             matched elements.
             
            
             
             One or more class names to be added to the class attribute of each matched element.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/addclass/
             
        
        
             
             Add or remove one or more classes from each element in the set of matched elements, depending
             on either the class's presence.
             
            
             
             One or more class names (separated by spaces) to be toggled for each element in the matched
             set.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/toggleClass/
             
        
        
             
             Add or remove one or more classes from each element in the set of matched elements, depending
             on the value of the switch argument.
             
            
             
             One or more class names (separated by spaces) to be toggled for each element in the matched
             set.
             
             
             a boolean value that determine whether the class should be added (true) or removed (false).
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/toggleClass/
             
        
        
             
             Determine whether any of the matched elements are assigned the given class.
             
            
             
             The class name to search for.
             
            
             
             true if the class exists on any of the elements, false if not.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/hasclass/
             
        
        
             
             Create a deep copy of the set of matched elements. Clone makes copies of the actual elements
             in a selection set; it doesn't simply make a copy of a selector's results.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object that contains a clone of each element in the original selection set.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/clone/
             
        
        
             
             Get the first ancestor element that matches the selector, beginning at the current element
             and progressing up through the DOM tree.
             
            
             
             A CSS selector.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/closest/#closest1
             
        
        
             
             Return the element passed by parameter, if it is an ancestor of any elements in the selection
             set.
             
            
             
             The element to target.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/closest/#closest1
             
        
        
             
             Get the first ancestor element of any element in the seleciton set that is also one of the
             elements in the sequence passed by parameter, beginning at the current element and
             progressing up through the DOM tree.
             
            
             
             The elements to target.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/closest/#closest1
             
        
        
             
             Get the children of each element in the set of matched elements, including text and comment
             nodes.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/contents/
             
        
        
             
             Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements from JSON data.
             
            
             
             An object whose properties names represent css property names.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/css/#css2
             
        
        
             
             Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             By default, this method will validate that the CSS style name and value are valid CSS3. To
             assing a style without validatoin, use the overload of this method and set the "strict"
             parameter to false.
             
            
             
             The name of the style.
             
             
             The value of the style.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/css/#css2
             
        
        
             
             Get the value of a style property for the first element in the set of matched elements, and
             converts to a numeric type T. Any numeric type strings are ignored when converting to numeric
             values.
             
            
             
             The type. This should probably be a numeric type, but the method will attempt to convert to
             any IConvertible type passed.
             
             
             The name of the CSS style to retrieve.
             
            
             
             A value of type T.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/css/#css1
             
        
        
             
             Get the value of a style property for the first element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The name of the CSS style.
             
            
             
             A string of the value of the named CSS style.
             
        
        
             
             Store arbitrary data associated with the specified element, and render it as JSON on the
             element in a format that can be read by the jQuery "Data()" methods.
             
            
             
             The name of the key to associate with this data object.
             
             
             An string to be associated with the key.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/data/#data1
             
        
        
             
             Remove all data- attributes from the element.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/removeData/
             
        
        
             
             Remove a previously-stored piece of data identified by a key.
             
            
             
             A string naming the piece of data to delete, or pieces of data if the string has multiple
             values separated by spaces.
             
            
             
             THe current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/removeData/
             
        
        
             
             Remove all data from an element.
             
            
             
             An array or space-separated string naming the pieces of data to delete.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/removeData/
             
        
        
             
             Returns data as a string, with no attempt to parse it from JSON. This is the equivalent of
             using the Attr("data-{key}") method.
             
            
             
             The key identifying the data.
             
            
             
             A string.
             
        
        
             
             Determine whether an element has any jQuery data associated with it.
             
            
             
             true if there is any data, false if not.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery.hasData/
             
        
        
             
             Iterate over each matched element, calling the delegate passed by parameter for each element.
             If the delegate returns false, the iteration is stopped.
             
            
             
             The overloads of Each the inspect the return value have a different method name (EachUntil)
             because the C# compiler will not choose the best-matchine method when passing method groups.
             See: http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2057146/compiler-ambiguous-invocation-error-anonymous-
             method-and-method-group-with-fun.
             
            
             
             A function delegate returning a boolean, and accepting an integer and an IDomObject
             parameter. The integer is the zero-based index of the current iteration, and the IDomObject
             is the current element.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/each/
             
        
        
             
             Iterate over each matched element, calling the delegate passed by parameter for each element.
             If the delegate returns false, the iteration is stopped.
             
            
             
             The overloads of Each the inspect the return value have a different method name (EachUntil)
             because the C# compiler will not choose the best-matchine method when passing method groups.
             See: http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2057146/compiler-ambiguous-invocation-error-anonymous-
             method-and-method-group-with-fun.
             
            
             
             A function delegate returning a boolean.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/each/
             
        
        
             
             Iterate over each matched element, calling the delegate passed by parameter for each element
             
            
             
             A delegate accepting a single IDomObject paremeter
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/each/
             
        
        
             
             Iterate over each matched element, calling the delegate passed by parameter for each element.
             
            
             
             A delegate accepting an integer parameter, and an IDomObject paremeter. The integer is the
             zero-based index of the current iteration.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/each/
             
        
        
            
            Iterate over each element in a sequence, and call a delegate for each element
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Remove all child nodes of the set of matched elements from the DOM.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/empty/
             
        
        
             
             End the most recent filtering operation in the current chain and return the set of matched
             elements to its previous state.
             
            
             
             The CQ object at the root of the current chain, or a new, empty selection if this CQ object
             is the direct result of a Create()
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/end/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to the one at the specified index.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index within the current selection set to match.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/eq/
             
        
        
             
             Map properties of inputObjects to target. If target is an expando object, it will be updated.
             If not, a new one will be created including the properties of target and inputObjects.
             
            
             
             The target of the mapping, or null to create a new target.
             
             
             One or more objects that are the source of the mapping.
             
            
             
             The target object itself, if non-null, or a new dynamic object, if the target is null.
             
        
        
             
             Map properties of inputObjects to target. If target is an expando object, it will be updated.
             If not, a new one will be created including the properties of target and inputObjects.
             
            
             
             When true, will clone properties that are objects.
             
             
             The target of the mapping, or null to create a new target.
             
             
             One or more objects that are the source of the mapping.
             
            
             
             The target object itself, if non-null, or a new dynamic object, if the target is null.
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those that match the selector or pass the function's
             test.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression to match the current set of elements against.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/filter/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those that matching the element passed by parameter.
             
            
             
             The element to match.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/filter/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those matching any of the elements in a sequence passed
             by parameter.
             
            
             
             The elements to match.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/filter/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those that match the selector or pass the function's
             test.
             
            
             
             This method doesn't offer anything that can't easily be accomplished with a LINQ "where"
             query but is included for completeness.
             
            
             
             A function used as a test for each element in the set.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/filter/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those that match the selector or pass the function's
             test.
             
            
             
             This method doesn't offer anything that can't easily be accomplished with a LINQ "where"
             query but is included for completeness.
             
            
             
             A function used as a test for each element in the set.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/filter/
             
        
        
             
             Get the descendants of each element in the current set of matched elements, filtered by a
             selector.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression to match elements against.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/find/
             
        
        
             
             Get the descendants of each element in the current set of matched elements, filtered by a
             sequence of elements or CQ object.
             
            
             
             The elements to match against.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/find/
             
        
        
             
             Get a single element, if it is a descendant of the current selection set.
             
            
             
             The element to matc.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/find/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to the first in the set.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object containing the first element in the set, or no elements if the source was
             empty.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/first/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to the last in the set.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object containing the last element in the set, or no elements if the source was
             empty.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/last/
             
        
        
             
             Return the active selection set.
             
            
             
             An sequence of IDomObject elements representing the current selection set.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/get/
             
        
        
             
             Return a specific element from the selection set.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the element to be returned.
             
            
             
             An IDomObject.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/get/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those that have a descendant that matches the selector
             or DOM element.
             
            
             
             A valid CSS/jQuery selector.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/has/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those that have the element passed as a descendant.
             
            
             
             The element to match.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/has/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to those that have each of the elements passed as a descendant.
             
            
             
             The elements to be excluded.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/has/
             
        
        
             
             Get the HTML contents of the first element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/html/#html1
             
        
        
             
             Set the HTML contents of each element in the set of matched elements. Any elements without
             InnerHtml are ignored.
             
            
             
             One or more strings of HTML markup.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/html/#html2
             
        
        
             
             Search for a given element from among the matched elements.
             
            
             
             The index of the element, or -1 if it was not found.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/index/
             
        
        
             
             Returns the position of the current selection within the new selection defined by "selector".
             
            
             
             The selector string.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the selection within the new selection
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/index/
             
        
        
             
             Returns the position of the element passed in within the selection set.
             
            
             
             The element to exclude.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of "element" within the selection set, or -1 if it was not a member of
             the current selection.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/index/
             
        
        
             
             Returns the position of the first element in the sequence passed by parameter within the
             current selection set..
             
            
             
             The element to look for.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the first element in the sequence within the selection.
             
        
        
            
            Return the relative position of an element among its Element siblings (non-element nodes excluded)
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements after the target.
             
            
             
             Inserts an after described by target.
             
            
             
             The target to insert after.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/insertAfter/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements after each element in the target sequence.
             
            
             
             If there is a single element in the target, the elements in the selection set will be moved
             before the target (not cloned). If there is more than one target element, however, cloned
             copies of the inserted element will be created for each target after the first, and that new
             set (the original element plus clones) is returned.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements or a CQ object.
             
            
             
             The set of elements inserted, including the original elements and any clones made if there
             was more than one target.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/insertAfter/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements after the target.
             
            
             
             If there is a single element in the resulting set of the selection created by the parameter
             selector, then the original elements in this object's selection set will be moved before it.
             If there is more than one target element, however, cloned copies of the inserted element will
             be created for each target after the first, and that new set (the original element plus
             clones) is returned.
             
            
             
             A selector identifying the target elements after which each element in the current set will
             be inserted.
             
            
             
             The set of elements inserted, including the original elements and any clones made if there
             was more than one target.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/insertAfter/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements before each elemeent in the selection set
             created from the target selector.
             
            
             
             If there is a single element in the resulting set of the selection created by the parameter
             selector, then the original elements in this object's selection set will be moved before it.
             If there is more than one target element, however, cloned copies of the inserted element will
             be created for each target after the first, and that new set (the original element plus
             clones) is returned.
             
            
             
             A selector. The matched set of elements will be inserted before the element(s) specified by
             this selector.
             
            
             
             The set of elements inserted, including the original elements and any clones made if there
             was more than one target.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/insertBefore/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements before the target.
             
            
             
             The element to which the elements in the current selection set should inserted after.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/insertBefore/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements before the target.
             
            
             
             If there is a single element in the target, the elements in the selection set will be moved
             before the target (not cloned). If there is more than one target element, however, cloned
             copies of the inserted element will be created for each target after the first, and that new
             set (the original element plus clones) is returned.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements or a CQ object that is the target; each element in the selection set
             will be inserted after each element in the target.
             
            
             
             The set of elements inserted, including the original elements and any clones made if there
             was more than one target.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/insertBefore/
             
        
        
             
             Support for InsertAfter and InsertBefore. An offset of 0 will insert before the current
             element. 1 after.
             
            
             
             The target object
             
             
             The offset from the targe object to insert
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Check the current matched set of elements against a selector and return true if at least one
             of these elements matches the selector.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression to match elements against.
             
            
             
             true if at least one element in the selection set matches.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/is/
             
        
        
             
             Check the current matched set of elements against a sequence of elements, or another CQ
             object, and return true if at least one of these elements matches the selector.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements or a CQ object to match against the current selection set.
             
            
             
             true if the sequence matches, false if it fails.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/is/
             
        
        
             
             Check the current matched set of elements against an element, and return true if the element
             is found within the selection set.
             
            
             
             An element to match against the current selection set.
             
            
             
             true if it is found, false if it fails.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/is/
             
        
        
             
             Map each element of the result set to a new form. If a value is returned from the function,
             the element will be excluded.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process map< t> in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Map each element of the result set to a new form. If a value is returned from the function,
             the element will be excluded.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             .
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process map< t> in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Get the immediately preceding sibling of each element in the set of matched elements,
             optionally filtered by a selector.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression to match elements against.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prev/
             
        
        
             
             Get the immediately following sibling of each element in the set of matched elements. If a
             selector is provided, it retrieves the next sibling only if it matches that selector.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression to match elements against.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/next/
             
        
        
             
             Get all following siblings of each element in the set of matched elements, optionally
             filtered by a selector.
             
            
             
             A selector that must match each element returned.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/nextAll/
             
        
        
             
             Get all following siblings of each element up to but not including the element matched by the
             selector, optionally filtered by a selector.
             
            
             
             A selector that must match each element returned.
             
             
             A selector use to filter each result
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/nextUntil/
             
        
        
             
             Get all preceding siblings of each element in the set of matched elements, optionally
             filtered by a selector.
             
            
             
             A selector that must match each element returned.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prevAll/
             
        
        
             
             Get all preceding siblings of each element up to but not including the element matched by the
             selector, optionally filtered by a selector.
             
            
             
             A selector that must match each element returned.
             
             
             A selector use to filter each result.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prevUntil/
             
        
        
             
             Remove elements from the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A CSS selector.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/not/
             
        
        
             
             Selects all elements except the element passed as a parameter.
             
            
             
             The element to exclude.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/not/
             
        
        
             
             Selects all elements except those passed as a parameter.
             
            
             
             The elements to be excluded.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/not/
             
        
        
             
             Get the parent of each element in the current set of matched elements, optionally filtered by
             a selector.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression to match elements against.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/parents/
             
        
        
             
             Get the ancestors of each element in the current set of matched elements, optionally filtered
             by a selector.
             
            
             
             (optional) a selector which limits the elements returned.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/parents/
             
        
        
             
             Get the ancestors of each element in the current set of matched elements, up to but not
             including any element matched by the selector, optionally filtered by another selector.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression to match elements against.
             
             
             (optional) a selector which limits the elements returned.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/parentsUntil/
             
        
        
             
             Get the ancestors of each element in the current set of matched elements, up to but not
             including the element matched by the selector.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
             
             (optional) a selector which limits the elements returned.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/parentsUntil/
             
             
        
        
             
             Get the ancestors of each element in the current set of matched elements, up to but not
             including any element matched by the selector, optionally filtered by another selector.
             
            
             
             The elements.
             
             
             (optional) a selector which limits the elements returned.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the beginning of each element in the set of
             matched elements.
             
            
             
             One or more elements.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object representing the inserte content.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prepend/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the beginning of each element in the set of
             matched elements.
             
            
             
             One or more selectors or HTML strings.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prepend/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the beginning of each element in the set of
             matched elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to be inserted.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prepend/
             
        
        
             
             Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the beginning of each element in the set of
             matched elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to be inserted.
             
             
             A CQ object containing all the elements added.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prepend/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements to the beginning of the target.
             
            
             
             One or more HTML strings that will be targeted.
             
            
             
             A CQ object containing all the elements added
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prependTo/
             
        
        
             
             Insert every element in the set of matched elements to the beginning of the target.
             
            
             
             The targets to which the current selection will be appended.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object representing the target elements.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/prependTo/
             
        
        
             
             Set one or more properties for the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The property to set
             
             
             The value
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the named property is set for the first element in the selection set.
             
            
             
             When used to test the "selected" property of options in option groups, and none are
             explicitly marked as "selected", this will return "true" for the first option in the group,
             per browser DOM behavior.
             
            
             
             The property name.
             
            
             
             true if it is set, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Helper function for Attr & Prop. Sets a property to true or false for an object that is
             "truthy" or not.
             
            
             
             The property name.
             
             
             .The value.
             
        
        
             
             Remove all classes from each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/removeClass/
             
        
        
             
             Remove one or more classess from each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             One or more space-separated classes to be removed from the class attribute of each matched
             element.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Remove all selected elements from the Document.
             
            
             
             A selector expression that filters the set of matched elements to be removed.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/remove/
             
        
        
             
             This is synonymous with Remove in CsQuery, since there's nothing associated with an element
             that is not rendered. It is included for compatibility.
             
            
             
             CsQuery does not maintain data such as initial visibility state when using Show/Hide, or an
             internal data structure when using Data methods. There is no data associated with an element
             that is not represented entirely through the markup that it will render. In the future, it's
             possible we may add such functionality for certain features, so it may be desirable to use
             Detach instead of Remove in those situations. This ensures forward compatibility.
             
            
             
             A selector expression that filters the set of matched elements to be removed.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Replace the target, which is the result of the selector passed, with the set of matched
             elements.
             
            
             
             A selector expression indicating which element(s) to replace.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/replaceAll/
             
        
        
             
             Replace the target element with the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             An element.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/replaceAll/
             
        
        
             
             Replace each target element with the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The targets to be replaced.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/replaceAll/
             
        
        
             
             Replace each element in the set of matched elements with the provided new content.
             
            
             
             The HTML string of the content to insert.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/replaceWith/
             
        
        
             
             Replace each element in the set of matched elements with the element passed by parameter.
             
            
             
             The element to replace the content with.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/replaceWith/
             
        
        
             
             Replace each element in the set of matched elements with the sequence of elements or CQ
             object provided.
             
            
             
             The new conent to replace the selection set content with.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/replaceWith/
             
        
        
             
             Select elements and return a new CSQuery object.
             
            
             
             The "Select" method is the default CsQuery method. It's overloads are identical to the
             overloads of the CQ object's property indexer (the square-bracket notation) and it functions
             the same way. This is analogous to the default jQuery method, e.g. $(...).
             
            
             
             A Selector object.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Select elements and return a new CSQuery object.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
        
        
             
             Return a new CQ object wrapping an element.
             
            
             
             The element to wrap.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Return a new CQ object wrapping a sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to wrap
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Select elements from within a context.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression.
             
             
             The point in the document at which the selector should begin matching; similar to the context
             argument of the CQ.Create(selector, context) method.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Select elements from within a context.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression.
             
             
             The points in the document at which the selector should begin matching; similar to the
             context argument of the CQ.Create(selector, context) method. Only elements found below the
             members of the sequence in the document can be matched.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Hide the matched elements.
             
            
             
             The jQuery docs say "This is roughly equivalent to calling .css('display', 'none')." With
             CsQuery, it is exactly equivalent. Unlike jQuery, CsQuery does not store the current value of
             the "display" style and restore it, because there is no concept of "effective style" in
             CsQuery. We don't attempt to calculate the actual style that would be in effect since we
             don't do any style sheet parsing. Instead, this method really just sets display: none. When
             showing again, any "display" style is removed.
             
             This means if you were to assign a non-default value for "display" such as "inline" to a div,
             then Hide(), then Show(), it would no longer be displayed inline, as it would in jQuery.
             Since CsQuery is not used interactively (yet, anyway), this sequence of events seems unlikely,
             and supporting it exactly as jQuery does seems unnecessary. This functionality could
             certainly be added in the future.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/hide/
             
        
        
             
             Display the matched elements.
             
            
             
             This method simply removes the "display: none" css style, if present. See
              for an explanation of how this differs from jQuery.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/show/
             
        
        
             
             Display or hide the matched elements.
             
            
             
             The curren CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/toggle/
             
        
        
             
             Display or hide the matched elements based on the value of the parameter.
             
            
             
             true to show the matched elements, or false to hide them.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/toggle/
             
        
        
             
             Description: Get the siblings of each element in the set of matched elements, optionally
             filtered by a selector.
             
            
             
             A selector used to filter the siblings.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/siblings/
             
        
        
             
             Return all the siblings of each element in the sequence.
             
            
             
             The elements.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that exposes each sibling of each element passed.
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to a subset beginning with the 0-based index provided.
             
            
             
             The 0-based index at which to begin selecting.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/slice/
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to a subset specified by a range of indices.
             
            
             
             The 0-based index at which to begin selecting.
             
             
             The 0-based index of the element at which to stop selecting. The actual element at this
             position is not included in the result.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/slice/
             
        
        
             
             Get the combined text contents of each element in the set of matched elements, including
             their descendants.
             
            
             
             A string containing the text contents of the selection.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/text/#text1
             
        
        
             
             Set the content of each element in the set of matched elements to the specified text.
             
            
             
             A string of text.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/text/#text2
             
        
        
             
             Set the content of each element in the set of matched elements to the text returned by the
             specified function delegate.
             
            
             
             A delegate to a function that returns an HTML string to insert at the end of each element in
             the set of matched elements. Receives the index position of the element in the set and the
             old HTML value of the element as arguments. The function can return any data type, if it is not
             a string, it's ToString() method will be used to convert it to a string.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/text/#text2
             
        
        
             
             Helper to add the text contents of a sequence of nodes to the StringBuilder
             
            
             
             The target
             
             
             The nodes to add
             
        
        
             
             Sets a child text for this element, using the text node type appropriate for this element's type
             
            
             
             The element to add text to
             
             
             The text.
             
        
        
             
             Get the current value of the first element in the set of matched elements, and try to convert
             to the specified type.
             
            
             
             The type to which the value should be converted.
             
            
             
             A value or object of type T.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/val/#val1
             
        
        
             
             Gets the current value of the first element in the selection set, converted to the specified
             type, or if the selection set is empty, the default value for the specified type.
             
            
             
             The type to which the value should be converted.
             
            
             
             A value or object of type T.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/val/#val1
             
        
        
             
             Get the current value of the first element in the set of matched elements. When using Val()
             to access an OPTION group with the "multiple" flag set, this method with return a comma-
             separated string (rather than the array returned by jQuery) of each selected option. When
             there is no "value" property on an option, the text returned for the value of each selected
             option is the inner text of the OPTION element.
             
            
             
             A string of the value.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/val/#val1
             
        
        
             
             Set the value of each element in the set of matched elements. If a comma-separated value is
             passed to a multiple select list, then it will be treated as an array.
             
            
             
             A string of text or an array of strings corresponding to the value of each matched element to
             set as selected/checked.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/val/#val2
             
        
        
             
             Returns: null if the value is null; if it's sequence, the concatenated string of each
             object's ToString(); or finally the object itself its string representation if not a string.
             
            
             
             The object to process
             
            
             
             The value string.
             
        
        
             
             Set the CSS width of each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             There is no Width() method in CsQuery because this is a value calculated by the browser.
             While we can set the CSS of an element, it would be futile to try to return a useful value.
             If you want to inspect the current CSS width for an element, please use Css() methods
             instead. This ensures there is no confusion about the use of Width() in CsQuery.
             
            
             
             An integer representing the number of pixels.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/width/#width2
             
        
        
             
             Set the CSS width of each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             There are no Height() or Width() methods  in CsQuery because these are value calculated by
             the browser that depend on the page layout, as well as things like the browser window size
             which don't even exist in CsQuery. While we can set the CSS of an element, it would be futile
             to try to return a useful value. If you want to inspect the current CSS width for an element,
             please use Css() methods instead. This ensures there is no confusion about the use of Width()
             and Height()
             in CsQuery.
             
            
             
             An integer along with a unit of measure appended (as a string), e.g. "100px".
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/width/#width2
             
        
        
             
             Set the CSS width of each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             There are no Height() or Width() methods  in CsQuery because these are value calculated by
             the browser that depend on the page layout, as well as things like the browser window size
             which don't even exist in CsQuery. While we can set the CSS of an element, it would be futile
             to try to return a useful value. If you want to inspect the current CSS width for an element,
             please use Css() methods instead. This ensures there is no confusion about the use of Width()
             and Height()
             in CsQuery.
             
            
             
             An integer representing the number of pixels.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/height/#height2
             
        
        
             
             Set the CSS height of each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             There are no Height() or Width() methods  in CsQuery because these are value calculated by
             the browser that depend on the page layout, as well as things like the browser window size
             which don't even exist in CsQuery. While we can set the CSS of an element, it would be futile
             to try to return a useful value. If you want to inspect the current CSS width for an element,
             please use Css() methods instead. This ensures there is no confusion about the use of Width()
             and Height()
             in CsQuery.
             
            
             
             An integer along with a unit of measure appended (as a string), e.g. "100px".
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/height/#height2
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A string that is either a selector or a string of HTML that defines the structure to wrap
             around the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrap/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             An element which is the structure to wrap around the selection set.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrap/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements that is the structure to wrap around the selection set. There may be
             multiple elements but there should be only one innermost element in the sequence.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrap/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around all elements in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A string that is either a selector or a string of HTML that defines the structure to wrap
             around the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrapall/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around all elements in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             An element which is the structure to wrap around the selection set.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrapall/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around all elements in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements that is the structure to wrap around each element in the selection
             set. There may be multiple elements but there should be only one innermost element in the
             sequence.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrapall/
             
        
        
             
             Remove the parents of the set of matched elements from the DOM, leaving the matched elements
             in their place.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/unwrap/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around the content of each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             An HTML snippet or elector expression specifying the structure to wrap around the content of
             the matched elements.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrapinner/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around the content of each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements that is the structure to wrap around the content of the selection set.
             There may be multiple elements but there should be only one innermost element in the sequence.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrapinner/
             
        
        
             
             Wrap an HTML structure around the content of each element in the set of matched elements.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements that is the structure to wrap around the content of the selection set.
             There may be multiple elements but there should be only one innermost element in the sequence.
             
            
             
             The current CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/wrapinner/
             
        
        
             
             Ouptuts the deepest-nested object, it's root element from the list of elements passed, and
             returns the depth, given a structure. Helper method for Wrap.
             
            
             
             The sequence to analyze
             
             
             [ouy] The innermost element container
             
             
             [out] The root element.
             
            
             
             The innermost container.
             
        
        
             
             The number of elements in the CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/length/
             
        
        
             
             Represents the full, parsed DOM for an object created with an HTML parameter. The Document is
             the equivalent of the "document" in a browser. The Document node for a complete HTML document
             should have only two children, the DocType node and the HTML node.
             
            
             
             Returns the Document for this CQ object. This can also be an IDomFragment type, which is a
             derived type of IDomDocument. This is mostly a useful distinction to determine
             programatically how the CQ object was created and whether it's intended to represent a
             complete HTML document, or only a partial fragment.
             
        
        
             
             The selector (parsed) used to create this instance.
             
            
             
             This is not guaranteed to have useful data, since CQ objects can be created indirectly and
             not represent a selector. If this object was created directly from a selector, this will
             contain the Selector object. The ToString() overload will show how the selector was parsed.
             
        
        
            
            The entire selection set as a sequence of elements. This is the default enumerator for a CQ
            object as well.
            
        
        
            
            Returns only IDomElement objects from the current selection.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the order in which the selection set is returned. Usually, this is the order
            that elements appear in the DOM. Some operations could result in a selection set that's in an
            arbitrary order, though.
            
        
        
            
            The object from which this CsQuery was created.
            
        
        
            
            The current selection set including all node types.
            
        
        
            
            DEPRECATED. Please use CsQuery.Config.DomRenderingOptions. 
            
        
        
            
            DEPRECATED. Please use CsQuery.Config.DocType
            
        
        
             
             Return a specific element from the selection set.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the element to be returned.
             
            
             
             An IDomObject.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/get/.
             
        
        
             
             Select elements and return a new CSQuery object.
             
            
             
             The "Select" method is the default CsQuery method. It's overloads are identical to the
             overloads of the CQ object's property indexer and it functions the same way. This is
             analogous to the default jQuery method, e.g. $(...).
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Return a new CQ object wrapping an element.
             
            
             
             The element to wrap.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Return a new CQ object wrapping a sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             The elements to wrap.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Select elements from within a context.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression.
             
             
             The point in the document at which the selector should begin matching; similar to the context
             argument of the CQ.Create(selector, context) method.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
             
             Select elements from within a context.
             
            
             
             A string containing a selector expression.
             
             
             The points in the document at which the selector should begin matching; similar to the
             context argument of the CQ.Create(selector, context) method. Only elements found below the
             members of the sequence in the document can be matched.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/jQuery/#jQuery1
             
        
        
            
            Global configuration and defaults
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor; populates the CsQueryConfig object with system default options.
            
        
        
            
            Internal to avoid Obsolete warning from DomRenderingOptions until we remove it
            
        
        
             
             Creates an OutputFormatter using the default options & encoder.
             
            
             
             The default output formatter.
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the DomIndexProvider, that creates instances of the DomIndex used for new documents.
            
        
        
            
            The default rendering options. These will be used when configuring a default OutputFormatter.
            Note that if the default OutputFormatter has been changed, this setting is not guaranteed to
            have any effect on output.
            
        
        
            
            The default HTML parsing options. These will be used when parsing HTML without specifying any options. 
            
        
        
            
            The default HTML encoder.
            
        
        
            
            The default OutputFormatter. The GetOutputFormatter property can also be used to provide a
            new instance whenever a default OutputFormatter is requested; setting that property will
            supersede any existing value of this property.
            
        
        
            
            A delegate that returns a new instance of the default output formatter to use for rendering.
            The OutputFormatter property can also be used to return a single instance of a reusable
            IOutputFormatter object; setting that property will supersede any existing value of this
            property.
            
        
        
            
            A method that returns a new HttpWebRequest. This is mostly useful for providing an alternate
            implementation for testing.
            
        
        
            
            Default document type. This is the parsing mode that will be used when creating documents
            that have no DocType and no mode is explicitly defined.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the default dynamic object type. This is the type of object used by default when
            parsing JSON into an unspecified type.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent CSSRuleType.
            
        
        
            
            An unknown rule.
            
        
        
            
            A CSS Style rule.
            
        
        
            
            A character set rule.
            
        
        
            
            An import rule.
            
        
        
            
            A media rule.
            
        
        
            
            A font face rule.
            
        
        
            
            A page rule.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent data types of CSS Styles.
            
        
        
            
            A unit 
            
        
        
            
            An option
            
        
        
            
            A unit and an option.
            
        
        
            
            A complex style definition.
            
        
        
            
            A named color
            
        
        
            
            A font name.
            
        
        
            
            A url.
            
        
        
            
            A string of text.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent the HTML document type.
            
        
        
            
            Use the default doc type (from CsQuery.Config.DocType).
            
        
        
            
            HTML5
            
        
        
            
            HTML 4 Transitional
            
        
        
            
            XHTML Transitional
            
        
        
            
            An unsupported document type.
            
        
        
            
            HTML 4 Strict
            
        
        
            
            XHTML Strict.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent NodeType.
            
        
        
            
            An element node.
            
        
        
            
            A text node.
            
        
        
            
            A CDATA node.
            
        
        
            
            A comment node.
            
        
        
            
            A document node.
            
        
        
            
            The DOCTYPE node.
            
        
        
            
            A document fragment node.
            
        
        
            
            Values allowable for the Rel attribute
            
        
        
            
            Gives alternate representations of the current document.
            
        
        
            
            Gives a link to the current document's author.
            
        
        
            
            Gives the permalink for the nearest ancestor section.
            
        
        
            
            Provides a link to context-sensitive help.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the main content of the current document is covered by the copyright license described by the referenced document
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the next document in the series is the referenced document.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the current document's original author or publisher does not endorse the referenced document.
            
        
        
            
            Requires that the user agent not send an HTTP Referer (sic) header if the user follows the hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the target resource should be preemptively cached.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the previous document in the series is the referenced document.
            
        
        
            
            Gives a link to a resource that can be used to search through the current document and its related pages.
            
        
        
            
            Gives a tag (identified by the given address) that applies to the current document.
            
        
        
            
            Values allowable for the Rel attribute
            
        
        
            
            Gives alternate representations of the current document.
            
        
        
            
            Gives a link to the current document's author.
            
        
        
            
            Provides a link to context-sensitive help.
            
        
        
            
            Imports an icon to represent the current document.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the main content of the current document is covered by the copyright license described by the referenced document
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the next document in the series is the referenced document.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the target resource should be preemptively cached.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the previous document in the series is the referenced document.
            
        
        
            
            Gives a link to a resource that can be used to search through the current document and its related pages.
            
        
        
            
            Imports a stylesheet.
            
        
        
            
            An element that can be associated with a form during form submission.
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#form-associated-element
            
        
        
            
            The form with which to associate the element.
            
        
        
            
            An element that can be associated with a form during form submission.
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#category-form-attr
            
        
        
            
            An element that can be associated with a form during form submission.
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#category-submit
            
        
        
             
             An Anchor (A) element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#the-a-element
             
        
        
            
            A regular DOM element
            
        
        
            
            Interface for objects that can contain other objects. Note that to allow some consistency with how DOM
            objects are used in the browser DOM, many methods are part of the base IDomObject interface so that they
            can be used (and return null/missing data) on elements to which they don't apply. So in actuality the only 
            unique methods are nonstandard ones.
            
        
        
            
            An node that appears directly in the DOM. This is essentially synonymous with a Node, but it does
            not include attributes.
            
            All properties of Element nodes are implemented in IDomObject even though many are only applicable to
            Elements. Attempting to read a property that doesn't exist on the node type will generally return 'null'
            whereas attempting to write will throw an exception. This is intended to make coding against this model
            the same as coding against the actual DOM, where accessing nonexistent properties is acceptable. Because
            some javascript code actually uses this in logic we allow the same kind of access. It also eliminates the
            need to cast frequently, for example, when accessing the results of a jQuery object by index.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for a node. This is the most generic construct in the CsQuery DOM.
            
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children.
             
            
             
             a string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children.
             
            
             
             a string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children, using the OutputFormatter.
             
            
             
             a string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children, using the OutputFormatter.
             
            
             
             a string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element to a StringBuilder. Note: This is obsolete; use Render(IOutputFormatter)
             
            
             
             An existing StringBuilder instance to append this element's HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children, using the OutputFormatter.
             
            
             
             An existing StringBuilder instance to append this element's HTML.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the operation.
             
        
        
            
            Removes this object from it's parent, and consequently the Document, if any, to which it belongs.
            
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node.
            
        
        
             
             The node (tag) name, in upper case.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.nodeName
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the value of this node.
             
            
             
             For the document itself, nodeValue returns null. For text, comment, and CDATA nodes,
             nodeValue returns the content of the node.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.nodeValue
             
        
        
             
             Gets a value indicating whether this object has any children. For node types that cannot have
             children, it will always return false. To determine if a node is allowed to have children,
             use the ChildrenAllowed property.
             
            
             
        
        
            
            Gets zero-based index of this object relative to its siblings including all node types.
            
        
        
            
            Return an INodeList of the direct children of this node.
            
        
        
            
            Return a sequence containing only the element children of this node (e.g. no text, cdata, comments)
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this node should be is indexed. Generally, this is true for IDomElement
            nodes that are within an IDomDocument and false otherwise.
            
        
        
             
             Gets a value indicating whether this object belongs to a Document or not.
             
            
             
             Disconnected elements are not bound to a DomDocument object. This could be because
             they were instantiated outside a document context, or were removed as a result of
             an operation such as ReplaceWith.
             
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object belongs is a fragmment and is bound to an 
            IDomFragment object.
            
        
        
            
            Returns all of the ancestors of the given node, in descending order of their depth from the root node.
            
            The ancestors.
        
        
            
            Returns all of the descendents of the given node, in pre-order depth first order.
            
            The descendents.
        
        
            
            Returns all IDomElement descendents of the given node, in pre-order depth first order.
            
            The descendents.
        
        
             
             Adds a node to the end of the list of children of a specified parent node. If the node
             already exists it is removed from current parent node, then added to new parent node.
             
            
             
             The element to append.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.appendChild
             
        
        
             
             Removes a child node from the DOM. Returns removed node.
             
            
             
             The element to remove.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/En/DOM/Node.removeChild
             
        
        
             
             Inserts the specified node before a reference element as a child of the current node.
             
            
             
             The node to insert.
             
             
             The node before which the new node will be inserted.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.insertBefore
             
        
        
             
             Inserts the specified node after a reference element as a child of the current node.
             
            
             
             This is a CsQuery extension.
             
            
             
             The new node to be inserted.
             
             
             The node after which the new node will be inserted.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a new boolean attribute or sets its value to true.
             
            
             
             In HTML, some element attributes can be specified without a value, such as "checked" or
             "multiple." These are not really attributes but rather the default values for element boolean
             properties. CsQuery does not distinguish between properties and attributes since the DOM is
             stateless, it only reflects the actual markup it represents. The real DOM, to the contrary,
             can be changed through javascript. It would be possible for an element's property to be
             different from the default value that is specified by its markup.
             
             Because of this, we treat properties and attributes the same. A property is simply an
             attribute with no specific value, it either exists or does not exist. This overload of
             SetAttribute allows you to set a boolean attribute. You can use RemoveAttribute to unset it.
             
             It is also possible to set an attribute to an empty string, e.g. with markup like  
                 <div someAttr="">
                 
             
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a new attribute or changes the value of an existing attribute on the specified element.
             
            
             
             Setting an attribute to null is the equivalent of using RemoveAttribute. Setting an attribute
             to an empty string will cause it to be rendered as an empty value, e.g.
             
                 <div someAttr="">
             
             If you want to set a boolean attribute that renders just as the attribute name, use
             SetAttribute(name) overload. When using GetAttribute to inspect an attribute value, note that
             both boolean and empty-string attributes will return an empty string. There is no way to determine
             using GetAttribute if the atttribute was set as a boolean property, or an empty string.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             For input elements, the "value" property of this element. Returns null for other element
             types.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.setAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Returns the value of the named attribute on the specified element. If the named attribute
             does not exist, the value returned will be null. The empty string is returned for values that
             exist but have no value.
             
            
             
             If an attribute does not exist, this returns null. If an attribute was set as a boolean
             property attribute, or the attribute has an empty string value, an empty string will be
             returned. Note that an empty-string value for GetAttribute could result in an attribute
             rendering as either a property, or an empty string value, e.g.
             
             <div someAttr>
             <div someAttr="">
             
             There is no way to determine whether an attribute was set as a property or empty string other
             than rendering. The internal data will match the way it was parsed from HTML, or the way it
             was set. When set using  SetAttribute(name) it will be displayed as a boolean
             property; when set using SetAttribute(name,"") it will be displayed as an empty
             string.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             The attribute value string.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.getAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Returns the value of the named attribute on the specified element. If the named attribute
             does not exist, the value returned will be the provide "defaultValue".
             
            
             
             This overload is a CsQuery extension.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             A string to return if the attribute does not exist.
             
            
             
             The attribute value string.
             
            
             
        
        
             
             Try to get a named attribute.
             
            
             
             This overload is a CsQuery extension.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             The attribute value, or null if the named attribute does not exist.
             
            
             
             true if the attribute exists, false if it does not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a boolean value indicating whether the specified element has the specified attribute or not.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if the named attribute exists, false if not.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.hasAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Removes an attribute from the specified element.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if it the attribute exists, false if the attribute did not exist. If the attribute
             exists it will always be removed, that is, it is not possible for this method to fail unless
             the attribute does not exist.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.removeAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Returns a boolean value indicating whether the named class exists on this element.
             
            
             
             The class name for which to test.
             
            
             
             true if the class is a member of this elements classes, false if not.
             
             This is a CsQuery extension.
        
        
             
             Adds the class.
             
            
             
             The class name for which to test.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the named class from the classes defined for this element.
             
            
             
             This method is a CsQuery extension.
             
            
             
             The class name to remove.
             
            
             
             true if the class exists and was removed from this element, false if the class did not exist.
             If the class exists it will always be removed, that is, it is not possible for this method to
             fail if the class exists.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a boolean value indicating whether the named style is defined in the styles for this
             element.
             
            
             
             Name of the style to test.
             
            
             
             true if the style is explicitly defined on this element, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a style descriptor to this element, validating the style name and value against the CSS3
             ruleset. The string should be of the form "styleName: styleDef;", e.g.
             
                 "width: 10px;"
             
             The trailing semicolon is optional.
             
             
            
             
             The style string.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a style descriptor to this element, optionally validating against the CSS3 ruleset. The
             default method always validates; this overload should be used if validation is not desired.
             
            
             
             An object encapsulating the Styles associated with this element.
             
             
             true to enforce validation of CSS3 styles.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the named style from this element.
             
            
             
             The style name.
             
            
             
             true if the style exists and is removed, false if the style did not exist.
             
        
        
             
             Return the total number of descendants of this element
             
            
             
             int, the total number of descendants
             
        
        
             
             Wrap this element in a CQ object. This is the CsQuery equivalent of the common jQuery
             construct $(el). Since there is no default method in C# that we can use to create a similar
             syntax, this method serves the same purpose.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object wrapping this element.
             
        
        
             
             Clone this element.
             
            
             
             A copy of this element that is not bound to the original.
             
        
        
            
            The HTML document to which this element belongs
            
        
        
            
            The direct parent of this node
            
        
        
             
             The child node at the specified index.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the child node to access.
             
            
             
             IDomObject, the element at the specified index within this node's children.
             
        
        
             
             Get or set the value of the named attribute on this element.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             An attribute value.
             
        
        
            
            Get or set value of the id attribute.
            
        
        
            
            An interface to access the attributes collection of this element.
            
        
        
            
            An object encapsulating the Styles associated with this element.
            
        
        
             
             gets and sets the value of the class attribute of the specified element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.className
             
        
        
            
            All the unique class names applied to this object.
            
            
            A sequence of strings	   
            
        
        
            
            For input elements, the "value" property of this element. Returns null for other element
            types.
            
        
        
            
            The value of an input element, or the text of a textarea element.
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets or gets the HTML of an elements descendants.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.innerHTML
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the outer HTML.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/DOM/element.outerHTML
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the text content of a node and its descendants, formatted like Chrome (a new
             line for each text node, a space between inline elements, a new line for block elements).
             Unlike browsers, the contents of hidden elements are included, since we cannot determine
             conclusively what is hidden.
             
             The contents of comments, CDATA nodes, SCRIPT, STYLE and TEXTAREA nodes are ignored. Note:
             this is an IE property; there is no standard. The way CsQuery formats using InnerText is
             roughly like Chrome but may not match exactly.
             
            
             
             http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms533899%28v=VS.85%29.aspx
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the text content of a node and its descendants, including all whitespace.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.textContent
             
        
        
             
             Returns the node's first child in the tree, or null if the node is childless. If the node is a Document, it returns the first node in the list of its direct children.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.firstChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element's first child element or null if there are no child elements.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.firstElementChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the last child of a node.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.lastChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element's last child element or null if there are no child elements.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.lastElementChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the node immediately following the specified one in its parent's childNodes list, or
             null if the specified node is the last node in that list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.nextSibling
             
        
        
             
             Returns the node immediately preceding the specified one in its parent's childNodes list,
             null if the specified node is the first in that list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.previousSibling
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element immediately following the specified one in its parent's children list,
             or null if the specified element is the last one in the list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.nextElementSibling
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element immediately prior to the specified one in its parent's children list, or
             null if the specified element is the first one in the list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.previousElementSibling
             
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has any attributes.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has CSS classes.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has any styles defined.
            
        
        
             
             Indicates whether the element is selected or not. This value is read-only. To change the
             selection, set either the selectedIndex or selectedItem property of the containing element.
             
            
             
             In CsQuery, this property simply indicates the presence of a "selected" attribute. The
             accompanying "SelectedIndex" and "SelectedItem" properties have not been implemented as of
             this writing.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Attribute/selected
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element is checked.
             
            
             
             In CsQuery, this property simply indicates the presence of a "checked" attribute.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/checked
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element is disabled.
             
            
             
             In CsQuery, this property simply indicates the presence of a "disabled" attribute.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/disabled
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the only should be read.
             
            
             
             In CsQuery, this property simply indicates the presence of a "readonly" attribute.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/readOnly
             
        
        
             
             The value of the "type" attribute. For input elements, this property always returns a
             lowercase value and defaults to "text" if there is no type attribute. For other element types,
             it simply returns the value of the "type" attribute.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/type
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the name attribute of an DOM object, it only applies to the following elements:
             <a> , <applet> , <form> , <frame> , <iframe> , <img> ,
             <input> , <map> , <meta> , <object> , <option> , <param> ,
             <select> , and <textarea> .
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.name
             
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element. It is possible
            for this value to be false but InnerTextAllowed to be true for elements which can have inner
            content, but no child HTML markup, such as <textarea> and <script>
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether text content is allowed as a child of this element. 
            DEPRECATED 7-1-2012, PLEASE USE ChildrenAllowed(). This will be removed in a future release.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this element may have children. When false, it means this is
            a void element.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the depth of this node relative to the Document node, which has depth zero.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a unique ID for this element among its siblings
            
        
        
            
            Gets the unique path to this element from the root of the heirarchy. This is generally only
            used for internal purposes.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the identifier of this node in the index. This isn't used right now in the index. It is
            intended that this will become distinct from Index so the index can be sparse (e.g. we don't
            have to reindex when removing things)
            
        
        
            
            Gets the full pathname of the node file.
            
        
        
            
            The internal token ID for this element's node name. 
            
        
        
             
             An enumeration of clones of the chilren of this object
             
            
             
             An enumerator 
             
        
        
            
            An marker and interface exposing properties required for a node that should be indexed
            
        
        
             
             Enumerates index keys in this collection.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process index keys in this collection.
             
        
        
            
            The object that is the target of the index (normally, the object itself)
            
        
        
             
             Returns the HTML for this element, but ignoring children/innerHTML.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
            
            The element is a block element.
            
        
        
            
            Get this element's index only among other elements (e.g. excluding text & other non-
            element node types)
            
        
        
            
            A name or keyword giving a browsing context for UAs to use when following the hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            A URL that provides the destination of the hyperlink. If the href attribute is not specified,
            the element represents a placeholder hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            The rel attribute on a and area elements controls what kinds of links the elements create.
            The attribue's value must be a set of space-separated tokens. 
            
        
        
            
            A list of tokens that specify the relationship between the document containing the hyperlink
            and the destination indicated by the hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            The media for which the destination of the hyperlink was designed.
            
        
        
             
             An HTML BUTTON element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/markup/button.html
             
        
        
             
             A FORM element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#the-form-element
             
        
        
             
             Interface to a a read-only, strongly-typed node list.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
        
        
             
             Interface for read only list.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
        
        
             
             Interface for read only collection.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the number of items in the collection. 
            
        
        
             
             Indexer to get items within this collection using array index syntax.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the entry to access.
             
            
             
             The indexed item.
             
        
        
             
             Get the item at the specified index
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the item
             
            
             
             An item
             
        
        
             
             Converts this object to a read-only list.
             
            
             
             This object as an IList<IDomObject>
             
        
        
            
            The number of nodes in this INodeList
            
        
        
            
            The accept-charset content attribute.
            
        
        
            
            The action attribute
            
        
        
            
            The automcomplete attribute
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the enctype.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the encoding.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the method attribute.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the no validate.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the target attribute
            
        
        
            
            An INodeList containing the form elements.
            
        
        
             
             An HTML INPUT element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/markup/input.html
             
        
        
            
            A URL that provides the destination of the hyperlink. If the href attribute is not specified,
            the element represents a placeholder hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the element is a required part of form submission.
            
        
        
             
             A LABEL element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#the-label-element
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the for attribute
            
        
        
            
            The control bound to this label
            
        
        
             
             An LI element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#the-li-element
             
        
        
            
            A valid integer giving the ordinal value of the list item.
            
        
        
             
             An PROGRESS element
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/the-meter-element.html#the-meter-element
             
        
        
            
            The current value
            
        
        
            
            The maximum value
            
        
        
            
            The maximum value
            
        
        
            
            The low value
            
        
        
            
            The high value
            
        
        
            
            The optimum value
            
        
        
            
             A NodeList of all LABEL elements within this Progress element
            
        
        
            
            An HTMLOPTION element
            
            http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#attr-option-disabled
        
        
            
            The form with which the element is associated
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the label attribute.
            
        
        
             
             Interface to a collection of HTML options.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node at the given zero-based index (gives null if out of range)
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the option element.
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node with the given DOMString (i.e., string) id. Returns null if no such named node exists.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the option element.
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node at the given zero-based index (gives null if out of range)
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the option element.
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node with the given DOMString (i.e., string) id. Returns null if no such named node exists.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the option element.
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             An PROGRESS element
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/markup/progress.html
             
        
        
            
            The current value
            
        
        
            
            The maximum value
            
        
        
            
            If the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, then the position IDL attribute must
            return −1. Otherwise, it must return the result of dividing the current value by the maximum
            value.
            
        
        
            
             A NodeList of all LABEL elements within this Progress element
            
        
        
            
            A SELECT element
            
        
        
            
            A collection of HTML option elements (in document order)
            
            https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
        
        
             
             Returns the index of the currently selected item. You may select an item by assigning its
             index to this property. By assigning -1 to this property, all items will be deselected.
             Returns -1 if no items are selected.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/selectedIndex.
             
        
        
             
             Holds the currently selected item. If no item is currently selected, this value will be null.
             You can select an item by setting this value. A select event will be sent to the container
             (i.e. the listbox, richlistbox, etc., not the list item that was selected) when it is changed
             either via this property, the selectedIndex property, or changed by the user.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/selectedItem
             
        
        
             
             This Boolean attribute indicates that multiple options can be selected in the list. If it is
             not specified, then only one option can be selected at a time.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/HTML/Element/select
             
        
        
            
            Gets the number of options in the select
            
        
        
             
             An HTML TEXTAREA element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/markup/textarea.html
             
        
        
            
            Interface for methods to access the attributes on a DOM element.
            
        
        
            
            Get the value of a named attribute
            
            The attribute name
            The attribute value
        
        
            
            Set the value of a named attribute
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Get or set the value of a named attribute
            
            The attribute name
            The attribute value
            string
        
        
            
            The number of attributes in this attribute collection. This includes special attributes such as
            "class", "id", and "style"
            
            int
        
        
             
             Interface for icss rule.
             
            
             
             http://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Level-2-Style/css.html#CSS-CSSRule
             
        
        
            
            Gets the type of rule.
            
        
        
            
            The parsable textual representation of the rule. This reflects the current state of the rule
            and not its initial value.
            
        
        
            
            The style sheet that contains this rule.
            
        
        
            
            If this rule is contained inside another rule (e.g. a style rule inside an @media block),
            this is the containing rule. If this rule is not nested inside any other rules, this returns
            null.
            
        
        
            
            A single CSS style definition.
            
        
        
            
            The name of the style
            
        
        
            
            The type of data contained by this style.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a format required by this style
            
        
        
            
            The acceptable options for Option-type styles
            
        
        
            
            A description of this style.
            
        
        
            
            Interface defining the style declaration for a DOM element.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether a named style is defined on an element.
             
            
             
             The name of the style.
             
            
             
             true if the style is explicitly defined on this element, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Sets one or more styles on the element.
             
            
             
             The semicolon-separated style definitions.
             
        
        
             
             Sets one or more styles on the element.
             
            
             
             The semicolon-separated style definitions.
             
             
             When true, the styles will be validated for correct sytax, and an error thrown if they fail.
             
        
        
             
             Sets a style identified by name to a value.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
             
             The value.
             
        
        
             
             Sets a style identified by name to a value.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
             
             The value.
             
             
             When true, the styles will be validated for correct sytax, and an error thrown if they fail.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a named style.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
            
             
             The style.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the style from the style descriptor for this element.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails. this can only fail if the style was not present.
             
        
        
            
            The number of properties that have been explicitly set in this declaration block.
            
        
        
            
            The parsable textual representation of the declaration block (excluding the surrounding curly
            braces). Setting this attribute will result in the parsing of the new value and resetting of
            all the properties in the declaration block including the removal or addition of properties.
            
        
        
            
            The CSS rule that contains this declaration block or null if this CSSStyleDeclaration is not
            attached to a CSSRule.
            
        
        
            
            Event raised when the HasStyles attribute changes
            
        
        
             
             Interface for a CSS style rule.
             
            
             
             http://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Level-2-Style/css.html#CSS-CSSStyleRule
             
        
        
            
            The textual representation of the selector for the rule set. The implementation may have
            stripped out insignificant whitespace while parsing the selector.
            
        
        
            
            The declaration-block of this rule set.
            
        
        
             
             Interface to a CSS style sheet.
             
            
             
             http://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Level-2-Style/css.html#CSS-CSSStyleSheet
             
        
        
            
            Indicates whether the style sheet is applied to the document. 
            
        
        
            
            If the style sheet is a linked style sheet, the value of its attribute is its location. For inline style sheets, the value of this attribute is null.
            
        
        
            
            The node that associates this style sheet with the document. For HTML, this may be the
            corresponding LINK or STYLE element.
            
        
        
            
            This specifies the style sheet language for this style sheet. This will always be "text/css"
            
        
        
            
            Gets the CSS rules for this style sheet.
            
        
        
            
            A marker interface for CDATA elements.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for an IDomSpecialElement; and element whose data is contained as non-structured
            data in the tag itself.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the non-structured data in the tag
            
        
        
            
            An interface for HTML Comment elements.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether this object is quoted.
            
        
        
            
            An interface to a DOM Document, the high-level representation of an HTML document. This is
            analagous to the web browser "document" object.
            
        
        
             
             Returns a reference to the element by its ID.
             
            
             
             The identifier.
             
            
             
             The element by identifier.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.getElementById
             
        
        
             
             Gets an element by identifier, and return a strongly-typed interface
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The identifier.
             
            
             
             The element by id< t>
             
        
        
             
             Creates the specified HTML element.
             
            
             
             Name of the node.
             
            
             
             The new element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.createElement
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new Text node.
             
            
             
             The text.
             
            
             
             The new text node.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.createTextNode
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new comment.
             
            
             
             The comment.
             
            
             
             The new comment.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.createComment
             
        
        
             
             Creates a document type node.
             
            
             
             The type.
             
             
             The access type, public or private.
             
             
             The formal public identifier of the doc type.
             
             
             The URI of the doc type.
             
            
             
             The new document type.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a document type node.
             
            
             
             Returns the document type of this document. If no DOCTYPE node exists, this will return the
             default document type defined through the CsQuery.Options variable.
             
            
             
             The new document type.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the first element within the document (using depth-first pre-order traversal of the
             document's nodes) that matches the specified group of selectors.
             
            
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             An element, the first that matches the selector.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/En/DOM/Document.querySelector
             
        
        
             
             Returns a list of the elements within the document (using depth-first pre-order traversal of
             the document's nodes) that match the specified group of selectors.
             
            
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements matching the selector.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Document.querySelectorAll
             
        
        
             
             Returns a list of elements with the given tag name. The subtree underneath the specified
             element is searched, excluding the element itself.
             
            
             
             Unlike the browser DOM version, this list is not live; it will represent the selection at the
             time the query was run.
             
            
             
             Name of the tag.
             
            
             
             The element by tag name.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.getElementsByTagName
             
        
        
             
             Creates an IDomDocument that is derived from this one. The new type can also be a derived
             type, such as IDomFragment. The new object will inherit DomRenderingOptions from this one.
             
            
             
             The type of object to create that is IDomDocument
             
            
             
             A new, empty concrete class that is represented by the interface T, configured with the same
             options as the current object.
             
        
        
             
             Creates an IDomDocument that is derived from this one. The new type can also be a derived
             type, such as IDomFragment. The new object will inherit DomRenderingOptions from this one.
             
            
             
             The new Document.
             
        
        
            
            An interface to the internal indexing methods. You generally should not use this.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the document type node for this document, or null if none exists.
            
        
        
            
            Returns the document type of this document. If no DOCTYPE node exists, this will return the default
            document type defined through the CsQuery.Options variable.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the style sheets for this document. (This feature is not implemented completely).
            
        
        
            
            Return the body element for this Document.
            
        
        
            
            Any user data to be persisted with this DOM.
            
        
        
            
            DOCTYPE node
            
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the document.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for a fragment. This is content that does not represent a complete HTML document.
            
        
        
            
            Special element for the text contents of SCRIPT & TEXTAREA objects.
            
        
        
            
            Defines an interface for elements whose defintion (not innerhtml) contain non-tag or attribute formed data
            
        
        
            
            An element that will be rendered as text because it was determined to be a mismatched tag
            
        
        
             
             Strongly-typed interface for building typed subclasses of IDomObject.
             
            
             
             Type of the out.
             
        
        
             
             Clone this element.
             
            
             
             A copy of this element that is not bound to the original.
             
        
        
            
            A collection of attributes.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Removes all attributes from this collection.
            
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of the attribute collection.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a new name/value pair to the collection
             
            
             
             The name of the attribute.
             
             
             The value.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the named attribute from the collection.
             
            
             
             The name to remove.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes an attribute identified by its token ID from the collection
             
            
             
             The unique token ID for the attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the named attribute exists in the collection.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if it exists, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the attribute identified by its unique token ID exists in the collection.
             
            
             
             The unique token ID for the attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if it exists, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Try to get a value for the specified attribute name.
             
            
             
             The key.
             
             
             [out] The value.
             
            
             
             true if the key was present, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Try to get a value for the specified attribute identified by its unique token ID.
             
            
             
             The attribute's token ID.
             
             
             [out] The value.
             
            
             
             true if the key was present, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Sets a boolean only attribute having no value.
             
            
             
             The attribute to set
             
        
        
             
             Sets a boolean only attribute having no value.
             
            
             
             The attribute's unique token ID
             
        
        
             
             Remove an attribute.
             
            
             
             The attribute name
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an attribute.
             
            
             
             The unique token ID for the attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            Adding an attribute implementation
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Second to last line of defense -- will call back to owning Element for attempts to set class, style, or ID, which are 
            managed by Element.
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Used by DomElement to (finally) set the ID value
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Enumerates the attributes in this collection as a sequence of KeyValuePairs.
             
            
             
             A sequence of KeyValuePair<string,string> objects.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator for this AttributeCollection
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            Test whether there are any attributes in this collection.
            
        
        
            
            The number of attributes in this collection
            
        
        
             
             Get or set an attribute value by name
             
            
             
             The name of the attribute.
             
            
             
             The value.
             
        
        
            
            Get a sequence of all attribute names in this collection.
            
        
        
            
            A collection of all the values in this attribute collection
            
        
        
            
            A list of nodes representing the children of a DOM element.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for node list, a read/write collection of nodes.
            
        
        
             
             Get the item at the specified index
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the item
             
            
             
             An item
             
        
        
            
            The number of nodes in this INodeList
            
        
        
            
            Event raised when the NodeList changes
            
        
        
             
             Constructor binding this list to its owner
             
            
             
             The object that owns this list (the parent)
             
        
        
             
             Get the item at the specified index.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the item.
             
            
             
             An item.
             
        
        
             
             The zero-based index of the item in this list
             
            
             
             The element to add.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the item, or -1 if it was not found.
             
        
        
             
             Add a child to this element.
             
            
             
             The element to add
             
        
        
             
             Add a child without validating that a node is a member of this DOM already or that the ID is
             unique.
             
            
             
             The item to add
             
        
        
             
             Adds a child element at a specific index.
             
            
             
             The index at which to insert the element
             
             
             The element to insert
             
        
        
             
             Remove an item from this list and update index.
             
            
             
             The ordinal index at which to remove the node
             
        
        
             
             Remove an element from this element's children.
             
            
             
             The item to remove.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if the item was not found in the children.
             
        
        
             
             Reindex a range of elements starting at index, through the end
             
            
             
             The index at which to insert the element.
             
        
        
             
             Reindex all documents starting the last index through index, from right to left.
             
            
             
             The index at which to insert the element.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a range of elements as children of this list.
             
            
             
             An IEnumerable<IDomObject> of items to append to this.
             
        
        
            
            Remove all children of this node
            
        
        
             
             Query if this object contains the given item.
             
            
             
             The item to look for.
             
            
             
             true if the object is in this collection, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Copies this list to an array.
             
            
             
             The array.
             
             
             Zero-based index of the starting point in the array to copy to.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator.
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            The inner list of objects.
            
        
        
            
            Event raised when the NodeList changes.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the object that owns this list (the parent)
            
        
        
             
             Indexer to get or set items within this collection using array index syntax.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the entry to access.
             
            
             
             The indexed item.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the number of items in this list.
            
        
        
            
            The number of nodes in this INodeList.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is read only. For ChildNodeList collections, this
            is always false.
            
        
        
             
             Interface for icss rule.
             
            
             
             http://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Level-2-Style/css.html#CSS-CSSRule
             
        
        
             
             Constructor for a CSS rule.
             
            
             
             The parent style sheet.
             
             
             The parent rule.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the type of rule.
            
        
        
            
            The parsable textual representation of the rule. This reflects the current state of the rule
            and not its initial value.
            
        
        
             
             The style sheet that contains this rule.
             
            
             
             The parent style sheet.
             
        
        
             
             If this rule is contained inside another rule (e.g. a style rule inside an @media block),
             this is the containing rule. If this rule is not nested inside any other rules, this returns
             null.
             
            
             
             The parent rule.
             
        
        
            
            A single CSS style definition.
            
        
        
            
            The name of the style.
            
        
        
            
            The type of data contained by this style.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a format required by this style.
            
        
        
            
            A description of this style.
            
        
        
            
            The acceptable options for Option-type styles.
            
        
        
            
            Arguments for when a style is changed.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             A value indicating whether this object has styles following the change.
             
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has styles following the change.
            
        
        
            
            CSS style declaration.
            
        
        
            
            Create a new CSSStyleDeclaration object with no styles.
            
        
        
             
             Create a new CSSStyleDeclaration object for the text.
             
            
             
             The parsable textual representation of the declaration block (excluding the surrounding curly
             braces). Setting this attribute will result in the parsing of the new value and resetting of
             all the properties in the declaration block including the removal or addition of properties.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CSSStyleDeclaration object for the text.
             
            
             
             The parsable textual representation of the declaration block (excluding the surrounding curly
             braces). Setting this attribute will result in the parsing of the new value and resetting of
             all the properties in the declaration block including the removal or addition of properties.
             
             
             When true, validate against CSS3 rules.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new CSSStyleDeclaration object thatis a child of another rule.
             
            
             
             The parent rule.
             
        
        
             
             Create a clone of this CSSStyleDeclaration object bound to the owner passed.
             
            
             
             CSSStyleDeclaration.
             
        
        
             
             Sets all the styles from a single CSS style string. Any existing styles will be erased.
             Styles will be validated and an error thrown if an invalid style is attempted.
             
            
             
             A legal HTML style string.
             
        
        
             
             Sets all the styles from a single CSS style string. Any existing styles will be erased. This
             method is used by DomElementFactory (not in strict mode).
             
            
             
             A legal HTML style string.
             
             
             When true, the styles will be validated and an error thrown if any are not valid.
             
        
        
             
             Add one or more styles to this element. Unlike SetStyle, existing styles are not affected,
             except for existing styles of the same name.
             
            
             
             The CSS style string
             
             
             When true, the styles will be validated as CSS3 before adding.
             
        
        
             
             Remove a single named style.
             
            
             
             The name of the style to remove
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the style from the style descriptor for this element.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails. this can only fail if the style was not present.
             
        
        
            
            Add a single style
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Remove all styles
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if the named style is defined
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Sets style setting with no parsing
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Try to get the value of the named style.
             
            
             
             The name of the style
             
             
             [out] The value.
             
            
             
             true if the named style is defined, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a style by name
             
            
             
             The style name
             
            
             
             The style, or null if it is not defined.
             
        
        
             
             Sets a named style, validating its format.
             
            
             
             The style name
             
             
             The style value
             
            
             
             Thrown if the style name and value are not valid CSS
             
        
        
             
             Sets a named style, validating its format.
             
            
             
             Thrown if the style name and value are not valid CSS
             
            
             
             The style name.
             
             
             The style value.
             
             
             When true, the styles will be validated and an error thrown if any are not valid.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the numeric value only of a style, ignoring units
             
            
             
             The style.
             
            
             
             A double, or null if the style did not exist or did not contain a numeric value.
             
        
        
             
             Return the formatted string representation of this style, as HTML, or null if there is no
             style attribute.
             
            
             
             A string.
             
        
        
             
             Return an enumerator that exposes each style name/value pair
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the options for this style as a comma-separated list
             
            
             
             The style.
             
            
             
             A comma-separated string
             
        
        
             
             Cleans/validates a CSS units string, or throws an error if not possible.
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more arguments have unsupported or illegal values.
             
            
             
             The style name.
             
             
             The value to validate
             
            
             
             A parsed string of the value
             
        
        
            
            Inner dictionary of the styles. Note: The presence of a value for _Styles is used to indicate
            that a "style" attribute exists. Therefore any code which accesses Styles should always check
            HasStylesAttribute first to avoid creation of the attribute as a side effect of testing it.
            
            This is a bit brittle but necessary because of QuickSetValue: we need the Styles dictionary
            to be created automatically in order for it to be populated with QuickSetValue when its
            access is required.
            
        
        
            
            For fast DOM creation - since styles are not indexed or validated. If they are ever accessed
            by style name, they will be parsed on demand.
            
        
        
            
            The CSS rule that contains this declaration block or null if this CSSStyleDeclaration is not
            attached to a CSSRule.
            
        
        
            
            Event queue for all listeners interested in OnHasStylesChanged events.
            
        
        
            
            The number of properties that have been explicitly set in this declaration block.
            
        
        
            
            The parsable textual representation of the declaration block (excluding the surrounding curly
            braces). Setting this attribute will result in the parsing of the new value and resetting of
            all the properties in the declaration block including the removal or addition of properties.
            
        
        
            
            True if there is at least one style.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has a style attribute. (The attribute can be
            empty - this can be true while HasStyles is false).
            
        
        
            
            Gets the number of styles in this collection.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is read only. For CSSStyleDeclarations, this is
            always false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the style name (keys) for all the styles in this collection
            
        
        
             
            Gets the style name values for all the styles in this collection
             
        
        
            
            Get or set the named style
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Get or set the named style, optionally enabling strict mode.
             
            
             
             The named style
             
             
             When true, validate for CSS3
             
            
             
             The indexed item.
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the CSS height.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the CSS width.
            
        
        
             
             A CSS style rule.
             
            
             
             http://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Level-2-Style/css.html#CSS-CSSStyleRule
             
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             The parent style sheet.
             
             
             The parent rule.
             
        
        
            
            The textual representation of the selector for the rule set. The implementation may have
            stripped out insignificant whitespace while parsing the selector.
            
        
        
            
            The declaration-block of this rule set.
            
        
        
            
            The parsable textual representation of the rule. This reflects the current state of the rule
            and not its initial value.
            
        
        
             
             A CSS style sheet.
             
            
             
             http://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Level-2-Style/css.html#CSS-CSSStyleSheet
             
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             The node that owns this item.
             
        
        
            
            Indicates whether the style sheet is applied to the document.
            
        
        
            
            If the style sheet is a linked style sheet, the value of its attribute is its location. For
            inline style sheets, the value of this attribute is null.
            
        
        
             
             The node that associates this style sheet with the document. For HTML, this may be the
             corresponding LINK or STYLE element.
             
            
             
             The owner node.
             
        
        
             
             This specifies the style sheet language for this style sheet. This will always be "text/css".
             
            
             
             The type.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the CSS rules for this style sheet.
             
            
             
             The CSS rules.
             
        
        
            
            A CDATA node
            
        
        
            
            Base class for anything that exists in the DOM
            
            
        
        
            
            Something that appears in the DOM. This is essentially the same as a Node in the browser DOM,
            but IDomObject represents only things that may appear in the DOM (e.g. not an attribute,
            document, doctype)
            
        
        
            
            A reference to the owning document. This is also the topmost node in the tree.
            
        
        
            
            The parent node. Do not expose this. _ParentNode should only be managed by the ParentNode
            property.
            
        
        
             
             The implementation for Clone.
             
            
             
             A clone of this object.
             
        
        
            
            Information describing metadata about the element's owning document. This is essentially a
            cache, it prevents us from having to check to see if there's an owning document and access it
            directly. This is an optimizaton as this happens often.
            
        
        
             
             Gets the full path to this document.
             
            
             
             The path.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the full path to this document.
             
            
             
             The path.
             
        
        
            
            Returns all of the ancestors of the given node, in descending order of their depth from the root node.
            
            The ancestors.
        
        
            
            Returns all of the descendents of the given node, in pre-order depth first order.
            
            The descendents.
        
        
            
            Returns all IDomElement descendents of the given node, in pre-order depth first order.
            
            The descendents.
        
        
             
             Gets the depth of the current node.
             
            
             
             The depth.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children.
             
            
             
             a string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children, using the specified
             OutputFormatter.
             
            
             
             The formatter that controls how the ouput is rendered.
             
             
             The writer to which output should be written.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children, using the specified
             OutputFormatter.
             
            
             
             The formatter.
             
            
             
             a string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children.
             
            
             
             a string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element, including its children, using the OutputFormatter.
             
            
             
             An existing StringBuilder instance to append this element's HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the complete HTML for this element to a StringBuilder. Note: This obsolete and will
             be removed; please use Render(IOutputFormatter).
             
            
             
             An existing StringBuilder instance to append this element's HTML.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the operation.
             
        
        
             
             Wrap this element in a CQ object. This is the CsQuery equivalent of the common jQuery
             construct $(el). Since there is no default method in C# that we can use to create a similar
             syntax, this method serves the same purpose.
             
            
             
             A new CQ object wrapping this element.
             
        
        
             
             Clone this element.
             
            
             
             A copy of this element that is not bound to the original.
             
        
        
             
             Removes this object from it's parent, and consequently the Document, if any, to which it
             belongs.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the the node has no parent.
             
        
        
             
             Return the total number of descendants of this element.
             
            
             
             int, the total number of descendants.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a node to the end of the list of children of a specified parent node. If the node
             already exists it is removed from current parent node, then added to new parent node.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The element to append.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.appendChild
             
        
        
             
             Appends a child without checking to see if its already a member of the DOM. For use in DOM
             construction to avoid unneeded overhead.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The element to append.
             
        
        
             
             Removes a child node from the DOM. Returns removed node.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The element to remove.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/En/DOM/Node.removeChild
             
        
        
             
             Inserts the specified node before a reference element as a child of the current node.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The node to insert.
             
             
             The node before which the new node will be inserted.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.insertBefore
             
        
        
             
             Inserts the specified node after a reference element as a child of the current node.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The new node to be inserted.
             
             
             The node after which the new node will be inserted.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a new boolean attribute or sets its value to true.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the object type does not support attributes
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a new attribute or changes the value of an existing attribute on the specified element.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the object type does not support attributes
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             For input elements, the "value" property of this element. Returns null for other element
             types.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.setAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Returns the value of the named attribute on the specified element. If the named attribute
             does not exist, the value returned will either be null or "" (the empty string)
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             The attribute value string.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.getAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Returns the value of the named attribute on the specified element. If the named attribute
             does not exist, the value returned will either be the provide "defaultValue".
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             A string to return if the attribute does not exist.
             
            
             
             The attribute value string.
             
            
             
        
        
             
             Try to get a named attribute.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             The attribute value, or null if the named attribute does not exist.
             
            
             
             true if the attribute exists, false if it does not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a boolean value indicating whether the specified element has the specified attribute
             or not.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if the named attribute exists, false if not.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.hasAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Removes an attribute from the specified element.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
            
             
             true if it the attribute exists, false if the attribute did not exist. If the attribute
             exists it will always be removed, that is, it is not possible for this method to fail unless
             the attribute does not exist.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.removeAttribute
             
        
        
             
             Returns a boolean value indicating whether the named class exists on this element.
             
            
             
             The class name for which to test.
             
            
             
             true if the class is a member of this elements classes, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Adds the class.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The class name for which to test.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the named class from the classes defined for this element.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The class name to remove.
             
            
             
             true if the class exists and was removed from this element, false if the class did not exist.
             If the class exists it will always be removed, that is, it is not possible for this method to
             fail if the class exists.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a boolean value indicating whether the named style is defined in the styles for this
             element.
             
            
             
             Name of the style to test.
             
            
             
             true if the style is explicitly defined on this element, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a style descriptor to this element, validating the style name and value against the CSS3
             ruleset. The string should be of the form "styleName: styleDef;", e.g.
             
                 "width: 10px;"
             
             The trailing semicolon is optional.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The style string.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a style descriptor to this element, optionally validating against the CSS3 ruleset. The
             default method always validates; this overload should be used if validation is not desired.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             An object encapsulating the Styles associated with this element.
             
             
             true to enforce validation of CSS3 styles.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the named style from this element.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The style name.
             
            
             
             true if the style exists and is removed, false if the style did not exist.
             
        
        
             
             The ToString() override for an object depends on the type of element.
             
            
             
             A  that represents the current IDomObject.
             
        
        
             
             An enumeration of clones of the chilren of this object
             
            
             
             An enumerator 
             
        
        
             
             Returns the HTML for this element, but ignoring children/innerHTML.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates index keys for this element.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is not valid for this element type
             
            
             
             A sequence of keys
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates index keys in this collection.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process index keys in this collection.
             
        
        
            
            Updates the cached Document and property flags.
            
        
        
             
             Updates the cached Document and property flags.
             
            
             
             A reference to the owning document. This is also the topmost node in the tree.
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Compares this IDomObject object to another to determine their relative ordering.
             
            
             
             Another instance to compare.
             
            
             
             Negative if this object is less than the other, 0 if they are equal, or positive if this is
             greater.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has children.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element. It is possible
            for this value to be false but InnerTextAllowed to be true for elements which can have inner
            content, but no child HTML markup, such as <textarea> and <script>
            
        
        
            
            Gets the identifier of the node name.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether text content is allowed as a child of this element.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this element may have children. When false, it means this is
            a void element.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object type should be indexed.
            
        
        
            
            The full path to this node. This is calculated by requesting the parent path and adding its
            own ID.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the unique path to this element as a string. THIS METHOD IS OBSOLETE. It has been replaced by NodePath.
            
        
        
            
            The DOM for this object. This is obtained by looking at its parents value until it finds a
            non-null Document in a parent. The value is cached locally as long as the current value of
            Parent remains the same.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text content of a node and its descendants.
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the text content of a node and its descendants, including all whitespace.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.textContent
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets or gets the HTML of an elements descendants.
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the outer HTML.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/DOM/element.outerHTML
             
        
        
            
            Gets the child nodes.
            
        
        
            
            The direct parent of this node.
            
        
        
            
            The element is not associated with an IDomDocument.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object belongs to a Document or not.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a unique ID for this element among its siblings. THIS METHOD IS OBSOLETE. It has been replaced by NodePath.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the depth of the current node.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the child elements.
            
        
        
            
            The element's absolute index among its siblings.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the identifier of the node path.
            TODO: We are going to use this to create a sparse index so we don't have to reindex each time a node is removed
            
        
        
            
            The value of an input element, or the text of a textarea element.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the node value.
            
        
        
             
             The value of the "type" attribute. For input elements, this property always returns a
             lowercase value and defaults to "text" if there is no type attribute. For other element types,
             it simply returns the value of the "type" attribute.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/type
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the name attribute of an DOM object, it only applies to the following elements:
             <a> , <applet> , <form> , <frame> , <iframe> , <img> ,
             <input> , <map> , <meta> , <object> , <option> , <param> ,
             <select> , and <textarea> .
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.name
             
        
        
            
            Get or set value of the id attribute.
            
        
        
            
            For input elements, the "value" property of this element. Returns null for other element
            types.
            
        
        
            
            gets and sets the value of the class attribute of the specified element.
            
        
        
            
            A sequence of all unique class names defined on this element.
            
        
        
            
            An interface to access the attributes collection of this element.
            
        
        
            
            An object encapsulating the Styles associated with this element.
            
        
        
            
            The node (tag) name, in upper case.
            
        
        
             
             Returns the node's first child in the tree, or null if the node is childless. If the node is
             a Document, it returns the first node in the list of its direct children.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.firstChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the last child of a node.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.lastChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element's first child element or null if there are no child elements.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.firstElementChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element's last child element or null if there are no child elements.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.lastElementChild
             
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has any attributes.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has CSS classes.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has any styles defined.
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element is checked.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/checked
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element is disabled.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/disabled
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the only should be read.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/readOnly
             
        
        
             
             Returns the node immediately following the specified one in its parent's childNodes list, or
             null if the specified node is the last node in that list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.nextSibling
             
        
        
             
             Returns the node immediately preceding the specified one in its parent's childNodes list,
             null if the specified node is the first in that list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.previousSibling
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element immediately following the specified one in its parent's children list, or
             null if the specified element is the last one in the list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.nextElementSibling
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element immediately prior to the specified one in its parent's children list, or
             null if the specified element is the first one in the list.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.previousElementSibling
             
        
        
             
             The child node at the specified index.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the child node to access.
             
            
             
             IDomObject, the element at the specified index within this node's children.
             
        
        
             
             The child node at the specified index.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the child node to access.
             
            
             
             IDomObject, the element at the specified index within this node's children.
             
        
        
            
            The index excluding text nodes.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is a block element
            
        
        
            
            Gets the object to which this index entry refers.
            
        
        
             
             Indicates whether the element is selected or not. This value is read-only. To change the
             selection, set either the selectedIndex or selectedItem property of the containing element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Attribute/selected
             
        
        
            
            Flags indicating particular states regarding the owning document.
            
        
        
            
            The parent document is indexed.
            
        
        
            
            The parent document is a document (not a fragment).
            
        
        
            
            The parent document is valid.
            
        
        
            
            The parent document has already been tested..
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor for the abstract class.
            
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             This is called by the base class DomObject, and ensures that the typed Clone implementations
             get called when the object is accessed through the IDomObject interface.
             
            
             
             A new IDomObject
             
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor that populates the node with the passed value.
             
            
             
             The contents of the CDATA node
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the node value. For CDATA nodes, this is the content.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node. For CDATA nodes, this is NodeType.CDATA_SECTION_NODE.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the non-attribute data in the tag. For CDATA nodes, this is the same as the
            content of the node..
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element. For CDATA nodes,
            this is always false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has children. For CDATA nodes, this is always
            false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text of the CDATA element.
            
        
        
            
            A comment node
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor for a comment containing the specified text.
             
            
             
             The text.
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the type of the node (COMMENT_NODE)
             
            
             
             The type of the node.
             
        
        
             
             The node (tag) name, in upper case. For a 
             
            
             
             The name of the node.
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether this object is quoted.
             
            
             
             TODO: Remove this. This has to do with GetTagOpener etc.
             
            
             
             true if this object is quoted, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element (false)
             
            
             
             true if inner HTML allowed, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a value indicating whether this object has children (false)
             
            
             
             true if this object has children, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the non-attribute data in the tag. For comments, this is the same as the text of
            the comment. Null values will be converted to an empty string.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the node value. For CDATA nodes, this is the content.
            
        
        
            
            Base class for Dom object that contain other elements
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor that populates the container with the passed elements.
             
            
             
             The elements.
             
        
        
             
             Appends a child.
             
            
             
             The element to append.
             
        
        
             
             Appends a child without checking if it already exists. This should only be used during DOM
             construction.
             
            
             
             The element to append.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the child.
             
            
             
             The element to remove.
             
        
        
             
             Inserts the new node before a reference node.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the reference node isn't a child of this node.
             
            
             
             The new node.
             
             
             The reference node.
             
        
        
             
             Inserts a new node after a reference node.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the reference node isn't a child of this node.
             
            
             
             The new node.
             
             
             The reference node.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the number of descendants of this element.
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
            
            Returns all children (including inner HTML as objects);
            
        
        
            
            The child nodes as a concete object.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has children.
            
        
        
             
             Returns the node's first child in the tree, or null if the node is childless. If the node is
             a Document, it returns the first node in the list of its direct children.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.firstChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element's first child element or null if there are no child elements.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.firstElementChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the last child of a node.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Node.lastChild
             
        
        
             
             Returns the element's last child element or null if there are no child elements.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Element.lastElementChild
             
        
        
            
            Get all child elements
            
        
        
             
             The child node at the specified index.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the child node to access.
             
            
             
             IDomObject, the element at the specified index within this node's children.
             
        
        
            
            Special node type to represent the DOM.
            
        
        
             
             Creates a new, empty DomDocument
             
            
             
             A new DomDocument
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new DomDocument (or derived object) using the options specified.
             
            
             
             The elements that are the source for the new document.
             
             
             (optional) the parsing mode.
             
             
             The DocType for this document.
             
            
             
             A new IDomDocument object
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new DomDocument (or derived) object
             
            
             
             The HTML source for the document
             
             
             (optional) the parsing mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             The DocType for this document.
             
            
             
             A new IDomDocument object
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new DomDocument (or derived) object.
             
            
             
             The HTML source for the document.
             
             
             (optional) the character set encoding.
             
             
             (optional) the HTML parsing mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             The DocType for this document.
             
            
             
             A new IDomDocument object.
             
        
        
            
            Create a new, empty DOM document using the default DomIndex provider.
            
            
        
        
             
             Create a new, empty DOM document using the provided DomIndex instance
             
            
             
             An index provider
             
        
        
             
             Populates this instance with the sequence of elements
             
            
             
             The elements that are the source for the new document.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a reference to the element by its ID.
             
            
             
             The identifier.
             
            
             
             The element by identifier.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.getElementById
             
        
        
             
             Gets an element by identifier, and return a strongly-typed interface.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The identifier.
             
            
             
             The element by id< t>
             
        
        
             
             Gets element by tag name.
             
            
             
             Name of the tag.
             
            
             
             The element by tag name.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a list of elements with the given tag name. The subtree underneath the specified
             element is searched, excluding the element itself.
             
            
             
             Name of the tag.
             
            
             
             The element by tag name.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.getElementsByTagName
             
        
        
             
             Returns the first element within the document (using depth-first pre-order traversal of the
             document's nodes) that matches the specified group of selectors.
             
            
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             An element, the first that matches the selector.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/En/DOM/Document.querySelector
             
        
        
             
             Returns a list of the elements within the document (using depth-first pre-order traversal of
             the document's nodes) that match the specified group of selectors.
             
            
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements matching the selector.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/Document.querySelectorAll
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new Element node.
             
            
             
             Name of the node.
             
            
             
             The new element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.createElement
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new Text node.
             
            
             
             The text.
             
            
             
             The new text node.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.createTextNode
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new comment node.
             
            
             
             The comment.
             
            
             
             The new comment.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/document.createComment
             
        
        
             
             Creates a document type node.
             
            
             
             The type.
             
             
             The access type, public or private.
             
             
             The formal public identifier of the doc type.
             
             
             The URI of the doc type.
             
            
             
             The new document type.
             
        
        
             
             Creates the document type node.
             
            
             
             The DocType for this document.
             
            
             
             The new document type.
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Clones the child elements of this document
             
            
             
             A sequence of cloned elements
             
        
        
             
             Convert this object into a string representation; provides summary information about the
             document.
             
            
             
             This object as a string.
             
        
        
             
             Creates an IDomDocument that is derived from this one. The new type can also be a derived
             type, such as IDomFragment. The new object will inherit DomRenderingOptions from this one.
             
            
             
             The type of object to create that is IDomDocument.
             
            
             
             A new, empty concrete class that is represented by the interface T, configured with the same
             options as the current object.
             
        
        
             
             Creates an IDomDocument that is derived from this one. The new type can also be a derived
             type, such as IDomFragment. The new object will inherit DomRenderingOptions from this one.
             
            
             
             A new, empty concrete class that is represented by the interface T, configured with the same
             options as the current object.
             
        
        
             
             Creates an IDomDocument that is derived from this one. The new type can also be a derived
             type, such as IDomFragment. The new object will inherit DomRenderingOptions from this one.
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more arguments have unsupported or illegal values.
             
            
             
             The type of object to create that is IDomDocument.
             
             
             The elements that are the source for the new document.
             
            
             
             A new, empty concrete class that is represented by the interface T, configured with the same
             options as the current object.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of elements that excludes non-Element (e.g. Text) nodes
             
            
             
             The input sequence
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements
             
        
        
            
            Gets the style sheets for this document. (This feature is not implemented completely).
            
        
        
            
            Return the DocumentIndex for this document.
            
        
        
            
            The direct parent of this node.
            
        
        
            
            The full path to this node. For Document nodes, this is always empty.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the unique path to this element as a string. THIS METHOD IS OBSOLETE. It has been
            replaced by NodePath.
            
        
        
            
            The depth in the node tree at which this node occurs. This is always 0 for the DomDocument.
            
        
        
            
            Deprecated: DomRenderingOptions are no longer bound to a particular Document instance. Pass
            options to the Render() method, or create an IOutputFormatter instance using options, instead.
            This method will be removed in a future release.
            
        
        
            
            The DOM for this object. For Document objects, this returns the same object.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node. For Document objects, this is always NodeType.DOCUMENT_NODE
            
        
        
            
            Gets the DOCUMENT_TYPE node for this document, or null if none exists.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the DocType for this document. 
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element. For Document
            nodes, this is always true.
            
        
        
            
            Any user data to be persisted with this DOM.
            
        
        
            
            Return the body element for this Document.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object type should be indexed.
            
        
        
            
            The element is not associated with an IDomDocument.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object belongs to a Document or not.
            
        
        
            
            A special type for the DOCTYPE node
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor to create based on one of several common predefined types.
             
            
             
             Type of the document.
             
        
        
             
             Constructor to create a specific document type node.
             
            
             
             The type.
             
             
             PUBLIC or SYSTEM
             
             
             Identifier for the system.
             
             
             URI of the document.
             
        
        
            
            Sets document type data values from a doc type
            
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node.
            
        
        
            
            The node (tag) name, in upper case. For DOC_TYPE nodes, this is always "DOCTYPE".
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the document.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the information describing the content found in the tag that is not in standard
            attribute format.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element. It is possible
            for this value to be false but InnerTextAllowed to be true for elements which can have inner
            content, but no child HTML markup, such as <textarea> and <script>
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has children.
            
        
        
            
            HTML elements.
            
        
        
            
            The dom attributes.
            
        
        
            
            Backing field for _Style.
            
        
        
            
            Backing field for _Classes.
            
        
        
            
            Backing field for NodeNameID property.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Create a new DomElement node of a nodeTipe determined by a token ID.
             
            
             
             Token represnting an existing tokenized node type.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new element
             
            
             
             The NodeName for the element (upper case).
             
            
             
             A new element that inherits DomElement
             
        
        
             
             Sets a style to a non-null value
             
            
             
             The style.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the HTML for this element, but ignoring children/innerHTML.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Return the index keys for this element. 
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process index keys in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates clone children in this collection.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process clone children in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Query if 'name' has style.
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if style, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Query if 'name' has class.
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if class, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Adds the class.
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the class described by name.
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Query if 'tokenId' has attribute.
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if attribute, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Set the value of a named attribute.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Set the value of a named attribute.
             
            
             
             The token ID of the attribute
             
             
             The value to set
             
        
        
             
             Sets an attribute with no value.
             
            
             
             The attribute name
             
        
        
             
             Sets an attribute with no value.
             
            
             
             The token
             
        
        
             
             Used by DomElement to (finally) set the ID value.
             
            
             
             THe attribute token
             
             
             The attribute value
             
        
        
             
             Removes the attribute described by name.
             
            
             
             The attribute name to remove
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the attribute described by name.
             
            
             
             The token for the attribute
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Gets an attribute value, or returns null if the value is missing. If a valueless attribute is
             found, this will also return null. HasAttribute should be used to test for such attributes.
             Attributes with an empty string value will return String.Empty.
             
            
             
             The name of the attribute
             
            
             
             The attribute value, or null if the attribute is missing.
             
        
        
             
             Gets an attribute value, or returns null if the value is missing. If a valueless attribute is
             found, this will also return null. HasAttribute should be used to test for such attributes.
             Attributes with an empty string value will return String.Empty.
             
            
             
             The token ID of the attribute
             
            
             
             The attribute value.
             
        
        
             
             Return an attribute value identified by name. If it doesn't exist, return the provided
             default value.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
             
             The value to return if the attribute is missing.
             
            
             
             The attribute value.
             
        
        
             
             Return an attribute value identified by a token ID. If it doesn't exist, return the provided
             default value.
             
            
             
             The token ID of the attribute.
             
             
             The value to return if the attribute is missing.
             
            
             
             The attribute.
             
        
        
             
             Try get an attribute value.
             
            
             
             The token ID of the attribute
             
             
             The value of the attribute
             
            
             
             true if the attribute exists, false if not
             
        
        
             
             Try to get attribute value by name.
             
            
             
             The attribute name
             
             
             The attribute value
             
            
             
             true if the attribute exists, false if not
             
        
        
             
             Convert this object into a string representation.
             
            
             
             This object as a string.
             
        
        
             
             Add a single style in the form "styleName: value", validating that the style is known and the
             value is in the correct format for that style.
             
            
             
             The style.
             
        
        
             
             Add a single style in the form "styleName: value".
             
            
             
             The style.
             
             
             When true, CSS syntax checking is enforced. If the style is unknown or the value is not of
             the correct format, an error will be thrown.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the named style from the "styles" property of this element.
             
            
             
             The name of the style to remove.
             
            
             
             true if the style was present, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Sets the style property to the s
             
            
             
             The styles.
             
        
        
             
             Sets the style property from a string of style definitions separated by semicolons, e.g.
             "style1: value; style2: value;".
             
            
             
             The styles.
             
             
             When true, CSS syntax checking is enforced. If the style is unknown or the value is not of
             the correct format, an error will be thrown.
             
        
        
             
             Helper for public Text() function to act recursively.
             
            
             
             The nodes to access InnerText from.
             
            
             
             A sequence of the strings of the child text nodes
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates get inner text in this collection
             
             Rules:
             
             All whitespace between text or inline nodes is coalesced to a single whitespace.
             A block node starts a new line.
             Leading and trailing whitespace is omitted.
             
            
             
             The nodes to access innnerText from.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process get inner text in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Helper function to add the text contents of an element to a list of strings.
             
            
             
             The target list.
             
             
             The object containing text content.
             
        
        
             
             Attribute index key.
             
            
             
             Name of the attribute.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Attribute index key.
             
            
             
             Identifier for the attribute.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Attribute remove from index.
             
            
             
             Identifier for the attribute.
             
        
        
             
             Attribute add to index.
             
            
             
             Identifier for the attribute.
             
        
        
             
             Sets the class name.
             
            
             
             And sets the value of the class attribute of the specified element.
             
        
        
             
             Query if this object has default value.
             
            
             
             true if default value, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates all descendant elements in this collection.
             
            
             
             A sequence of IDomElement objects
             
        
        
             
             Query if 'tokenId' has attribute.
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if attribute, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Gets an attribute value for matching, accounting for default values of special attribute
             types.
             
            
             
             Identifier for the attribute.
             
             
             The matched value
             
            
             
             The attribute for matching.
             
        
        
             
             Return the first ancestor of the specified tag
             
            
             
             Identifier for the tag.
             
            
             
             An IDomContainer
             
        
        
             
             Sets a boolean property by creating or removing it
             
            
             
             Identifier for the tag.
             
             
             The value to set
             
        
        
             
             Returns all child elements of a specific tag, cast to a type
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             Backing field for NodeNameID property.
             
            
             
             An enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the enumerator.
            
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator.
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerate the attributes + class & style.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process attributes collection in this
             collection.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of tokens for each non-class, non-style attribute that should be
             added to the attribute index.
             
            
             
             An enumerator of ushort.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the dom attributes.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has any actual attributes (not class or style)
            
        
        
            
            An object encapsulating the Styles associated with this element. 
            
        
        
             
             Access to the IAttributeCollection interface for this element's attributes.
             
            
             
             We don't actually refer to the inner AttributeCollection object here because we cannot allow
             users to set attributes directly in the object: they must use SetAttribute so that special
             handling for "class" and "style" as well as indexing can be performed. To avoid creating a
             wrapper object,.
             
        
        
            
            gets and sets the value of the "class" attribute of the specified element.
            
        
        
            
            Get or set value of the "id" attribute.
            
        
        
            
            The NodeName for the element. This always returns the name in upper case.
            11
        
        
            
            Gets the token that represents this element's NodeName
            
        
        
             
             The value of the "type" attribute. For input elements, this property always returns a
             lowercase value and defaults to "text" if there is no type attribute. For other element types,
             it simply returns the value of the "type" attribute.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/type
             
            
             
             TODO: in HTML5 type can be used on OL attributes (and maybe others?) and its value is case
             sensitive. The Type of input elements is always lower case, though. This behavior needs to be
             verified against the spec.
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the name attribute of an DOM object, it only applies to the following elements:
             <a> , <applet> , <form> , <frame> , <iframe> , <img> ,
             <input> , <map> , <meta> , <object> , <option> , <param> ,
             <select> , and <textarea> .
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/element.name
             
            
             
             TODO: Verify that the attribute is applicable to this node type and return null otherwise.
             
        
        
            
            The value of an input element, or the text of a textarea element.
            
        
        
            
            For input elements, the "value" property of this element. Returns null for other element
            types.
            
            
            TODO: Value is only mapped to an attribute on certain elements. The HasValueProperty method 
            resolves this. When setting the Value property for any other element, it should still track
            the value but never render it.
            We do just the opposite; we don't return the value in that situation but always render it.
            This should be fixed to work like the DOM so setting Value doesn't render. 
            
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node.
            
        
        
            
            The direct parent of this node.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has any attributes.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has any styles defined.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has a style attribute.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this node has a "class" attribute. This can be true even if there are no classes.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object type should be indexed.
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the outer HTML.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process index keys in this collection.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/DOM/element.outerHTML
             
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element. It is possible
            for this value to be false but InnerTextAllowed to be true for elements which can have inner
            content, but no child HTML markup, such as <textarea> and <script>
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether text content is allowed as a child of this element.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this element may have children. When false, it means this is
            a void element.
            
        
        
             
             The child node at the specified index.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the child node to access.
             
            
             
             IDomObject, the element at the specified index within this node's children.
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element is checked.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/checked
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element is disabled.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/disabled
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the only should be read.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/readOnly
             
        
        
            
            Returns text of the inner HTML. When setting, any children will be removed.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text content of a node and its descendants.
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the text content of a node and its descendants, formatted like Chrome (a new
             line for each text node, a space between inline elements, a new line for block elements).
             Unlike browsers, the contents of hidden elements are included, since we cannot determine
             conclusively what is hidden.
             
             The contents of comments, CDATA nodes, SCRIPT, STYLE and TEXTAREA nodes are ignored. Note:
             this is an IE property; there is no standard. The way CsQuery formats using InnerText is
             roughly like Chrome but may not match exactly.
             
            
             
             http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms533899%28v=VS.85%29.aspx
             
        
        
            
            The index excluding text nodes.
            
        
        
            
            The object to which this index refers.
            
        
        
            
            Returns true if this element is a block-type element.
            
        
        
            
            A sequence of all unique class names defined on this element.
            
        
        
             
             Get the named attribute value
             
            
             
             The name of the attribute
             
            
             
             A string of the attribute value
             
        
        
             
             The number of attributes in this attribute collection. This includes special attributes such
             as "class", "id", and "style".
             
            
             
             int
             
        
        
            
            An incomplete document fragment
            
        
        
             
             Creates a new fragment in a given context.
             
            
             
             The elements.
             
             
             (optional) the context. If omitted, will be automatically determined.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
            
             
             A new fragment.
             
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Create a new DomFragment using the provided DomIndex instance.
             
            
             
             A DomIndex provider
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new instance of a DomFragment.
             
            
             
             The new new.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node. For DomFragment objects, this is always NodeType.DOCUMENT_FRAGMENT_NODE.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is indexed. 
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is fragment. For DomFragment objects, this is
            true.
            
        
        
            
            Used for literal text (not part of a tag)
            
        
        
            
            Create a new empty Text node
            
        
        
             
             Create a new Text node containing the text passed
             
            
             
             The text value of this Text node.
             
        
        
            
            The inner node value; the text.
            
        
        
             
             Makes a clone of this TextNode
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Return the value of this text node
             
            
             
             This object as a string.
             
        
        
            
            The node (tag) name, in upper case. For Text nodes, this is always "#text".
            
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the node. For Text nodes, this is always NodeType.TEXT_NODE
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text value of this Text node. Null values will be converted to an empty string.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether HTML is allowed as a child of this element. For Text nodes,
            this is always false.
            
        
        
            
            For Text nodes, this is always false
            
        
        
            
            An implementation of properties shared by all form associated elements.
            
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#form-associated-element
            
        
        
            
            Constructor to specify the element's token ID.
            
            The token ID of the element.
        
        
             
             The value of form element with which to associate the element.
             
            
             
             The HTML5 spec says "The value of the id attribute on the form with which to associate the
             element." This is not what browsers currently return; they return the actual element. We'll
             keep that for now.
             
        
        
            
            An implementation of properties shared by all form reassociateable elements.
            
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#categories
            
        
        
            
            Constructor to specify the element's token ID.
            
            The token ID of the element.
        
        
             
             The value of form element with which to associate the element.
             
            
             
             The HTML5 spec says "The value of the id attribute on the form with which to associate the
             element." This is not what browsers currently return; they return the actual element. We'll
             keep that for now. If the "form" attribute is specified, the first form element with an ID
             matching the value will be returned instead.
             
        
        
            
            An implementation of properties shared by all form submittable elements.
            
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#category-submit
            
        
        
            
            Constructor to specify the element's token ID.
            
            The token ID of the element.
        
        
            
            A form submittable element is disabled if it has the disabled attribute,
            or it is in a disabled fieldset and not in the legend.
            
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#attr-fe-disabled
            
        
        
             
             An Anchor (A) element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#the-a-element
             
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            A name or keyword giving a browsing context for UAs to use when following the hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            A URL that provides the destination of the hyperlink. If the href attribute is not specified,
            the element represents a placeholder hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            The rel attribute on a and area elements controls what kinds of links the elements create.
            The attribue's value must be a set of space-separated tokens.
            
        
        
            
            A list of tokens that specify the relationship between the document containing the hyperlink
            and the destination indicated by the hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            The media for which the destination of the hyperlink was designed.
            
        
        
            
            An HTML button element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             The value of the "type" attribute. For button elements, this property always returns a
             lowercase value and defaults to "submit" if there is no type attribute.
             
            
             
             The type.
             
        
        
             
             A FORM element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#the-form-element
             
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Converts this object to a list.
             
            
             
             This object as an IList<IDomElement>
             
        
        
             
             The form element at the specified index
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the form element to obtain.
             
            
             
             An IDomElement
             
        
        
             
             Gets an enumerator of the form's elements.
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            A name or keyword giving a browsing context for UAs to use when following the hyperlink.
            
        
        
             
             The accept-charset attribute gives the character encodings that are to be used for the
             submission. If specified, the value must be an ordered set of unique space-separated tokens
             that are ASCII case-insensitive, and each token must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for
             the preferred MIME name of an ASCII-compatible character encoding.
             
            
             
             The accept charset.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#attr-form-accept-charset
             
        
        
             
             The action and formaction content attributes, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
             non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.
             
            
             
             A string
             
        
        
             
             The automcomplete attribute. The "off" state indicates that by default, input elements in the
             form will have their resulting autocompletion state set to off; the "on" state indicates that
             by default, input elements in the form will have their resulting autocompletion state set to
             on.
             
            
             
             The autocomplete.
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the encoding type for the form. This must be one of "application/x-www-form-urlencoded",
             "multipart/form-data", or "text/plain".
             
            
             
             The enctype.
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the encoding. This is a synonym for Enctype.
             
            
             
             The encoding.
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the method attribute. This must be one of GET or POST. When missing, the default
             value is GET.
             
            
             
             The method.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#attr-fs-method
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form should be validated during submission.
             
            
             
             true to skip validation, false for normal behavior.
             
        
        
             
             An INodeList containing the form elements.
             
            
             
             The elements.
             
        
        
             
             The number of elements in this form.
             
            
             
             An integer
             
        
        
             
             The form element at the specified index.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the element to access.
             
            
             
             IDomObject
             
        
        
            
            An HTML input element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Returns all the keys that should be in the index for this item (keys for class, tag,
             attributes, and id)
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process index keys in this collection.
             
        
        
            
            A URL that provides the destination of the hyperlink. If the href attribute is not specified,
            the element represents a placeholder hyperlink.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the element is a required part of form submission.
            
        
        
             
             The value of the "type" attribute. For input elements, this property always returns a
             lowercase value and defaults to "text" if there is no type attribute. For other element types,
             it simply returns the value of the "type" attribute.
             
            
             
             TODO: in HTML5 type can be used on OL attributes (and maybe others?) and its value is case
             sensitive. The Type of input elements is always lower case, though. This behavior needs to be
             verified against the spec.
             
            
             
             The type.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/type
             
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object has children. For input elements, this is always false.
            
        
        
             
             A LABEL element.
             
            
             
             http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/single-page.html#the-label-element
             
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the for attribute
            
        
        
            
            The control bound to this label. If the "for" attribute is set, this is the control with that
            ID. If not, the first input control that is a child of the label will be returned.
            
        
        
            
            An HTML LI element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            The Value property of this LI element, or zero if it is not set.
            
        
        
            
            An HTML progress element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            The value of the meter
            
        
        
            
            The maximum value.
            
        
        
            
            The minimum value.
            
        
        
            
            The low value.
            
        
        
            
            The high value.
            
        
        
            
            The optimum value.
            
        
        
            
            A NodeList of all LABEL elements within this Progress element
            
        
        
            
            An HTML option element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            The value of the OPTIOn element, or empty string if none specified.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether this object is disabled.
            
        
        
            
            The form with which the element is associated.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the label for this Option element
            
        
        
             
             Indicates whether the element is selected or not. This value is read-only. To change the
             selection, set either the selectedIndex or selectedItem property of the containing element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Attribute/selected
             
        
        
             
             A collection of HTML options.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             Creates an HTMLOptionsCollection from the children of a Select element.
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more arguments have unsupported or illegal values.
             
            
             
             The parent element for this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node at the given zero-based index (gives null if out of range)
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the option element.
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node with the given DOMString (i.e., string) id. Returns null if no such
             named node exists.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the option element.
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element, or null if the named element does not exist.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator.
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator.
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates the element children of a node.
             
            
             
             An sequence of elements
             
        
        
             
             Implementation for Children. The bool part of the tuple indicates if the element inherits a
             "disabled" property.
             
            
             
             The parent element for this collection.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process children in this collection.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the parent element for this collection
            
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node at the given zero-based index (gives null if out of range)
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the option element.
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the specific node at the given zero-based index (gives null if out of range)
             
            
             
             The name of the option element
             
            
             
             An HTML Option element.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
            
            Logic: if nothing specifically selected, find the first enabled option, otherwise, the first disabled option.
            
        
        
            
            An HTML progress element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            For Progress elements, returns the value of the "value" attribute, or zero.
            
        
        
            
            The maximum value allowed for this Progress bar.
            
        
        
             
            If the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, then the position IDL attribute must
            return −1. Otherwise, it must return the result of dividing the current value by the maximum
            value.
            
        
        
            
            A NodeList of all LABEL elements within this Progress element
            
        
        
            
            A SCRIPT
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor
            
        
        
            
            An HTML SELECT element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             A collection of HTML option elements (in document order)
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/DOM/HTMLOptionsCollection
             
        
        
            
            The number OPTION elements contained by this SELECT
            
        
        
            
            The type string for this SELECT group.
            
        
        
             
             This Boolean attribute indicates that multiple options can be selected in the list. If it is
             not specified, then only one option can be selected at a time.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/HTML/Element/select
             
        
        
             
             Returns the index of the currently selected item. You may select an item by assigning its
             index to this property. By assigning -1 to this property, all items will be deselected.
             Returns -1 if no items are selected.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/selectedIndex.
             
        
        
             
             Holds the currently selected item. If no item is currently selected, this value will be null.
             You can select an item by setting this value. A select event will be sent to the container
             (i.e. the listbox, richlistbox, etc., not the list item that was selected) when it is changed
             either via this property, the selectedIndex property, or changed by the user.
             
            
             
             https://developer.mozilla.org/en/XUL/Property/selectedItem
             
        
        
            
            Get or set the value of the selected item for this Select list. When setting, if the value
            cannot be matched to an option, no index will be selected.
            
        
        
            
            A STYLE element
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor
            
        
        
            
            An HTML text area element.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            The value of the HTMLRawInnerTextElementBase's contents
            
        
        
            
            The string "textarea", per the HTML5 spec.
            
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/html/wg/drafts/html/master/forms.html#dom-textarea-type
            
        
        
            
            For HTMLRawInnerTextElementBase elements, InnerText doesn't actually do anything, whereas Value is the InnerText.
            
        
        
            
            Additional information for node events.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             The node.
             
        
        
            
            The node that was added or removed.
            
        
        
             
             An INodeList wrapper for an IList object
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
        
        
             
             Wraps a list in a NodeList object
             
            
             
             The list.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new node list from an enumeration. This will enumerate the sequence at create time
             into a new list.
             
            
             
             The sequence
             
        
        
            
            The inner list object.
            
        
        
             
             Return the item at the specified index
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the.
             
            
             
             An item of type T
             
        
        
             
             Get the index of the item in this list
             
            
             
             The item.
             
            
             
             The 0-based index, or -1 if it does not exist in the list
             
        
        
             
             Inserts an item at the specified position in the list
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the insertion point
             
             
             The item.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the item at the specified index
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the item to remove
             
        
        
             
             Adds the item to the end of the list
             
            
             
             The item to add
             
        
        
            
            Clears this object to its blank/initial state.
            
        
        
             
             Query if this object contains the given item.
             
            
             
             The item.
             
            
             
             true if the object is in this collection, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Copies the contents of this list to an array
             
            
             
             The array.
             
             
             Zero-based index of the starting point in the array to copy
             
        
        
             
             Removes the given item from the list
             
            
             
             The item.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator.
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
             
             Converts this object to an IList<T>
             
            
             
             This object as an IList<T>
             
        
        
            
            Gets the number of items in this NodeList.
            
        
        
             
             Get or set the item at the specified index
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the entry to access.
             
            
             
             The item.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the number of items in this list
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether this object is read only.
            
        
        
            
            Helper methods to perform matching against attribute-type selectors
            
        
        
             
             Test whether a single element matches a specific attribute selector.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             true if the element matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether a sentence contains a word.
             
            
             
             The sentence.
             
             
             The word.
             
             
             The comparer.
             
            
             
             true if it contains the word, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            A case-insensitive character equality comparer.
            
        
        
             
             Factory that creates an EqualityComparer<char> based on the case sensitivity
             requirements.
             
            
             
             true if the EqualityComparer should be case sensitive.
             
            
             
             An EqualityComparer<char>
             
        
        
             
             Tests if two char objects are considered equal.
             
            
             
             Character to be compared.
             
             
             Character to be compared.
             
            
             
             true if the objects are considered equal, false if they are not.
             
        
        
             
             Calculates the hash code for this object.
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             The hash code for this object.
             
        
        
            
            A case-sensitive character equality comparer.
            
        
        
             
             Tests if two char objects are considered equal.
             
            
             
             Character to be compared.
             
             
             Character to be compared.
             
            
             
             true if the objects are considered equal, false if they are not.
             
        
        
             
             Calculates the hash code for this object.
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             The hash code for this object.
             
        
        
            
            Simple implementation of DOM index that only stores a reference to the index target. This
            will perform much better than the ranged index for dom construction & manipulation, but
            worse for complex queries.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for a DOM index. Defines methods to add and remove items from the index, and query the index.
            
        
        
             
             Adds an element to the index.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
        
        
             
             Adds an element to the index for the specified key.
             
            
             
             The key.
             
             
             The element.
             
        
        
             
             Removes an element from the index.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
        
        
             
             Removes a key from the index
             
            
             
             The key.
             
             
             The element.
             
        
        
            
            Clears this object to its blank/initial state.
            
        
        
             
             The number of unique index keys
             
            
             
             The count of items in the index
             
        
        
            
            Default constructor for the index
            
        
        
             
             Adds an element to the index.
             
            
             
             The element to add.
             
        
        
             
             Adds an element to the index for the specified key.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             The element to add.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an element from the index using its key.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             The element to remove.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an element from the index.
             
            
             
             The element to remove
             
        
        
             
             Query the document's index for a subkey.
             
            
             
             The subkey to match
             
            
             
             A sequence of all matching keys
             
        
        
             
             Queries the index, returning all matching elements.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             The subkey to match.
             
             
             The depth.
             
             
             true to include, false to exclude the descendants.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process query index in this collection.
             
        
        
            
            Clears this object to its blank/initial state.
            
        
        
             
             The number of unique index keys.
             
            
             
             The count of items in the index.
             
        
        
            
            Returns the features that this index implements.
            
        
        
            
            When true, changes are queued until the next read operation. For the DomIndexNone provider, this is always false.
            
        
        
            
            The default DomIndexProvider.
            
        
        
            
            Static constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Return a SimpleDomIndex provider
             
            
             
             The DomIndex instance
             
        
        
            
            Returns a RangedDomIndex provider
            
        
        
            
            Returns a NoDomIndex provider
            
        
        
            
             DomIndexProvider returning a SimpleDomIndex
            
        
        
            
            Interface for a service locator providing in instance of a DomIndex
            
        
        
            
            Return an instance of a DomIndex class
            
        
        
             
             Return an instance of a DomIndex class.
             
            
             
             The DomIndex instance
             
        
        
            
            DomIndexProvider returning a RangedDomIndex
            
        
        
             
             Return an instance of a DomIndex class.
             
            
             
             The DomIndex instance
             
        
        
            
            DomIndexProvider returning a RangedDomIndex
            
        
        
             
             Return an instance of a DomIndex class.
             
            
             
             The DomIndex instance
             
        
        
            
            A DOM index that can return a range of values. The IDomIndexRange interface is known to the
            selection engine; when availabile it will be use to optimize subqueries.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for a DOM index that is queryable.
            
        
        
             
             Queries the index.
             
            
             
             The sub key.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process query index in this collection.
             
        
        
            
            Interface for a DOM index that can be queried for a range of elements 
            
        
        
             
             Queries the index, returning all matching elements
             
            
             
             The sub key.
             
             
             The depth.
             
             
             true to include, false to exclude the descendants.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process query index in this collection.
             
        
        
            
            Interface for a DOM index that contains a Queue feature.
            
        
        
            
            When true, changes are queued until the next read operation
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Add an element to the index using the default keys for this element.
             
            
             
             The element to add
             
        
        
             
             Adds an element to the index for the specified key.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             The element to add.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an element from the index using its key.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             The element to remove; this is ignored fort IDomIndexRange because it is identified by the key.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an element from the index.
             
            
             
             The element to remove
             
        
        
             
             Query the document's index for a subkey up to a specific depth, optionally including
             descendants that match the selector.
             
            
             
             The key or subkey to match. If this is a partial key, all keys matching this part will be
             returned.
             
             
             The zero-based depth to which searches should be limited.
             
             
             When true, descendants of matching keys will be returned
             
            
             
             A sequence of all matching keys
             
        
        
             
             Query the document's index.
             
            
             
             The key to seek.
             
            
             
             A sequence of all elements matching the index key.
             
        
        
            
            Clears this object to its blank/initial state.
            
        
        
             
             Add an element to the index using a specified index key.
             
            
             
             The key
             
             
             The element target
             
        
        
             
             Convert a key/path combination to a path suitable for view selection.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             Full pathname of the file.
             
            
             
             A key.
             
        
        
             
             Convert a key/path combination to a path suitable for view selection.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             The element to add.
             
            
             
             A key.
             
        
        
             
             Return the default selection key
             
            
             
             Full pathname of the file.
             
            
             
             A key.
             
        
        
            
            The nodes that have changed since the last Reindex
            
        
        
            
            Returns true when there are pending index changes
            
        
        
            
            The index.
            
        
        
            
            When true, changes are queued until the next read operation.
            
        
        
             
             The number of unique index keys.
             
            
             
             The count of items in the index.
             
        
        
            
            Simple implementation of DOM index that only stores a reference to the index target. This
            will perform much better than the ranged index for dom construction & manipulation, but
            worse for complex queries.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor for the index
            
        
        
             
             Add an element to the index using the default keys for this element.
             
            
             
             The element to add
             
        
        
             
             Adds an element to the index for the specified key.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             The element to add.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an element from the index using its key.
             
            
             
             The key to remove.
             
             
             The element to remove.
             
        
        
             
             Remove an element from the index.
             
            
             
             The element to remove
             
        
        
             
             Query the document's index for a subkey.
             
            
             
             The subkey to match
             
            
             
             A sequence of all matching keys
             
        
        
            
            Clears this object to its blank/initial state.
            
        
        
             
             Queries the index, returning all matching elements. For the SimpleIndex, this is not implemented.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             The subkey to match.
             
             
             The depth.
             
             
             true to include, false to exclude the descendants.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process query index in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             The number of unique index keys.
             
            
             
             The count of items in the index.
             
        
        
            
            When true, changes are queued until the next read operation. For the SimpleIndex provider,
            this is always true; setting it has no effect.
            
        
        
            
            Flags specifying the features that a given IndexProvider offers
            
        
        
            
            Index is capable of returning a sequence of elements matching a key
            
        
        
            
            Index is capable of returning a range of elements matching a subkey.
            
        
        
            
            Indexes implementing this feature can queue changes to improve performance. When this is true, the QueueChanges method must be implemented.
            
        
        
            
            Bitfield of flags for specifying the SelectorType.
            
        
        
            
            Return all elements.
            
        
        
            
            Return only a specific tag/node name.
            
        
        
            
            Return a specific ID.
            
        
        
            
            Return elements containing a specific class.
            
        
        
            
            Return elements matching an attribute type selector
            
        
        
            
            Return elements matching a pseudoclass filter selector.
            
        
        
            
            Return specific elements
            
        
        
            
            Generate HTML.
            
        
        
            
            Return nothing.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent the type of attribute selector
            
        
        
            
            The attribute exists.
            
        
        
            
            The attribute's value matches a specific value.
            
        
        
            
            The attribute's value starts with a specific value.
            
        
        
            
            The attribute's value contains a specified substring.
            
        
        
            
            The attribute does not exist.
            
        
        
            
            The attribute contains a complete word (e.g. a subtring bounded by whitespace).
            
        
        
            
            The attribute ends with a specified substring.
            
        
        
            
            The attribute does not equal a string.
            
        
        
            
            The attribute value, or the part of the value before a hyphen (if present), matches a value
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent CombinatorType. This is a bit of a misnomer because Combinator is used
            in CSS selector-speak to refer to how one subpart of a selector relates to another.
            Unfortunately, I use it to refer to how one *group* of a selector relates to another. This is
            an internal concept, mostly, and is required to link subparts of a selector together.
            
        
        
            
             The results of this selector clause are grouped with the results of the prior, e.g. an "or" condition
            
        
        
            
            The selector clause is applied to the results of the prior one.
            
        
        
            
            The selector clause is applied to the root of this selector.
            
        
        
            
            The selector clause is applied to context.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent TraversalType. This is essentially what CSS calls "combinator" and
            defines the traversal mechanism used from one selector subpart to the next.
            
        
        
            
            Traverse the context itself and its descendants
            
        
        
            
            The operand matches a subset of the prior selection.
            
        
        
            
            The operand matches only descendants of the prior selection.
            
        
        
            
            The operand matches only direct children of the prior selection.
            
        
        
            
            The operand matches only the element immediately following (adjacent to) the prior selection.
            
        
        
            
            The operand matches all siblings of the prior selection.
            
        
        
            
            Position-type selectors match one or more element children of another element. The selection engine can either access all 
            matching children, or test a particular element for matching a selector
            
        
        
            
            Matches everything (no filter)
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements at even-numbered ordinal indices.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements at odd-numbered ordinal indices.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for only the first element in the selection.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for only the last element in the selection.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for a specific ordinal index in the sequence.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements appearing before a specific ordinal index.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements appearing after a specific ordinal index.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements that are parents.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements that are visible.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements that are not visible (including type=hidden).
            
        
        
            
            Filter for header (H1-H6) tags.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements that contain elements matching another selector.
            
        
        
            
            Filter for elements that don't contain elements matching another selector.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are first children.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are last children.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are nth children.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are the first child of their node type.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are the last child of their node type.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are the nth child of their node type.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are the nth to last child.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are the nth to last child of their node type
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are only children.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that are the only children of their type.
            
        
        
            
            Elements that have no element or non-whitespace children.
            
        
        
            
            Adds to the index
            
        
        
            
            Remove from the index.
            
        
        
            
            Change the value only.
            
        
        
            
             Wrapper class used by the engine to store info on the selector stack.
            
        
        
             
             Matches elements that have children containing the specified text.
             
            
             
             http://api.jquery.com/contains-selector/
             
        
        
            
            A base class for filter-type selectors that implements a simple iterator function and calls
            Matches for each element. Classes that depend on the element's position in the filtered list
            cannot use this and should implement IPseudoSelectorFilter directly.
            
        
        
            
            Base class for any pseudoselector that implements validation of min/max parameter values, and
            argument validation. When implementing a pseudoselector, you must also implement an interface for the type
            of pseudoselector
            
        
        
            
            General interface for a pseudoselector filter.
            
        
        
            
            This method is called before any validations are called against this selector. This gives the
            developer an opportunity to throw errors based on the configuration outside of the validation
            methods.
            
        
        
             
             The minimum number of parameters that this selector requires. If there are no parameters, return 0
             
            
             
             An integer
             
        
        
             
             The maximum number of parameters that this selector can accept. If there is no limit, return -1.
             
            
             
             An integer
             
        
        
            
            Gets CSS name of the pseudoselector
            
        
        
             
             A value to determine how to parse the string for a parameter at a specific index.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the parameter.
             
            
             
             NeverQuoted to treat quotes as any other character; AlwaysQuoted to require that a quote
             character bounds the parameter; or OptionallyQuoted to accept a string that can (but does not
             have to be) quoted. The default abstract implementation returns NeverQuoted.
             
        
        
             
             Parse the arguments using the rules returned by the ParameterQuoted method.
             
            
             
             The arguments
             
            
             
             An array of strings
             
        
        
             
             Parse single argument passed to a pseudoselector
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more arguments have unsupported or illegal values.
             
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             The arguments.
             
            
             
             The parsed string
             
        
        
             
             Validates a parameter array against the expected number of parameters.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the wrong number of parameters is passed.
             
            
             
             Criteria (or parameter) data passed with the pseudoselector.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the string for a parameter count mismatch error.
             
            
             
             A string to be used as an exception message.
             
        
        
             
             Get a string for an error when there are invalid arguments
             
            
             
             A string to be used as an exception message.
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets criteria (or parameter) data passed with the pseudoselector
            
        
        
             
             This method is called before any validations are called against this selector. This gives the
             developer an opportunity to throw errors based on the configuration outside of the validation
             methods.
             
            
             
             The arguments.
             
        
        
             
             The minimum number of parameters that this selector requires. If there are no parameters, return 0
             
            
             
             An integer
             
        
        
             
             The maximum number of parameters that this selector can accept. If there is no limit, return -1.
             
            
             
             An integer
             
        
        
            
            Return the properly cased name of this selector (the class name in non-camelcase)
            
        
        
            
            A pseudoselector that filters a list of elements. Most jQuery extensions fall within this
            category.
            
        
        
             
             Filter only the elements matching this result-list position type selector.
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements prior to this filter being applied.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element matches this selector.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Basic implementation of ChildMatches, runs the Matches method against each child. This should
             be overridden with something more efficient if possible. For example, selectors that inspect
             the element's index could get their results more easily by picking the correct results from
             the list of children rather than testing each one.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Return elements from the selection that contain the text in the parameter
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements
             
            
             
             The elements from the sequence that contain the text
             
        
        
             
             Test whether a single element contains the text passed in the selector's parameter
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it contains the text, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             A value to determine how to parse the string for a parameter at a specific index.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the parameter.
             
            
             
             Always returns OptionallyQuoted
             
        
        
             
             The maximum number of parameters that this selector can accept (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             The minimum number of parameters that this selector requires (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             Mathches elements that are the the first child of a parent
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-firstchild
             
        
        
            
            Base class for an Child-type pseudoselector.
            
        
        
            
            A pseudo-selector that depends only on an actual element's properties and/or it's
            relationship to other elements within the DOM. All CSS pseudoselectors fall within this
            category.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether this element matches the selector implementation.
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of all children matching the selector implementation
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element matches this selector.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Basic implementation of ChildMatches, runs the Matches method against each child. This should
             be overridden with something more efficient if possible. For example, selectors that inspect
             the element's index could get their results more easily by picking the correct results from
             the list of children rather than testing each one.
             
             Also note that the default iterator for ChildMatches only passed element (e.g. non-text node)
             children. If you wanted to design a filter that worked on other node types, you should
             override this to access all children instead of just the elements.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is the first child of its parent
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return the first child of element
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Matches the first element of the same type within its siblings
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-firstoftype
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is the first child of its type
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return all children of the parameter element that are the first child of their type.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Mathches elements that are the the last child of a parent
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-lastchild
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is the last child of its parent
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return the last child of the parent
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Matches the last element of the same type within its siblings
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-lastoftype
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is the last child of its type.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return all child elements of element that are the last child of their type
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Return elements that don't match a selector.
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-not
             
        
        
             
             Return all elements that do not match the selector passed as a parameter to the :not()
             selector.
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements prior to this filter being applied.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements.
             
        
        
             
             The maximum number of parameters that this selector can accept (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             The minimum number of parameters that this selector requires (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             Matches elements on the basis of their positions within a parent element’s list of child element
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-nthchild
             
        
        
            
            Base class for all nth-child type pseudoclass selectors
            
        
        
             
             Test whether this element matches the selector implementation.
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of all children matching the selector implementation.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             NthChildMatcher object for use by inherited classes
             
            
             
             An instance of the NthChildMatcher support class
             
        
        
             
             The minimum number of parameters that this selector requires (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             The maximum number of parameters that this selector can accept (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether this element is an nth child of its parent where values of n are calculate from
             the formula passed as a parameter to the :nth-child(n) selector.
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of all children of the parent element that are nth children
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
            
            Figure out if an index matches an Nth Child, or return a list of all matching elements from a list.
            
        
        
             
             Test if an element is the nth-child matching the output of a formula
             
            
             
             The element to test
             
             
             The formula.
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             true if nth child of type implementation, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if an element is the nth-child matching the output of a formula
             
            
             
             The element to test
             
             
             The formula.
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             true if nth child, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates nth children of the same type as the parent.
             
            
             
             This could be implemented more efficiently, but it's a bit complicated because we need to keep track of n 
             for each type of element		 
             
             
             The parent element.
             
             
             The formula for determining n.
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates nth children in this collection.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
             
             The formula for determining n.
             
             
             When true, count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process nth childs in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Return the index of obj within its siblings, including only elements with the same node name.
             
            
             
             The object to seek
             
             
             true to only objects of the same NodeName should be considered
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of obj within its siblings (or its siblings of the same type)
             
        
        
             
             Return true if the index matches the formula provided.
             
            
             
             The index to test
             
             
             The formula
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Return true if the index matches the formula provided.
             
            
             
             The index to test.
             
             
             The formula.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Return each child that matches an index returned by the forumla
             
            
             
             The parent object.
             
             
             The formula for determining n.
             
             
             The type of node to match.
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process get matching children in this
             collection.
             
        
        
             
             Return each child that matches an index returned by the forumla.
             
            
             
             The parent object.
             
             
             The formula for determining n.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process get matching children in this
             collection.
             
        
        
             
             Return each child that matches an index returned by the forumla.
             
            
             
             The parent object.
             
            
             
             Sequence of matching children.
             
        
        
             
             Return the correct child from a list based on an index, and the fromLast setting. That is, if fromLast is
             true, just return the child at "index." If not, return the child starting from the end at "index"
             
            
             
             The container to obtain children from
             
             
             The index
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             The effective child.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the true index based on an effective index. (Misnomer, consider changing, should be
             GetActualIndex)
             
            
             
             The container to obtain children from
             
             
             The index
             
             
             Count from the last element instead of the first.
             
            
             
             The actual index.
             
        
        
            
            Return the correct child from a list based on an index, and the current "FromLast" setting
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Parse the equation text into in IEquation, or obtain from the cache if available
            
            
        
        
            
            Check if it was just a number passed (not an equation) and assign the correct delegates to matching
            
            
        
        
            
            Returns a parsed equation from a string, validating that it appears to be a legitimate nth-child equation
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Replaces _Text with the correct equation for "even" and "odd".
             
            
             
             The equation
             
            
             
             The new equation
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an index matches a hard index passed by the formula. (This is one of two
             implementations used via delegate)
             
            
             
             The index to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an index matches the calculated (or cached) value of a formula. (This is one of
             two implementations used via delegate)
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates each child that matches a hard number passed as a formula (one of two
             implementations used via delegate)
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             An sequence of the single matching child, or an empty sequence if none match.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates the child elements that match a formula (one of two implementations used via
             delegate)
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching children.
             
        
        
             
             Get the next matching index using the equation and add it to our cached list of equation
             results.
             
            
             
             The last index used
             
        
        
            
            When true, the current equation is just a number, and the MatchOnlyIndex value should be used directly
            
        
        
            
            Only nodes with this name will be included in the count to determine if an index matches the equation
            
        
        
            
            The formula for this nth child selector
            
        
        
            
            A structure to keep information about what has been calculated so far for a given equation string.
            NthChild is expensive so we cache a list of matching element IDs for a given equation along with the 
            last index this list represents and the iteration. The next time it's called we can either reference
            the list of matches so far, or update it only from the point where we stopped last time.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            The equation.
            
        
        
            
            The indices which match the equation. This may be incomplete, as it may only have been calculated up to the number
            of children present in the prior use. 
            
        
        
            
            The next iterator value, used to resume calculations where it was left off.
            
        
        
            
            The maximum target index value calculated so far
            
        
        
             
             Return the nth last child using the formula passed by paremter to calculate N.
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-nthlastchild
             
        
        
             
             Test whether this element is an nth child from the end among its siblings
             
            
             
             The element to test
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of all children of the element that are nth last children.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Nth last of type pseudo-class selector.
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-nthlastoftype
             
        
        
             
             Tests whether the element is the nth-last-of-type based on the parameter n passed with the selector
             
            
             
             The element.
             
            
             
             true if the element matches.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates all the elements that are the nth-last-of-type
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements
             
        
        
             
             nth-of-type pseudo class selector. Returns elements that are the nth of their type among
             their siblings.
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-nthoftype
             
        
        
             
             Test whether this element is an nth of its type. 
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of all children that are the nth element of their type.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Mathches elements that are the the first child of a parent
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-firstchild
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is the only child of its parent
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return the only child of the parent element, or nothing if there are zero or more than one
             children.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
             
             Mathches elements that are the only sibling of this type.
             
            
             
             http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/pseudoclass-onlyoftype
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is the only element of its type among its siblings.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return the children of the parent element that are the only elements of that type among the
             other children.
             
            
             
             The parent element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of children that match.
             
        
        
            
            When there's no type, it must return all children that are the only one of that type
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Enumerator of possible quoting rules that determine how parameters for CSS selector functions
            should be parsed.
            
        
        
            
            The parameter value should never be quoted (e.g. is numeric data, or the function simply doesn't expect quotes).
            
        
        
            
            The parameter value should always be quoted.
            
        
        
            
            The parameter value may be quoted: if the first character is a double- or single-quote, then a matching quote terminates the parameter value..
            
        
        
            
            Test whether an element is empty. Elements that contain text nodes with empty or null values
            are considered empty.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether the element is empty
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it has no non-whitespace children, false if not
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an element contains no non-empty children. An element can technically have
             children, but if they are text nodes with empty values, then it's considered empty.
             
            
             
             The element to test
             
            
             
             true if an element is empty, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Test whether an element appears at the specified position with the list.
            
        
        
            
            Base class for jQuery filters that test whether an element appears at the specified position with the list.
            
        
        
             
             Abstract implementation of the Filter method for the Index filter.
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements prior to this filter being applied.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements.
             
        
        
            
            The zero-based index for which to test.
            
        
        
             
             The maximum number of parameters that this selector can accept (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             The minimum number of parameters that this selector requires (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             Filter a sequence of elements, returning only the element at the specified position
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements
             
            
             
             A sequence containing one or zero elements
             
        
        
            
            Return only odd-numbered elements from the selection
            
        
        
             
             Filter a sequence of elements, returning only the elements at even-numbered ordinal positions
             
            
             
             The sequence to filter
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements
             
        
        
            
            Return only odd-numbered elements from the selection
            
        
        
             
             Filter the sequence, returning only the first element.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements
             
            
             
             The first element in the sequence, or an empty sequence if the original sequence is empty.
             
        
        
            
             Test whether an element appears after the specified position with the list.
            
        
        
             
             Filter the sequence to include only those elements with an ordinal index greater than the
             value of the Index property.
             
            
             
             The selection.
             
            
             
             An filtered sequence
             
        
        
            
            Return only the last element from a selection
            
        
        
            
            The child selector
            
        
        
             
             Return only the elements in the sequence whose children match the ChildSelector
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements prior to this filter being applied.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates descendants in this collection.
             
            
             
             The parent.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process descendants in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Arguments for the "has" selector.
             
            
             
             The arguments.
             
        
        
             
             The maximum number of parameters that this selector can accept (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
             
             The minimum number of parameters that this selector requires (1)
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
            
            The jQuery ":header" selector
            
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is a header (H1-H6)
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            A pseudoselector that returns elements that are hidden. Visibility is defined by CSS: a
            nonzero opacity, a display that is not "hidden", and the absence of zero-valued width &
            heights. Additionally, input elements of type "hidden" are always considered not visible.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is hidden.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Pseudoclass selector for :lang. This is not currently implemented. The problem with :lang is
            that it is based on an inherited property value. This messes with the index since elements
            will be pre-filtered by an attribute selector. This could be implemented using a pseudoclass
            type construct instead, e.g. as "visible" that traverses through parents, and inherits a
            default document-wide setting.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether an element matches this selector.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Return only the last element from a selection
            
        
        
             
             Filter for the last element in the selection set
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements prior to this filter being applied.
             
            
             
             The last element in the selection.
             
        
        
            
            Test whether an element appears before the specified position with the list.
            
        
        
             
             Filter the sequeence of elements for those with an ordinal index less than the Index value.
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements prior to this filter being applied.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements.
             
        
        
            
            Return only odd-numbered elements from the selection
            
        
        
             
             Filter the sequence of elements for only those in odd-number ordinal indices
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements prior to this filter being applied.
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements.
             
        
        
            
            Determines whether the target is a parent.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is a parent; e.g. has children.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            A pseudoselector that returns elements that are visible. Visibility is defined by CSS: a
            nonzero opacity, a display that is not "hidden", and the absence of zero-valued width &
            heights. Additionally, input elements of type "hidden" are always considered not visible.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether an element is visible
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if it matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the passed element is visible, based on CSS styles and height/width properties.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
            
             
             true if visible, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Port of James Padolsey's regex jQuery selector: http://james.padolsey.com/javascript/regex-selector-for-jquery/
            
        
        
             
             Allow but do not require quotes around the parameters for :regex.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the parameter.
             
            
             
             OptionallyQuoted.
             
        
        
            
            Factory class for PseudoSelectors: provides an API for managing selectors.
            
        
        
             
             Default constructor/.
             
            
             
             Throws an exception if an instance has already been assigned to the static Items property.
             This class should instantiate itself as a singleton.
             
        
        
             
             Gets an instance of a named pseudoselector
             
            
             
             Thrown when the pseudoselector does not exist
             
            
             
             The name of the pseudoselector
             
            
             
             A new instance
             
        
        
             
             Gets a registered pseudoclass filter type. If the name is not registered, an exception is
             thrown.
             
            
             
             The name of the pseudoselector.
             
            
             
             The registered type.
             
        
        
             
             Try to get the type of a registered pseudoclass filter.
             
            
             
             The name of the pseudoselector.
             
             
             The type.
             
            
             
             true if it the named filter was found, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Try to gets an instance of a named pseudoclass filter.
             
            
             
             The name of the pseudoselector.
             
             
             [out] The new instance.
             
            
             
             true if succesful, false if a pseudoselector of that name doesn't exist.
             
        
        
             
             Registers a new PseudoSelector type by name.
             
            
             
             The name of the pseudoselector.
             
             
             The type.
             
            
             
             Throws an exception when the type does not inherit IPseudoSelector.
             
        
        
             
             Registers all classes implementing IPseudoSelector in the namespace CsQuery.Extensions in the
             passed assembly. If no assembly is provided, then inspects the calling assembly instead.
             
            
             
             This method is called when the LookForExtensions startup option is set. (This is the default
             setting).
             
            
             
             The assembly to search.
             
            
             
             The number of extensions added
             
        
        
             
             Unregisters the names pseudoclass filter.
             
            
             
             The name of the pseudoselector.
             
        
        
            
            Static instance of the PseudoSelectors singleton.
            
        
        
            
            A parsed selector, consisting of one or more SelectorClauses.
            
        
        
            
            Creates an empty selector
            
        
        
             
             Create a new selector from a single selector clause
             
            
             
             The clause
             
        
        
             
             Create a new selector from a sequence of selector clauses.
             
            
             
             A sequence of clauses to build this selector
             
        
        
             
             Create a new selector from any string.
             
            
             
             The CSS selector string, or a string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new selector from DOM elements.
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new selector from a single element.
             
            
             
             The element to test.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a clause to this selector.
             
            
             
             The clause to insert.
             
        
        
             
             Convert this selector to a context filter, meaning any open :filter type selectors will be
             applied against the context instead of the root. This differs from a Context selector in that
             non-filter selectors are still run against the document root, whereas in a Context selector,
             they are run against the context itself. This type is used for filters and "Is" and "Not",
             the Context type is used for "Find" and objects created with context.
             
            
             
             The context.
             
        
        
             
             Convert this selector to apply the context only: changes Root selectors to be applied to
             Context+Descendant traversal type. This is used to create selectors for use with "Find"
             
            
             
             A new selector.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a new selection engine for this selector
             
            
             
             The document that's the root for the selector engine
             
            
             
             The new engine.
             
        
        
             
             Insert a selector clause at the specified position.
             
            
             
             Thrown if the selector is not valid to insert at this position.
             
            
             
             The position in the selector chain to insert this clause
             
             
             The clause to insert
             
             
             (optional) type of the combinator.
             
        
        
             
             Return the elements of document that match this selector
             
            
             
             The document against which to select
             
            
             
             The sequence of matching elements
             
        
        
             
             Return the elements of document that match this selector within a context. 
             
            
             
             The document against which to select.
             
             
             The context to select against. Context should be contained within document.
             
            
             
             The sequence of matching elements.
             
        
        
             
             Return the elements of document that match this selector within a context.
             
            
             
             The document against which to select.
             
             
             The context to select against. Context should be contained within document.
             
            
             
             The sequence of matching elements.
             
        
        
             
             Return only elements of sequence that match this selector.
             
            
             
             The DOM to which the members of the sequence belong.
             
             
             The sequence to filter. 
             
            
             
             A sequence of matching elements, which is a subset of the original sequence.
             
        
        
             
             Test if a single element matches this selector.
             
            
             
             The document context
             
             
             The element to test
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Return only elements from the sequence that do not match this selector.
             
            
             
             The document context.
             
             
             The source sequence.
             
            
             
             The elements from the source sequence that do not match this selector.
             
        
        
             
             Return a clone of this selector.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Returns CSS selector string of this Selector. This may not exactly match the input clause since
             it has been regenerated.
             
            
             
             A CSS selector.
             
        
        
             
             Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
             
            
             
             A hash code for the current .
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether the specified  is equal to the current
             .
             
            
             
             The object to compare with the current object.
             
            
             
             true if the specified  is equal to the current
             ; otherwise, false.
             
        
        
             
             An enumerator to iterate over each clause in this selector
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            The number of clauses in this selector
            
        
        
             
             Indexer to get clauses of this selector by index.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the entry to access.
             
            
             
             The selector clause at the index specified
             
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is an HTML selector (e.g. it's not really a
            selector, but should return a new HTML fragment).
            
        
        
            
            Gets a list of clauses in this selector
            
        
        
            
            Gets a clone of the list of member clauses in this selector
            
        
        
            
            A CSS selector parsed into it's component parts
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes this object to its default state
            
        
        
            
            Clears this object to its blank/initial state.
            
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this Selector.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
             
            
             
             A hash code for the current .
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether the specified  is equal to the current
             .
             
            
             
             The  to compare with the current .
             
            
             
             true if the specified  is equal to the current
             ; otherwise, false.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a hash.
             
            
             
             The  to compare with the current .
             
            
             
             The hash.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a string representation of the parsed selector. This may not exactly match the input
             selector as it is regenerated.
             
            
             
             A CSS selector string.
             
        
        
            
            The type of the selector clause.
            
        
        
            
            The CombinatorType for this selector clause; this determines what set of elements it is applied to.
            
        
        
            
            The TraversalType for this clause; this determines the depth of children to test for certain selector types.
            
        
        
            
            The AttributeSelectorType determines how values are matched for attribute selectors.
            
        
        
             
             When this is a pseudoselector, the implementation.
             
            
             
             The pseudo selector.
             
        
        
            
            Selection tag name
            
        
        
            
            This is really "parameters" and is used differently by different selectors. It's the criteria for attribute selectors;
            the node type for -of-type selectors, the equation for nth-child. For nth-of-type, its "type|equation"
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets zero-based index of the position.
            
            
            For Position selectors, the position. Negative numbers start from the end.
            
        
        
            
            For Child selectors, the depth of the child.
            
        
        
            
            For attribute selectors, gets or sets the name of the attribute to match 
            
        
        
            
            For AttributeValue selectors, the value to match
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the identifier of the attribute name token.
            
        
        
            
            Returns a string comparer based on the case-sensitivity characteristics of the attribute being tested
            
        
        
            
            Returns a string comparer based on the case-sensitivity characteristics of the attribute being tested
            
        
        
            
            For Class selectors, the class name to match
            
        
        
            
            For ID selectors, the ID to match
            
        
        
            
            The HTML to create, for HTML "selectors"
            
        
        
            
            The list of elements that should be matched, for elements selectors.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is a selector that is based on the element's
            position in the DOM, versus the element's position in the result set.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that a position type selector refers to the result list, not the DOM position.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this selector accepts parameters.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this Selector is new (unconfigured).
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is completely configured.
            
        
        
            
            When true do not attempt to use the index to obtain a result from this selector. Used for
            automatically generated filters.
            
        
        
             
             Select implementation. The public method automatically remaps a selector with the knowledge
             that the context is external (and not part of a chain)
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more required arguments are null.
             
            
             
             The context in which the selector applies. If null, the selector is run against the entire
             Document. If not, the selector is run against this sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             A list of elements. This method returns a list (rather than a sequence) because the sequence
             must be enumerated to ensure that end-users don't cause the selector to be rerun repeatedly,
             and that the values are not mutable (e.g. if the underlying source changes).
             
        
        
             
             Get the sequence that is the source for the current clause, based on the selector, prior
             results, and context.
             
            
             
             Notes from refactoring this on 10/14/2012: At issue is selectors like ":not(.sel1 .sel2,
             :first) where the subselector has filters that apply to just the context, versus selectors
             like ":has(.sel1 .sel2, :first) where the subselector needs to apply to the results of a
             selection against the DOM
             
             case1: $('.sel','.context-sel') means that ".sel" is actually applied against .context-sel.
             it's like .find.
             
             totally different from a subselector -- but the subselector still needs a context to apply
             filters, even though the selectors theselves are run against the whole doc.
             
             so we need to set up selectors before running against the context so each subselector is IDd
             as either "context" or "root" in addition to its traversal type to eliminate ambiguity of
             intent. a subselector for :not should have "root+descendant" for the first part and
             "context+filter" for the 2nd. For regular context type filters, it should be
             "context+descendant" (same as find). FOr complex context/find filters chained with a comma,
             the stuff after the comma should also be in context though jquery seems inconsistent with
             this.
             
             This code here should then use the new info to select the correct sleection source. Think we
             should be rid of traversaltype.subselect. Think traversaltype.all should really mean "include
             the context items" instead of "Descendant" as it does now.
             
            
             
             The current selector clause.
             
             
             The context passed initially to this Select operation.
             
             
             The result of the prior clause. Can be null.
             
            
             
             The sequence that should source the current clause's context.
             
        
        
             
             Return all elements matching a selector, within a list of elements. This function will
             traverse children, but it is expected that the source list at the current depth (e.g. from an
             Adjacent or Sibling selector) is already processed.
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements to filter.
             
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             The sequence of elements matching the selector.
             
        
        
            
            Return true if an object matches a specific selector. If the selector has a desecendant or child traversal type, it must also
            match the specificed depth.
            
            The jQuery/CSS selector
            The target object
            The depth at which the target must appear for descendant or child selectors
            
        
        
             
             Return all position-type matches. These are selectors that are keyed to the position within
             the selection set itself.
             
            
             
             The list of elements to filter
             
             
             The selector
             
            
             
             A sequence of elements matching the filter
             
        
        
            
            Return all child elements matching a DOM-position type selector
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Return true if an element matches a specific filter.
             
            
             
             The element to test
             
             
             A selector clause
             
            
             
             true if matches pseudo class, false if not.matches the selector, false if not
             
        
        
             
             Map a list to its siblings or adjacent elements if needed. Ignore other traversal types.
             
            
             
             The traversal type
             
             
             The source list
             
            
             
             Sequence of adjacent or sibling elements.
             
        
        
            
            Map a list to its children or descendants, if needed.
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Return all children of each element in the list
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Return all descendants of each element in the list
            
            
            
        
        
            
            The current selection list being acted on
            
        
        
            
            The Document bound to this engine instance
            
        
        
            
            A class to parse a CSS selector string into a sequence of Selector objects
            
        
        
            
            Parse the string, and return a sequence of Selector objects
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Adds a named pseudo selector from the pseudoselector library.
             
            
             
             The pseudoselector name
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            A pattern for the operand of an attribute selector
            
            
        
        
             
             Start a new chained filter selector of the specified type.
             
            
             
             The selector type to start.
             
        
        
            
            Start a new selector that does not yet have a type specified
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Start a new chained selector that does not yet have a type specified
            
            
        
        
            
            Close the currently active selector. If it's partial (e.g. a descendant/child marker) then merge its into into the 
            new selector created.
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Finishes any open selector and clears the current selector
            
        
        
            
            Clear the currently open selector
            
        
        
            
            Return true of the text appears to be HTML (e.g. starts with a caret)
            
            
            
        
        
            
            The currently active selector clause in the selector construction process. If none is active,
            a new one is started.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent AssociationType; which determines how to group adjacent operands when
            parsing an equation.
            
        
        
            
             Associate with other Addition operands
            
        
        
            
             associate with other Multiplcation operands
            
        
        
            
            never associate, associate only directly adjacent operands.
            
        
        
            
            never associate, and use parenthesized operands.
            
        
        
            
            Values that represent OperationType for an arithmetic operator.
            
        
        
            
            Addition or +
            
        
        
            
            Subtraction or -.
            
        
        
            
            Multiplication or *.
            
        
        
            
            Division or /.
            
        
        
            
            Modulus or %.
            
        
        
            
            Power or ^.
            
        
        
            
            Factory class for creating equation objects.
            
        
        
             
             Creates an equation returning a specic type from a string
             
            
             
             The type of value returned by the equation.
             
             
             The text of the equation.
             
            
             
             The new equation< t>
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new equation from a string.
             
            
             
             The text of the equation
             
            
             
             The new equation.
             
        
        
             
             Create an operand by parsing a string. Like CreateEquation but does not wrap in an Equation
             object.
             
            
             
             The operand text
             
            
             
             The new equation operand.
             
        
        
            
            Interface for an equation clause.
            
        
        
            
            The name of this variable
            
        
        
            
            Interface for an equation.
            
        
        
             
             Sets the value of a named variable.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
             
             The value.
             
        
        
             
             Sets the value of a strongly-typed named variable.
             
            
             
             The type of the variable.
             
             
             The name.
             
             
             The value.
             
        
        
             
             Executes the equation, setting the variables in order they were created with the passed
             values. Any variables that were already set using SetValue will be unaffected; if this method
             is uncertain in a given context, then it should be called with no parameters and all
             variables set with SetValue. If errors occur while parsing the equation, and exception will
             be thrown.
             
            
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing values.
             
            
             
             The value.
             
        
        
             
             Execute the equation using the values passed; if any errors occur, return false. 
             
            
             
             [out] The result.
             
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing values.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Execute the equation using existing variable data; if any errors occur, return false.
             
            
             
             [out] The result.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
            
            Compiles the equation.
            
        
        
            
            A dictionary of variable names and values.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the outermost operand of this equation.
            
        
        
             
             Interface for a strongly-typed equation.
             
            
             
             The type of value returned by the equation.
             
        
        
             
             Execute the equation and return the result
             
            
             
             The values of the variables for this equation, in the order the variables were created.
             
            
             
             The value.
             
        
        
             
             Execute the equation; if an error occurs, return false.
             
            
             
             [out] The result.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Execute the equation; if an error occurs, return false.
             
            
             
             [out] The result.
             
             
             The values of the variables for this equation, in the order the variables were created.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Clone the equation, changing the output type.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
            
             
             A clone of the equation that returns type U.
             
        
        
            
            T is the output type of the function.
            
            
        
        
            
            An equation.
            
        
        
            
            Abstract hooks for cloning. To allow more flexibility in inheriting part of the process
            (e.g. part of the code to copy the instance may be shared, but not instance-making code)
            it's split into two parts.
            
            
        
        
            
            Since it isn't possible to have compile-time type checking for the generic implementation beyond
            IConvertible, allow implementations to define the types that are valid
            
        
        
             
             Get the value of this operand
             
            
             
             The value.
             
        
        
            
            Indicates that this operand is either an integral type or contains an integral value. 
            That is, non-integral types containing integral values will still report true
            
        
        
             
             Makes a deep copy of this object.
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
            
            Compiles the equation.
            
        
        
             
             Execute the equation using existing variable data; if any errors occur, return false.
             
            
             
             [out] The result.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Execute the equation using the values passed; if any errors occur, return false.
             
            
             
             [out] The result.
             
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing values.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Sets the value used for a variable when the function is next run.
             
            
             
             The variable name
             
             
             The value
             
        
        
             
             Sets the value used for a variable when the function is next run.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the.
             
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Sets the value of a strongly-typed named variable.
             
            
             
             The type of the variable.
             
             
             The name.
             
             
             The value.
             
        
        
             
             Get the value of this operand.
             
            
             
             The value.
             
        
        
            
            Set the paramenters in order to the values passed, and returns the result of the equation
            
            
            
        
        
            
            The names of the variables in the order added. For functions (where the parameters are passed only by order)
            this is important. Probably could move this to the Function implementation
            but it requires overriding everything, almost easier to keep it here.
            
        
        
            
            The root operand for the equation. The equation must not be changed once set, or variables
            will not be bound.
            
        
        
            
            The values set (on order that each variable appears first in the equation) for each varaiable
            
        
        
            
            Error (if any) that occurred while parsing
            
        
        
             
             An equation that returns a particular type.
             
            
             
             The type of value returned.
             
        
        
            
            Replaces the last item 
            
            
        
        
             
             This is static so it can be used by the constructors -- sets the value of the strongly typed
             instance.
             
            
             
             The value to set
             
        
        
            
            Return the fuction class for this type of operator
            
            
        
        
            
            Default implementation of OrderedDictionary-T,TKey,TValue-
            
            
            
        
        
            
            A dictionary that also maintains the order added.
            
            The concrete type of dictionary to use for the inner dictionary
            The key type
            The value type
        
        
            
            This class is optimized for access by numeric index, or accessing an object by key. If there's a frequent 
            need to obtain the numeric index from the key then this should have another dictionary added to xref.
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Insert an item by value only. Dup values are possible this way, it will have a key equal to the string of its index.
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Setting uses indexOf - not optimized.
            
            
            
        
        
             
             An interface representing a dictionary that also has intrinsic element order.
             
            
             
             Type of the key.
             
             
             Type of the value.
             
        
        
             
             Obtain the zero-based index of the given key.
             
            
             
             The key.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the key in the ordered dictionary
             
        
        
             
             Test if the type is a numeric primitive type, e.g. all except string, char & bool.
             
            
             
             The type to test.
             
            
             
             true if numeric type, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Any primitive type that can be converted to a number, e.g. all except string. This just
             returns any primitive type that is not IEnumerable.
             
            
             
             The type to test.
             
            
             
             true if numeric convertible, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if the value is a string or char type
             
            
             
             The value to test
             
            
             
             true if text or char, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Factory to return a function object based on a name
             
            
             
             Thrown when the named function is not known.
             
            
             
             The return type of the function
             
             
             Name of the function.
             
            
             
             The function< t>
             
        
        
            
            If the value is an operand, returns it, otherwise creates the right kind of operand
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Return the proper type for an object (ignoring nullability)
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Returns true of the type is a generic nullable type OR string
            
            
            
        
        
            
            The name of this variable
            
        
        
            
            The value has been obtained. When true, the cached value will be used instead of requerying. Clear() resets this.
            
        
        
            
            Release stored value for this variable, causing it to be re-read from the owner
            
        
        
            
            Some extension methods that come in handy when working with CsQuery
            
        
        
             
             Perform a substring replace using a regular expression.
             
            
             
             The target of the replacement.
             
             
             The pattern to match.
             
             
             The replacement string.
             
            
             
             A new string.
             
        
        
             
             Perform a substring replace using a regular expression and one or more patterns
             
            
             
             Thrown when the list of replacements is not the same length as the list of patterns.
             
            
             
             The target of the replacement.
             
             
             The patterns.
             
             
             The replacements.
             
            
             
             A new string.
             
        
        
             
             Perform a substring replace using a regular expression.
             
            
             
             The target of the replacement.
             
             
             The pattern to match.
             
             
             The evaluator.
             
            
             
             A new string.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the regular expression pattern matches the string.
             
            
             
             The string to test
             
             
             The pattern
             
            
             
             true if the pattern matches, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Append an element to the end of a sequence.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The list to act on.
             
             
             The element to append.
             
            
             
             The combined sequence.
             
        
        
             
             Return the zero-based index of the first item in a sequence where the predicate returns true
             
            
             
             Type of object in the sequence
             
             
             The sequence to search through.
             
             
             The predicate.
             
            
             
             The zero-based position in the list where the item was found, or -1 if it was not found.
             
        
        
             
             Return the zero-based index of the first item in a sequence where the predicate returns true,
             and return the matched item as an output parameter.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The sequence to search through.
             
             
             The predicate.
             
             
             [out] The matched item.
             
            
             
             The zero-based position in the list where the item was found, or -1 if it was not found.
             
        
        
             
             Return the last zero-based index of the first item in a sequence where the predicate returns true,
             and return the matched item as an output parameter.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The sequence to search through.
             
             
             The predicate.
             
             
             [out] The matched item.
             
            
             
             The zero-based index of the last match, or -1 if not found
             
        
        
             
             Return the zero-based index of item in a sequence.
             
            
             
             The type of elements in the sequence.
             
             
             The sequence to search through.
             
             
             The target collection.
             
            
             
             The zero-based position in the list where the item was found, or -1 if it was not found.
             
        
        
             
             Iterate over a sequence, calling the delegate for each element.
             
            
             
             The type of object in the sequence.
             
             
             The sequence.
             
             
             The action to invoke for each object.
             
        
        
             
             Iterate over a sequence, calling the delegate for each element. The delegate should accept
             two parameters, the object T and the index of the current iteration.
             
            
             
             The type of object in the sequence.
             
             
             The sequence.
             
             
             The action to invoke for each object.
             
        
        
            
            Indicates whether a property exists on an ExpandoObject
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Return a typed value from a dynamic object
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Clone a sequence of elements to a new sequence
             
            
             
             The source sequence
             
            
             
             A sequence containing a clone of each element in the source.
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to a subset beginning with the 0-based index provided.
             
            
             
             The array to act on.
             
             
             The 0-based index at which to begin selecting.
             
             
             The 0-based index of the element at which to stop selecting. The actual element at this
             position is not included in the result.
             
            
             
             A new array of the same type as the original.
             
        
        
             
             Reduce the set of matched elements to a subset beginning with the 0-based index provided.
             
            
             
             The array to act on.
             
             
             The 0-based index at which to begin selecting.
             
            
             
             A new array of the same type as the original.
             
        
        
            
            Extension methods used by CsQuery but not specialized enough to be considered useful for clients; therefore
            in a separate namespace.
            
        
        
             
             Returns true if the enum is any of the parameters in question.
             
            
             
             The enum object
             
             
             The values to test for
             
            
             
             true if one of, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns true if the string "match" is any of the parameters in question.
             
            
             
             The match to act on.
             
             
             The values to test for.
             
            
             
             true if one of, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns true if the enum is any of the parameters in question.
             
            
             
             The match to act on.
             
             
             (optional) the match case.
             
             
             The values to test for.
             
            
             
             true if one of, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return the integer value for an enum.
             
            
             
             The enum value
             
            
             
             An integer.
             
        
        
            
            Return the integer value cast as a string for an enum
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Add all the items in a sequence to a collection.
             
            
             
             The type of the collections.
             
             
             The target collection
             
             
             The elements to add
             
        
        
            
            Return true of a given collection is null or has no values
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Try to get the first element of a sequence. If the sequence is null or has no elements, return false.
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Return a single element or the default value; does not fail on >1 value but also returns the default.
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Convert a string to a stream.
             
            
             
             The input to act on.
             
             
             (optional) the encoding of the stream. Defaults to UTF8
             
            
             
             input as a Stream.
             
        
        
            
             Converts a character array to a string.
             
            
             
             The character array
             
            
             
             A string of the sequence of characters
             
        
        
             
             Return the number of occurrences of "find" in "text"
             
            
             
             The text to search
             
             
             The text to find.
             
            
             
             An integer
             
        
        
            
            Given a string that repesents a list demarcated by separator, add a new value to it
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Given a string that is a list demarcated by separator, remove a value from it
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Returns the text between startIndex and endIndex (exclusive of endIndex)
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Remove all whitespace from a string
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Returns the part of the string before the last occurence of the operand.
             
            
             
             The text on which to perate
             
             
             The text to find.
             
            
             
             The portion of the text before the beginning of the last occurence of "find"
             
        
        
             
             Returns the string after the end of the first occurrence of "find".
             
            
             
             The text to search within
             
             
             The text to find.
             
            
             
             The portion of the text after the first occurence of "find"
             
        
        
            
            Return the part of the string that is after the last occurrence of the operand
            
            The source string
            The text to find
            
        
        
            
            Return the part of a string that is before the first occurrence of the operand
            
            The source string
            The text to find
            
        
        
            
            Clean a string by converts null to an empty string and trimming any whitespace from the beginning and end
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Perform a string split using whitespace demarcators (' ', tab, newline, return) and trimming each result
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Perform a string split that also trims whitespace from each result and removes duplicats
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Perform a string split that also trims whitespace from each result and removes duplicats
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Reverse the contents of the StringBuilder
             
            
             
             The StringBuilder
             
        
        
             
             Reverse a string
             
            
             
             The string
             
            
             
             A new string
             
        
        
             
             Return a substring from a character array starting at the startIndex provided of the
             specified length.
             
            
             
             The source text.
             
             
             The starting index.
             
             
             The length of the substring to extract.
             
            
             
             The substring.
             
        
        
             
             Return a substring from a character array from the starting index to the end of the array.
             
            
             
             The source text.
             
             
             The starting index.
             
            
             
             The substring.
             
        
        
             
             Return the position of the first occurrence of a string in a character array.
             
            
             
             The text to seek within
             
             
             The tarket
             
            
             
             The index of the target, or -1 if not found
             
        
        
             
             Return the position of the first occurrence of a string in a character array that is on or
             after startIndex.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Convert a single character to lower case
             
            
             
             The character to act on.
             
            
             
             The lowercased character
             
        
        
             
             Convert a single character to upper case
             
            
             
             The character to act on.
             
            
             
             The uppercased character
             
        
        
             
             Concatenate two byte arrays, returning a new array.
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
             
             Source 2.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Converts ushort array to a byte array.
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
            
             
             source as a byte[].
             
        
        
             
             Converts a ushort to a byte array.
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
            
             
             source as a byte[].
             
        
        
             
             Get the low byte from a ushort
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Get the low byte from a uint
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             An ushort extension method that high byte.
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Gets the highbyte of the lower two bytes from an int (e.g. treating it as a ushort)
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Return the index of item in an array. If count is > 0 then that is considered the length of
             the array.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Return the default StringComparer class that implements the behavior for a StringComparison
             
            
             
             The comparison to act on.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
            
            (Alpha) Clone a sequence of objects.
            
            
            
        
        
            
            (Alpha) Deep clone a sequence of objects.
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            CqXmlDocument. This is not fully implemented and should not be used.
            
        
        
            
            Cq XML node. This is not implemented completely. Not suggested that you use it.
            
        
        
             
             Clean an XML node name. Since the only problematic node names should be like "#text" we just
             look for a # and strip it.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
            
             
             A string that's acceptable as an XML node name.
             
        
        
            
            An adapter to map an INodeList to an XmlNodeList. NOT IMPLEMENTED.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             The XML document.
             
             
             List of nodes.
             
        
        
             
             An enumerator for the node list.
             
            
             
             An .
             
        
        
             
             Retrieves a node at the given index.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index into the list of nodes.
             
            
             
             The  in the collection. If  is
             greater than or equal to the number of nodes in the list, this returns null.
             
        
        
            
            The number of nodes in this list
            
        
        
            
            Extension methods for converting to XML
            
        
        
            
            Used for indicating desired behavior with legacy doctypes.
            
        
        
            
            Be a pure HTML5 parser.
            
        
        
            
            Require the HTML 4.01 Transitional public id. Turn on HTML4-specific
            additional errors regardless of doctype.
            
        
        
            
            Require the HTML 4.01 Transitional public id and a system id. Turn on
            HTML4-specific additional errors regardless of doctype.
            
        
        
            
            Treat the doctype required by HTML 5, doctypes with the HTML 4.01 Strict
            public id and doctypes with the HTML 4.01 Transitional public id and a
            system id as non-errors. Turn on HTML4-specific additional errors if the
            public id is the HTML 4.01 Strict or Transitional public id.
            
        
        
            
            Never enable HTML4-specific error checks. Never report any doctype
            condition as an error. (Doctype tokens in wrong places will be
            reported as errors, though.) The application may decide what to log
            in response to calls to  DocumentModeHanler. This mode
            is meant for doing surveys on existing content.
            
        
        
            
            The Standards Mode
            
        
        
            
            The Limited Quirks Mode aka. The Almost Standards Mode
            
        
        
             
             The Quirks Mode
             
            
        
        
            
            Receive notification of the document mode.
            
            The document mode.
            The public identifier of the doctype or null if unavailable.
            The system identifier of the doctype or null if unavailable.
            true  if HTML 4-specific checks were enabled,
            false otherwise
        
        
            
            When true, the client has decided to accept the charset-encoding for the document and the
            current processing must be suspended. (Set true to stop encoding).
            
        
        
            
            Tokenizer reports tokens through this interface.
            
        
        
            
            This method is called at the start of tokenization before any other
            methods on this interface are called. Implementations should hold the
            reference to the Tokenizer in order to set the content
            model flag and in order to be able to query for Locator data.
            
            The Tokenizer.
        
        
            
            Receive a doctype token.
            
            The name.
            The public identifier.
            The system identifier.
            Whether the token is correct.
        
        
            
            Receive a start tag token.
            
            The tag name.
            The attributes.
            TODO
        
        
            
            Receive an end tag token.
            
            The tag name.
        
        
            
            Receive a comment token. The data is junk if thewantsComments()
            returned false.
            
            The buffer holding the data.
            The offset into the buffer.
            The number of code units to read.
        
        
            
            Receive character tokens. This method has the same semantics as the SAX
            method of the same name.
            
            A buffer holding the data.
            The offset into the buffer.
            The number of code units to read.
        
        
            
            Reports a U+0000 that's being turned into a U+FFFD.
            
        
        
            
            The end-of-file token.
            
        
        
            
            The perform final cleanup.
            
        
        
            
            If this handler implementation cares about comments, return true.
            If not, return false
            
            Whether this handler wants comments
        
        
            
            Checks if the CDATA sections are allowed.
            
            true if CDATA sections are allowed
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether self-closing tags should be allowed. When true, any tag may
            close itself. When false, a self-closing tag is treated like an opening-tag only.
            
        
        
            
            Policy for XML 1.0 violations.
            
            
        
        
            
            Conform to HTML 5, allow XML 1.0 to be violated.
            
        
        
            
            Halt when something cannot be mapped to XML 1.0.
            
        
        
            
            Be non-conforming and alter the infoset to fit
            XML 1.0 when something would otherwise not be
            mappable to XML 1.0.
            
        
        
            
            The mode value for HTML.
            
        
        
            
            The mode value for MathML.
            
        
        
            
            The mode value for SVG.
            
        
        
            
            The mode value for lang-mapping HTML.
            
        
        
            
            An array representing no namespace regardless of namespace mode (HTML,
            SVG, MathML, lang-mapping HTML) used.
            
        
        
            
            An array that has no namespace for the HTML mode but the XMLNS namespace
            for the SVG and MathML modes.
            
        
        
            
            An array that has no namespace for the HTML mode but the XML namespace
            for the SVG and MathML modes.
            
        
        
            
            An array that has no namespace for the HTML mode but the XLink namespace
            for the SVG and MathML modes.
            
        
        
            
            An array that has no namespace for the HTML, SVG and MathML modes but has
            the XML namespace for the lang-mapping HTML mode.
            
        
        
            
            An array for no prefixes in any mode.
            
        
        
            
            An array for no prefixe in the HTML mode and the 
            xmlns prefix in the SVG and MathML modes.
            
        
        
            
            An array for no prefixe in the HTML mode and the 
            xlink
            prefix in the SVG and MathML modes.
            
        
        
            
            An array for no prefixe in the HTML mode and the 
            xml prefix in the SVG and MathML modes.
            
        
        
            
            An initialization helper for having a one name in the SVG mode and
            another name in the other modes.
            
            The name for the non-SVG modes
            The name for the SVG mode
            The initialized name array
        
        
            
            An initialization helper for having a one name in the MathML mode and
            another name in the other modes.
            
            The name for the non-MathML modes
            The name for the MathML mode
            The initialized name array
        
        
            
            An initialization helper for having a different local name in the HTML
            mode and the SVG and MathML modes.
            
            The name for the HTML mode
            The name for the SVG and MathML modes
            The initialized name array
        
        
            
            An initialization helper for having the same local name in all modes.
            
            The name
            The initialized name array
        
        
            
            Returns an attribute name by buffer.
            
            C++ ownership: The return value is either released by the caller if the
            attribute is a duplicate or the ownership is transferred to
            HtmlAttributes and released upon clearing or destroying that object.
            
            The buffer
            ignored
            Length of data
            Whether to check ncnameness
            An AttributeName corresponding to the argument data
        
        
            
            This method has to return a unique integer for each well-known
            lower-cased attribute name.
            
            The buffer.
            The length.
            
        
        
            
            The namespaces indexable by mode.
            
        
        
            
            The local names indexable by mode.
            
        
        
            
            The prefixes indexably by mode.
            
        
        
            
            The qnames indexable by mode.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class (The startup-time constructor). 
            
            The namespace.
            The local name.
            The prefix.
            The flags.
        
        
            
            Creates an AttributeName for a local name.
            
            The name.
            Whether to check ncnameness.
            An AttributeName
        
        
             
             TODO: remove this (?)
             Clones the attribute using an interner. Returns
             this in Java and for non-dynamic instances in C++.
             
            
             
             A clone.
             
        
        
            
            Creator for use when the XML violation policy requires an attribute name
            to be changed.
            
            The name.
            The name of the attribute to create
        
        
            
            Determines whether this name is an XML 1.0 4th ed. NCName.
            
            The SVG/MathML/HTML mode
            
              true if if this is an NCName in the given mode; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            **
        
        
            
            Queries whether this is an xmlns attribute.
            
            
              true if this is an xmlns attribute; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether this attribute has a case-folded value in the HTML4 mode
            of the parser.
            
            
              true if the value is case-folded; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            A common superclass for tree builders that coalesce their text nodes.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for exposing the state of the HTML5 tree builder so that the
            interface can be implemented by the tree builder itself and by snapshots.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the stack.
            
            The stack
        
        
            
            Gets the list of active formatting elements.
            
            The list of active formatting elements.
        
        
            
            Gets the form pointer.
            
            The form pointer
        
        
            
            Gets the head pointer.
            
            The head pointer.
        
        
            
            Gets the deep tree surrogate parent.
            
            The deep tree surrogate parent.
        
        
            
            Gets the mode.
            
            The mode.
        
        
            
            Gets the original mode.
            
            The original mode.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the frameset is OK.
            
            
              true if the frameset is OK; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether we need to drop LF.
            
            
              true if we need to drop LF; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether this instance is in quirks mode.
            
            
              true if this instance is in quirks mode; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Used only when moving back to IN_BODY.
            
        
        
            Used to work around Gecko limitations. Not used in Java.
        
        
            
            Reports an condition that would make the infoset incompatible with XML
            1.0 as fatal.
            
        
        
            
            Reports a Parse Error.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Reports a Parse Error without checking if an error handler is present.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Reports a stray start tag.
            
            The name of the stray tag.
        
        
            
            Reports a stray end tag.
            
            The name of the stray tag.
        
        
            
            Reports a state when elements expected to be closed were not.
            
            The position of the start tag on the stack of the element
            being closed.
            The name of the end tag.
        
        
            
            Reports a state when elements expected to be closed ahead of an implied
            end tag but were not.
            
            The position of the start tag on the stack of the element
            being closed.
            The name of the end tag.
        
        
            
            Reports a state when elements expected to be closed ahead of an implied
            table cell close.
            
            The position of the start tag on the stack of the element
            being closed.
        
        
            
            Reports arriving at/near end of document with unclosed elements remaining.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Reports the name and location of an unclosed element.
            
            The position.
        
        
            
            Reports a warning
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Receive a comment token. The data is junk if thewantsComments()
            returned false.
            
            The buffer holding the data.
            The offset into the buffer.
            The number of code units to read.
        
        
            
            Receive character tokens. This method has the same semantics as the SAX
            method of the same name.
            
            A buffer holding the data.
            The offset into the buffer.
            The number of code units to read.
        
        
            
            Reports a U+0000 that's being turned into a U+FFFD.
            
        
        
            
            The end-of-file token.
            
        
        
            
            The perform final cleanup.
            
        
        
            
            Attempt to add attribute to the body element.
            
            The attributes.
            true if the attributes were added
        
        
            The argument MUST be an interned string or null.
            
            @param context
        
        
            The argument MUST be an interned string or null.
            
            @param context
        
        
            
            Flushes the pending characters. Public for document.write use cases only.
            
        
        
            
            Creates a comparable snapshot of the tree builder state. Snapshot
            creation is only supported immediately after a script end tag has been
            processed. In C++ the caller is responsible for calling
            delete on the returned object.
            
            A snapshot
        
        
            
            If this handler implementation cares about comments, return true.
            If not, return false
            
            
            Whether this handler wants comments
            
        
        
            
            Checks if the CDATA sections are allowed.
            
            
              true if CDATA sections are allowed
            
        
        
            
            Gets the list of active formatting elements.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the stack.
            
        
        
            
            The mask for extracting the dispatch group.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the element is not a pre-interned element. Forbidden
            on preinterned elements.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that the element is in the "special" category. This bit
            should not be pre-set on MathML or SVG specials--only on HTML specials.
            
        
        
            
            The element is foster-parenting. This bit should be pre-set on elements
            that are foster-parenting as HTML.
            
        
        
            
            The element is scoping. This bit should be pre-set on elements
            that are scoping as HTML.
            
        
        
            
            The element is scoping as SVG.
            
        
        
            
            The element is scoping as MathML.
            
        
        
            
            The element is an HTML integration point.
            
        
        
            
            The element has an optional end tag.
            
        
        
            
            The lowest 7 bits are the dispatch group. The high bits are flags.
            
        
        
            
            This method has to return a unique integer for each well-known
            lower-cased element name.
            
        
        
            **
        
        
            
            Be careful with this class. QName is the name in from HTML tokenization.
            Otherwise, please refer to the interface doc.
            
        
        
            
            Only use with a static argument
            
        
        
            
            Only use with static argument.
            
        
        
            
            This is only used for AttributeName ownership transfer
            in the isindex case to avoid freeing custom names twice in C++.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for getting the current line and column
            (Corresponds to the SAX Locator interface).
            This is implemented by Locator and Tokenizer.
            
        
        
            
            Class for C++ portability.
            TODO: Remove this
            
        
        
            
            Allocates a new local name object. In C++, the refcount must be set up in such a way that
            calling releaseLocal on the return value balances the refcount set by this method.
            
        
        
            
            Constructor for copying. This doesn't take another StackNode
            because in C++ the caller is reponsible for reobtaining the local names
            from another interner.
            
        
        
            
            Short hand for well-known HTML elements.
            
        
        
            
            Constructor for HTML formatting elements.
            
        
        
            
            The common-case HTML constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Constructor for SVG elements. Note that the order of the arguments is
            what distinguishes this from the HTML constructor. This is ugly, but
            AFAICT the least disruptive way to make this work with Java's generics
            and without unnecessary branches. :-(
            
        
        
            
            Constructor for MathML.
            
        
        
            
            Returns a  that represents this instance.
            
            
            A  that represents this instance.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the stack.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the list of active formatting elements.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the mode.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the original mode.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this instance is frameset ok.
            
            
            	true if this instance is frameset ok; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this instance is need to drop LF.
            
            
            	true if this instance is need to drop LF; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this instance is quirks.
            
            
              true if this instance is quirks; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            An implementation of
            http://www.whatwg.org/specs/web-apps/current-work/multipage/tokenization.html
            This class implements the Locator interface. This is not an
            incidental implementation detail: Users of this class are encouraged to make
            use of the Locator nature.
            By default, the tokenizer may report data that XML 1.0 bans. The tokenizer
            can be configured to treat these conditions as fatal or to coerce the infoset
            to something that XML 1.0 allows.
            
        
        
            
            Magic value for UTF-16 operations.
            
        
        
            
            Buffer growth parameter.
            
        
        
            
            UTF-16 code unit array containing less than and greater than for emitting
            those characters on certain parse errors.
            
        
        
            
            UTF-16 code unit array containing less than and solidus for emitting
            those characters on certain parse errors.
            
        
        
            
            UTF-16 code unit array containing ]] for emitting those characters on
            state transitions.
            
        
        
            
            Array version of U+FFFD.
            
        
        
            
            Array version of space.
            
        
        
            
            Array version of line feed.
            
        
        
            
            "CDATA[" as char[]
            
        
        
            
            "octype" as char[]
            
        
        
            
            "ublic" as char[]
            
        
        
            
            "ystem" as  char[]
            
        
        
            Whether the previous char read was CR.
        
        
            Buffer for short identifiers.
        
        
            Number of significant chars in strBuf.
        
        
            Buffer for long strings.
        
        
            Number of significant chars in longStrBuf.
        
        
            Buffer for expanding NCRs falling into the Basic Multilingual Plane.
        
        
            Buffer for expanding astral NCRs.
        
        
            The element whose end tag closes the current CDATA or RCDATA element.
        
        
            true if tokenizing an end tag
        
        
            The current tag token name.
        
        
            The current attribute name.
        
        
            Whether comment tokens are emitted.
        
        
            true when HTML4-specific additional errors are requested.
        
        
            Whether the stream is past the first 512 bytes.
        
        
            The name of the current doctype token.
        
        
            The public id of the current doctype token.
        
        
            The system id of the current doctype token.
        
        
            The attribute holder.
        
        
            The policy for vertical tab and form feed.
        
        
            The policy for comments.
        
        
            The constructor.
            
            @param tokenHandler
                       the handler for receiving tokens
        
        
            Sets the tokenizer state and the associated element name. This should 
            only ever used to put the tokenizer into one of the states that have
            a special end tag expectation.
            
            @param specialTokenizerState
                       the tokenizer state to set
            @param endTagExpectation
                       the expected end tag for transitioning back to normal
        
        
            Sets the tokenizer state and the associated element name. This should 
            only ever used to put the tokenizer into one of the states that have
            a special end tag expectation.
            
            @param specialTokenizerState
                       the tokenizer state to set
            @param endTagExpectation
                       the expected end tag for transitioning back to normal
        
        
            Appends to the smaller buffer.
            
            @param c
                       the UTF-16 code unit to append
        
        
            Returns the short buffer as a local name. The return value is released in
            emitDoctypeToken().
            
            @return the smaller buffer as local name
        
        
            Emits the smaller buffer as character tokens.
            
            @throws SAXException
                        if the token handler threw
        
        
            Appends to the larger buffer.
            
            @param c
                       the UTF-16 code unit to append
        
        
            Append the contents of the smaller buffer to the larger one.
        
        
        
            
            Emits the current comment token.
            
            The provisional hyphens.
            The position.
        
        
            
            Flushes coalesced character tokens.
            
            The buffer.
            The position.
        
        
            Reports an condition that would make the infoset incompatible with XML
            1.0 as fatal.
            
            @param message
                       the message
            @throws SAXException
            @throws SAXParseException
        
        
            Reports a Parse Error.
            
            @param message
                       the message
            @throws SAXException
        
        
            Reports a warning
            
            @param message
                       the message
            @throws SAXException
        
        
            
        
        
            @param val
            @throws SAXException
        
        
            
            Sets an offset to be added to the position reported to
            TransitionHandler.
            
            The offset.
        
        
            Returns the mappingLangToXmlLang.
            
            @return the mappingLangToXmlLang
        
        
            Sets the commentPolicy.
            
            @param commentPolicy
                       the commentPolicy to set
        
        
            Sets the contentNonXmlCharPolicy.
            
            @param contentNonXmlCharPolicy
                       the contentNonXmlCharPolicy to set
        
        
            Sets the contentSpacePolicy.
            
            @param contentSpacePolicy
                       the contentSpacePolicy to set
        
        
            Sets the xmlnsPolicy.
            
            @param xmlnsPolicy
                       the xmlnsPolicy to set
        
        
            Sets the html4ModeCompatibleWithXhtml1Schemata.
            
            @param html4ModeCompatibleWithXhtml1Schemata
                       the html4ModeCompatibleWithXhtml1Schemata to set
        
        
            @see org.xml.sax.Locator#getLineNumber()
        
        
            @see org.xml.sax.Locator#getColumnNumber()
        
        
            Returns the alreadyComplainedAboutNonAscii.
            
            @return the alreadyComplainedAboutNonAscii
        
        
            Returns the nextCharOnNewLine.
            
            @return the nextCharOnNewLine
        
        
            Returns the line.
            
            @return the line
        
        
            Returns the col.
            
            @return the col
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the parsing has been suspended.
            
        
        
            
            Moved the constants (and pseude-enums) out of the TreeBuilder class.
            
        
        
            
            Array version of U+FFFD.
            
        
        
            
            An UTF-16 buffer that knows the start and end indeces of its unconsumed
            content.
            
        
        
            
            Constructor for wrapping an existing UTF-16 code unit array.
            
            The backing buffer.
            The index of the first character to consume.
            The index immediately after the last character to consume.
        
        
            
            Adjusts the start index to skip over the first character if it is a line
            feed and the previous character was a carriage return.
            
            Whether the previous character was a carriage return.
        
        
            
            Gets the backing store of the buffer. May be larger than the logical content
            of this UTF16Buffer.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the index of the first unconsumed character in the backing buffer.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the index of the slot immediately after the last character in the backing
            buffer that is part of the logical content of this UTF16Buffer.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether this instance has data left.
            
            
              true if there's data left; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            The tree builder glue for building a tree through the public DOM APIs.
            
        
        
            
            The current doc.
            
        
        
            
            Return the document fragment.
            
            The document fragment
        
        
            
            Returns the document.
            
            The document
        
        
            
            A class to parse and expose information about the byte order marks (BOM) for a stream.
            
        
        
             
             Default constructor.
             
            
             
             The stream to analyze.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the encoding, or the default encoding provided if no explicit encoding is available
             
            
             
             The encoding.
             
        
        
            
            Parses the input stream to obtain an encoding
            
        
        
             
             Test if the header matches the bytes passed (up to the length of the array passed)
             
            
             
             The buffer.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the encoding detected for the stream
            
        
        
            
            The input stream stripped of the BOM
            
        
        
            
            The original stream
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the default encoding for the stream (if no BOM detected)
            
        
        
            
            When true, indicates a valid BOM was detected
            
        
        
            
            The document had no BOM, but was an XML document.
            
        
        
            
            The tree builder glue for building a tree through the public DOM APIs.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor; requires a DomDocument object to populate.
             
            
             
             The DomIndexProvider that provides instances of DomIndex objects that determine the indexing
             strategy for new documents.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the document.
             
            
             
             The document.
             
        
        
            
            This is a fragment
            
        
        
             
             Adds the attributes passed by parameter to the element.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
             
             The attributes.
             
        
        
             
             Appends text a node.
             
            
             
             The parent.
             
             
             The text.
             
        
        
             
             Move elements from one parent to another
             
            
             
             The old parent.
             
             
             The new parent.
             
        
        
             
             Appends a doctype node to the document.
             
            
             
             The name.
             
             
             The formal public identifier
             
             
             The URI
             
        
        
             
             Appends a comment node
             
            
             
             The parent.
             
             
             The comment.
             
        
        
             
             Appends a comment to document root.
             
            
             
             The comment.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new element.
             
            
             
             The namespace.
             
             
             The node name.
             
             
             The attributes.
             
            
             
             The new element.
             
        
        
             
             Creates the root HTML element.
             
            
             
             The attributes.
             
            
             
             The new HTML element.
             
        
        
             
             Appends an element as a child of another element.
             
            
             
             The child.
             
             
             The parent.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the element has any children.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
            
             
             true if it has children, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new element.
             
            
             
             The namespace.
             
             
             The node name.
             
             
             The attributes.
             
             
             The form.
             
            
             
             The new element.
             
        
        
             
             Run when the parsing process begins. Any config properties should be set here
             
            
             
             This is a fragment.
             
        
        
             
             Run when the document mode is set.
             
            
             
             The mode.
             
             
             DocType public identifier.
             
             
             DocType system identifier.
             
             
             true to HTML 4 specific addcional error checks.
             
        
        
             
             Inserts foster parented characters.
             
            
             
             The text.
             
             
             The table.
             
             
             The stack parent.
             
        
        
             
             Inserts a foster parented child.
             
            
             
             The child.
             
             
             The table.
             
             
             The stack parent.
             
        
        
             
             Detach an element from its parent.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
        
        
             
             Combine a local name & uri into a single attribute name/.
             
            
             
             Name of the local.
             
             
             URI of the document.
             
            
             
             The attribute name.
             
        
        
            
            Element factory to build a CsQuery DOM using HtmlParserSharp.
            
        
        
            
            Size of the blocks to read from the input stream (char[] = 2x bytes)
            
        
        
            
            Size of the preprocessor block; the maximum number of bytes in which the character set
            encoding can be changed. This must be at least as large (IN BYTES!) as the tokenizer block or the
            tokenizer won't quit before moving outside the preprocessor block.
            
        
        
            
            Static constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor, creates a factory with the default DomIndexProvider
            
        
        
             
             Creates a factory using the DomIndexProvider passed by parameter
             
            
             
             The DomIndexProvider that will be used when creating new DomDocument objects from this factory.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new document from a Stream of HTML using the options passed.
             
            
             
             The HTML input.
             
             
             The character set encoding used by the stream. If null, the BOM will be inspected, and it
             will default to UTF8 if no encoding can be identified.
             
             
             (optional) the parsing mode.
             
             
             (optional) options for controlling the parsing.
             
             
             (optional) type of the document.
             
            
             
             A new document.
             
        
        
            
            When true, the document's character set encoding has changed due to a meta http-equiv
            directive. This can only happen once. After this we will change the encoding of the stream
            from that point forward only.
            
        
        
            
            This flag can be set during parsing if the character set encoding found in a meta tag is
            different than the stream's current encoding.
            
        
        
            
            The active stream.
            
        
        
            
            The active stream reader.
            
        
        
            
            The active encoding.
            
        
        
             
             Given a TextReader, create a new IDomDocument from the input.
             
            
             
             Thrown when an invalid data error condition occurs.
             
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The HTML input.
             
             
             The encoding.
             
            
             
             A populated IDomDocument.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a default context for a tag
             
            
             
             The tag.
             
            
             
             The context.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a context by inspecting the beginning of a stream. Will restore the stream to its
             unaltered state.
             
            
             
             The HTML input.
             
             
             [out] The context (e.g. the valid parent of the first tag name found).
             
            
             
             The a new TextReader which is a clone of the original.
             
        
        
             
             Event is called by the tokenizer when a content-encoding meta tag is found. We should just always return true.
             
            
             
             The tokenizer
             
             
             Encoding detected event information.
             
        
        
            
            If a new character set encoding was declared and it's too late to change, switch to the new
            one midstream.
            
        
        
            
            Configure default context: creates a default context for arbitrary fragments so they are valid no matter what, 
            so that true fragments can be created without concern for the context
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the HTML parsing mode.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the HTML parsing mode.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the document.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a context for the fragment, e.g. a tag name
            
        
        
            
            The encoding was set from a META tag, allow it to be changed.
            
        
        
            
            The methodology applied when parsing strings of HTML
            
        
        
            
            Automatically detect the document type. When no DocType node is provided, will default to FragmentWithSelfClosingTags.
            
        
        
            
            A fragment whose context is determined by the first tag.
            
        
        
            
            A content block, assumed to be in BODY context.
            
        
        
            
            A complete document; the HTML and BODY tag constructs will be addded if missing..
            
        
        
            
            The options used when parsing strings of HTML
            
        
        
            
            No options applied.
            
        
        
            
            Default options (from Config.HtmlParsingOptions) are applied.
            
        
        
            
            Tags may be self-closing.
            
        
        
            
            Comments are ignored entirely.
            
        
        
            
            Bitfield of flags for specifying properties that may be tested on HTML tokens using a bitmap.
            
        
        
            
            the element is an HTML block-level element
            
        
        
            
            the attribute is a boolean property e.g. 'checked'
            
        
        
            
            the tag is automatically closing, e.g. 'p'.
            
        
        
            
            the tag may not have children
            
        
        
            
            the tag may not have HTML children (but could possibly have children)
            
        
        
            
            this tag causes an open p tag to close
            
        
        
            
            The tag may appear in HEAD
            
        
        
            
            election of attribute values is not case sensitive
            
        
        
            
            Has a VALUE property
            
        
        
            
            Element is a form input control
            
        
        
            
            Reference data about HTML tags and attributes;
            methods to test tokens for certain properties;
            and the tokenizer.
            
        
        
            
            Length of each node's path ID (in characters), sets a limit on the number of child nodes before a reindex
            is required. For most cases, a small number will yield better performance. In production we probably can get
            away with just 1 (meaning a char=65k possible values). 
            
            NOTE: At present PathID has been optimized as a ushort data type. You CANNOT just change this.
            
        
        
            
            The character used to separate the unique part of an index entry from its path. When debugging
            it is useful to have a printable character. Otherwise we want something that is guaranteed to be
            a unique stop character.
            
        
        
            
            Special token meaning "do nothing"
            
        
        
            
            Special token meaning "close the parent tag before opening the next one"
            
        
        
            
            Identifier for the Class attribute.
            
        
        
            
            Identifier for the Value attribute.
            
        
        
            
            Identifier for the ID attribute.
            
        
        
            
            Identifier for the selected attribute.
            
        
        
            
            Identifier for the readonly attribute.
            
        
        
            
            Identifier for the checked attribute.
            
        
        
            
            The INPUT tag.
            
        
        
            
            The SELECT tag.
            
        
        
            
            The OPTION tag.
            
        
        
            
            The P tag.
            
        
        
            
            The TR tag.
            
        
        
            
            The TD tag.
            
        
        
            
            The TH tag.
            
        
        
            
            The HEAD tag.
            
        
        
            
            The BODY tag.
            
        
        
            
            The DT tag
            
        
        
            
            The COLGROUP tag.
            
        
        
            
            The DD tag
            
        
        
            
            The LI tag
            
        
        
            
            The DL tag
            
        
        
            
            The TABLE tag.
            
        
        
            
            The OPTGROUP tag.
            
        
        
            
            The UL tag.
            
        
        
            
            The OL tag.
            
        
        
            
            The TBODY tag
            
        
        
            
            The TFOOT tag.
            
        
        
            
            The THEAD tag.
            
        
        
            
            The RT tag.
            
        
        
            
            The RP tag.
            
        
        
            
            The SCRIPT tag.
            
        
        
            
            The TEXTAREA tag.
            
        
        
            
            The STYLE tag.
            
        
        
            
            The COL tag.
            
        
        
            
            The HTML tag.
            
        
        
            
            The BUTTON tag.
            
        
        
            
            The BUTTON tag.
            
        
        
            
            the A tag
            
        
        
            
            the SPAN tag
            
        
        
            
            the SPAN tag
            
        
        
            
            The REQUIRED attribute.
            
        
        
            
            The REQUIRED attribute.
            
        
        
            
            The TYPE attribute.
            
        
        
            
            The PROGRESS element
            
        
        
            
            The LABEL element
            
        
        
            
            The DISABLED attribute
            
        
        
            
            The METER element
            
        
        
            
            The IMG element
            
        
        
            
            The IMG element
            
        
        
            
            should match final tag above; for self-checking.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates whether this has been compiled in debug mode. When true, DOM index paths will be
            stored internally in extended human-readable format.
            
        
        
            
            Things that can be in a CSS number
            
        
        
            
            The units that are allowable unit strings in a CSS style..
            
            
            http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-values/#relative-lengths
            
        
        
            
            Fields used internally
            
        
        
             
             This type does not allow HTML children. Some of these types may allow text but not HTML.
             
            
             
             The token ID
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             This type does not allow HTML children. Some of these types may allow text but not HTML.
             
            
             
             The node name to test.
             
            
             
             true if HTML nodes are not allowed as childredn, false if they are.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether this element may have children.
             
            
             
             The token ID.
             
            
             
             When false, this element type may never have children.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether this element can have children.
             
            
             
             The node name to test.
             
            
             
             When false, this element type may never have children.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the node is a block-type element.
             
            
             
             The token ID of the node
             
            
             
             true if the token ID represents a block type element, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the node is a block-type element
             
            
             
             The node name to test.
             
            
             
             true if a block type, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the attribute is a boolean type.
             
            
             
             The token ID
             
            
             
             true if boolean, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the attribute is a boolean type.
             
            
             
             The attribute or property name
             
            
             
             true if boolean, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an attribute has case-insensitive values (for selection purposes)
             
            
             
             Name of the attribute.
             
            
             
             true if the values are case insensitive, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether an attribute has case-insensitive values (for selection purposes)
             
            
             
             Token ID of the attribute.
             
            
             
             true if the values are case insensitive, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if a node type has a VALUE property.
             
            
             
             The node name token.
             
            
             
             true if it has a VALUE property, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if a node type has a VALUE property.
             
            
             
             Token ID of the node name.
             
            
             
             true if it has a VALUE property, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if the node name is a form input control.
             
            
             
             The node name to test.
             
            
             
             true if a form input control, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if the node name is a form input control
             
            
             
             The node name token.
             
            
             
             true if a form input control, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Return a token for a name
             
            
             
             The name to tokenize.
             
            
             
             The token
             
        
        
             
             Return a token for a name, adding to the index if it doesn't exist. When indexing tags and
             attributes, TokenID(tokenName) should be used.
             
            
             
             The name to tokenize
             
            
             
             A token representation of the string
             
        
        
             
             Return a token ID for a name, adding to the index if it doesn't exist. When indexing tags and
             attributes, ignoreCase should be used.
             
            
             
             The token name
             
            
             
             A token
             
        
        
             
             Return a token name for an ID.
             
            
             
             The token ID
             
            
             
             The string, or an empty string if the token ID was not found
             
        
        
             
             HtmlEncode a string, except for double-quotes, so it can be enclosed in single-quotes.
             
            
             
             The text to encode
             
             
             When true, the attribute value will be quoted even if quotes are not required by the value.
             
             
             [out] The quote character.
             
            
             
             The encoded string
             
        
        
             
             For testing only - the production code never uses this version.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
             
             .
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Determine a course of action given a new tag, its parent, and whether or not to treat this as
             a document. Return 1 to close, 0 to do nothing, or an ID to generate.
             
            
             
             The parent tag ID
             
             
             The new tag ID found
             
            
             
             A tokenId representing an action or a new tag to generate
             
        
        
             
             Return the type of action that should be performed given a tag, and a new tag found as a
             child of that tag.
             
            
             
             Some tags have inner HTML but are often not closed properly. There are two possible
             situations. A tag may not have a nested instance of itself, and therefore any recurrence of
             that tag implies the previous one is closed. Other tag closings are simply optional, but are
             not repeater tags (e.g. body, html). These should be handled automatically by the logic that
             bubbles any closing tag to its parent if it doesn't match the current tag. The exception is
             <head> which technically does not require a close, but we would not expect to find
             another close tag Complete list of optional closing tags: HTML, HEAD, BODY, P, DT, DD, LI,
             OPTION, THEAD, TH, TBODY, TR, TD, TFOOT, COLGROUP
             
              body, html will be closed automatically at the end of parsing and are also not required.
             
            
             
             The parent tag's token.
             
             
             The new child tag's token.
             
            
             
             A tag action code indicating that nothing special should happen or the parent tag should be
             closed; or alternatively the token for a tag that should be generated in place before the new
             tag is opened.
             
        
        
             
             For each value in "tokens" (ignoring case) sets the specified bit in the reference table.
             
            
             
             A sequence of tokens
             
             
             The bitflag to set
             
        
        
             
             For each value in "tokens" sets the specified bit in the reference table.
             
            
             
             The sequence of tokens
             
             
             The bitflag to set
             
        
        
             
             Set the specified bit in the reference table for "token".
             
            
             
             The token
             
             
             The bit to set
             
        
        
            
            A list of all keys (tokens) created.
            
        
        
            
            Simplify access to character set encodings for this system.
            
        
        
             
             Try to get a character set encoding from its web name.
             
            
             
             Name of the encoding.
             
             
             [out] The encoding.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Gets an encoding.
             
            
             
             Name of the encoding.
             
            
             
             The encoding.
             
        
        
            
            A dictionary of all encodings available on this system
            
        
        
            
            A dictionary of valid styles, based on a Visual Studio format XML schema. 
            
        
        
            
            Dictionary mapping style names to CssStyle style definitions
            
        
        
            
            Interface for an HttpWebRequest object.
            
        
        
             
             Gets the response for the HttpWebRequest.
             
            
             
             The response.
             
        
        
             
             Gets a  object to use to write request data.
             
            
             
             A  to use to write request data.
             
            
             The  method is called more than once.-or-  is set to a value and  is false. 
             In a .NET Compact Framework application, a request stream with zero content length was not obtained and closed correctly. For more information about handling zero content length requests, see Network Programming in the .NET Compact Framework.
              was previously called.-or- The time-out period for the request expired.-or- An error occurred while processing the request. 
             The request cache validator indicated that the response for this request can be served from the cache; however, requests that write data must not use the cache. This exception can occur if you are using a custom cache validator that is incorrectly implemented. 
             The  property is GET or HEAD.-or-  is true,  is false,  is -1,  is false, and  is POST or PUT. 
        
        
            
            Cancels a request to an Internet resource.
            
        
        
             
             Adds a byte range header to the request for a specified range.
             
            
             The position at which to stop sending data. 
             The position at which to start sending data. 
             rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
             from is greater than to-or- from or to is less than 0. 
             The range header could not be added. 
        
        
             
             Adds a byte range header to a request for a specific range from the beginning or end of the requested data.
             
            
             The starting or ending point of the range. 
             rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
             The range header could not be added. 
        
        
             
             Adds a range header to a request for a specified range.
             
            
             The position at which to start sending data. 
             The position at which to stop sending data. 
             The description of the range. 
             rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
             rangeSpecifier is null. 
             from is greater than to-or- from or to is less than 0. 
             The range header could not be added. 
        
        
             
             Adds a range header to a request for a specific range from the beginning or end of the requested data.
             
            
             The starting or ending point of the range. 
             The description of the range. 
             rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
             rangeSpecifier is null. 
             The range header could not be added. 
        
        
             
             Begins an asynchronous request for an Internet resource.
             
            
             
             The callback.
             
             
             The state.
             
            
             
             An System.IAsyncResult that references the asynchronous request.
             
        
        
             
             Ends an asynchronous request for an Internet resource.
             
            
             
             The result.
             
            
             
             Returns a System.Net.WebResponse.
             
        
        
             
             Provides an asynchronous version of the System.Net.WebRequest.GetRequestStream() method.
             
            
             
             The callback.
             
             
             The state.
             
            
             
             An System.IAsyncResult that references the asynchronous request.
             
        
        
             
             returns a System.IO.Stream for writing data to the Internet resource.
             
            
             
             The result.
             
            
             
             A System.IO.Stream to write data to.
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the HTTP method.
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the request should follow redirection responses.
             
            
             
             true if the request should automatically follow redirection responses from the Internet resource; otherwise, false. The default value is true.
             
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to buffer the data sent to the Internet resource.
             
            
             
             true to enable buffering of the data sent to the Internet resource; false to disable buffering. The default is true.
             
            
        
        
             
             Gets a value that indicates whether a response has been received from an Internet resource.
             
            
             
             true if a response has been received; otherwise, false.
             
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to make a persistent connection to the Internet resource.
             
            
             
            true if the request to the Internet resource should contain a Connection HTTP header with the value Keep-alive; otherwise, false. The default is true.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to pipeline the request to the Internet resource.
             
            
             
            true if the request should be pipelined; otherwise, false. The default is true.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to send an authenticate header with the request.
             
            
             
            true to send a WWW-authenticate HTTP header with requests after authentication has taken place; otherwise, false. The default is false.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to allow high-speed NTLM-authenticated connection sharing.
             
            
             
            true to keep the authenticated connection open; otherwise, false.
             
             
        
        
             
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to send data in segments to the Internet resource.
             
            
             
            true to send data to the Internet resource in segments; otherwise, false. The default value is false.
             
            
             The request has been started by calling the , , , or  method. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the type of decompression that is used.
             
            
             
            A T:System.Net.DecompressionMethods object that indicates the type of decompression that is used. 
             
            
             The object's current state does not allow this property to be set.
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the maximum allowed length of the response headers.
             
            
             
            The length, in kilobytes (1024 bytes), of the response headers.
             
            
             The property is set after the request has already been submitted. 
             The value is less than 0 and is not equal to -1. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the collection of security certificates that are associated with this request.
             
            
             
            The  that contains the security certificates associated with this request.
             
            
             The value specified for a set operation is null. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the cookies associated with the request.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the cookies associated with this request.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets the original Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the request.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the URI of the Internet resource passed to the  method.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the Content-length HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The number of bytes of data to send to the Internet resource. The default is -1, which indicates the property has not been set and that there is no request data to send.
             
            
             The new  value is less than 0. 
             The request has been started by calling the , , , or  method. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the time-out value for the  and  methods.
             
            
             
            The number of milliseconds to wait before the request times out. The default is 100,000 milliseconds (100 seconds).
             
            
             The value specified is less than zero and is not .
        
        
             
            Gets or sets a time-out when writing to or reading from a stream.
             
            
             
            The number of milliseconds before the writing or reading times out. The default value is 300,000 milliseconds (5 minutes).
             
            
             The value specified for a set operation is less than or equal to zero and is not equal to 
             The request has already been sent. 
        
        
             
            Gets the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the Internet resource that actually responds to the request.
             
            
             
            A  that identifies the Internet resource that actually responds to the request. The default is the URI used by the  method to initialize the request.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets the service point to use for the request.
             
            
             
            A  that represents the network connection to the Internet resource.
             
             
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the maximum number of redirects that the request follows.
             
            
             
            The maximum number of redirection responses that the request follows. The default value is 50.
             
            
             The value is set to 0 or less. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets authentication information for the request.
             
            
             
            An  that contains the authentication credentials associated with the request. The default is null.
             
             
        
        
             
            Gets or sets a  value that controls whether default credentials are sent with requests.
             
            
             
            true if the default credentials are used; otherwise false. The default value is false.
             
            
             You attempted to set this property after the request was sent.
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the name of the connection group for the request.
             
            
             
            The name of the connection group for this request. The default value is null.
             
            
        
        
             
            Specifies a collection of the name/value pairs that make up the HTTP headers.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the name/value pairs that make up the headers for the HTTP request.
             
            
             The request has been started by calling the , , , or  method. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets proxy information for the request.
             
            
             
            The  object to use to proxy the request. The default value is set by calling the  property.
             
            
             The caller does not have permission for the requested operation. 
              is set to null. 
             The request has been started by calling , , , or . 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the version of HTTP to use for the request.
             
            
             
            The HTTP version to use for the request. The default is .
             
            
             The HTTP version is set to a value other than 1.0 or 1.1. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the Content-type HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The value of the Content-type HTTP header. The default value is null.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the media type of the request.
             
            
             
            The media type of the request. The default value is null.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the Transfer-encoding HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The value of the Transfer-encoding HTTP header. The default value is null.
             
            
              is set when  is false. 
              is set to the value "Chunked". 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the Connection HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The value of the Connection HTTP header. The default value is null.
             
            
             The value of  is set to Keep-alive or Close. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the Accept HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The value of the Accept HTTP header. The default value is null.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the Referer HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The value of the Referer HTTP header. The default value is null.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the User-agent HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The value of the User-agent HTTP header. The default value is null.The value for this property is stored in . If WebHeaderCollection is set, the property value is lost.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the Expect HTTP header.
             
            
             
            The contents of the Expect HTTP header. The default value is null.The value for this property is stored in . If WebHeaderCollection is set, the property value is lost.
             
            
             Expect is set to a string that contains "100-continue" as a substring. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the value of the If-Modified-Since HTTP header.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the contents of the If-Modified-Since HTTP header. The default value is the current date and time.
             
             
        
        
            
            Interface for an object that creates HttpWebRequest objects.
            
        
        
             
             Creates a concrete HttpWebRequest
             
            
             
             URL of the document.
             
            
             
             A new HttpWebRequest
             
        
        
            
            Interface for an HTTP web response.
            
        
        
             
            Gets the contents of a header that was returned with the response.
             
            
             
            The contents of the specified header.
             
            
             The header value to return. 
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            When overridden by a descendant class, closes the response stream.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to access the method, when the method is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a descendant class, returns the data stream from the Internet resource.
             
            
             
            An instance of the  class for reading data from the Internet resource.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to access the method, when the method is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the cookies that are associated with this response.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the cookies that are associated with this response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the method that is used to encode the body of the response.
             
            
             
            A string that describes the method that is used to encode the body of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the character set of the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the character set of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the name of the server that sent the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the name of the server that sent the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the last date and time that the contents of the response were modified.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the date and time that the contents of the response were modified.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the status of the response.
             
            
             
            One of the  values.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the status description returned with the response.
             
            
             
            A string that describes the status of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the version of the HTTP protocol that is used in the response.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the HTTP protocol version of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the method that is used to return the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the HTTP method that is used to return the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets a  value that indicates whether this response was obtained from the cache.
             
            
             
            true if the response was taken from the cache; otherwise, false.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets a  value that indicates whether mutual authentication occurred.
             
            
             
            true if both client and server were authenticated; otherwise, false.
             
            
        
        
             
            When overridden in a descendant class, gets or sets the content length of data being received.
             
            
             
            The number of bytes returned from the Internet resource.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a derived class, gets or sets the content type of the data being received.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the content type of the response.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a derived class, gets the URI of the Internet resource that actually responded to the request.
             
            
             
            An instance of the  class that contains the URI of the Internet resource that actually responded to the request.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a derived class, gets a collection of header name-value pairs associated with this request.
             
            
             
            An instance of the  class that contains header values associated with this response.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
            
            Creates a web request that does basic auth
            
        
        
             
             Creates a web request that does basic auth.
             
            
             
             HTTP username.
             
             
             HTTP password.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a web request for a url
             
            
             
             URL of the document.
             
            
             
             A new IHttpWebRequest
             
        
        
             
             Creates a concrete HttpWebRequest for a URI
             
            
             
             URI of the document.
             
            
             
             A new IHttpWebRequest.
             
        
        
            
            HTTP web request adapter.
            
        
        
             
             Creates an HttpWebRequestAdapter from a .NET HttpWebRequest
             
            
             
             The HttpWebRequestAdapter.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the response for the HttpWebRequest.
             
            
             
             The response.
             
        
        
             
             Begins an asynchronous request for an Internet resource.
             
            
             
             The callback.
             
             
             The state.
             
            
             
             An System.IAsyncResult that references the asynchronous request.
             
        
        
             
             Ends an asynchronous request for an Internet resource.
             
            
             
             The result.
             
            
             
             Returns a System.Net.WebResponse.
             
        
        
             
             Provides an asynchronous version of the System.Net.WebRequest.GetRequestStream() method.
             
            
             
             The callback.
             
             
             The state.
             
            
             
             An System.IAsyncResult that references the asynchronous request.
             
        
        
             
             returns a System.IO.Stream for writing data to the Internet resource.
             
            
             
             The result.
             
            
             
             A System.IO.Stream to write data to.
             
        
        
            
            Gets a  object to use to write request data.
            
            
            
            A  to use to write request data.
            
            
            The  method is called more than once.-or-  is set to a value and  is false. 
            In a .NET Compact Framework application, a request stream with zero content length was not obtained and closed correctly. For more information about handling zero content length requests, see Network Programming in the .NET Compact Framework.
             was previously called.-or- The time-out period for the request expired.-or- An error occurred while processing the request. 
            The request cache validator indicated that the response for this request can be served from the cache; however, requests that write data must not use the cache. This exception can occur if you are using a custom cache validator that is incorrectly implemented. 
            The  property is GET or HEAD.-or-  is true,  is false,  is -1,  is false, and  is POST or PUT. 
        
        
            
            Cancels a request to an Internet resource.
            
            
        
        
            
            Adds a byte range header to the request for a specified range.
            
            
            The position at which to stop sending data. 
            The position at which to start sending data. 
            rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
            from is greater than to-or- from or to is less than 0. 
            The range header could not be added. 
        
        
            
            Adds a byte range header to a request for a specific range from the beginning or end of the requested data.
            
            
            The starting or ending point of the range. 
            rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
            The range header could not be added. 
        
        
            
            Adds a range header to a request for a specified range.
            
            
            The position at which to start sending data. 
            The position at which to stop sending data. 
            The description of the range. 
            rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
            rangeSpecifier is null. 
            from is greater than to-or- from or to is less than 0. 
            The range header could not be added. 
        
        
            
            Adds a range header to a request for a specific range from the beginning or end of the requested data.
            
            
            The starting or ending point of the range. 
            The description of the range. 
            rangeSpecifier is invalid. 
            rangeSpecifier is null. 
            The range header could not be added. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the HTTP method.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the request should follow redirection responses.
            
            
            
            true if the request should automatically follow redirection responses from the Internet resource; otherwise, false. The default value is true.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to buffer the data sent to the Internet resource.
            
            
            
            true to enable buffering of the data sent to the Internet resource; false to disable buffering. The default is true.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value that indicates whether a response has been received from an Internet resource.
            
            
            
            true if a response has been received; otherwise, false.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to make a persistent connection to the Internet resource.
            
            
            
            true if the request to the Internet resource should contain a Connection HTTP header with the value Keep-alive; otherwise, false. The default is true.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to pipeline the request to the Internet resource.
            
            
            
            true if the request should be pipelined; otherwise, false. The default is true.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to send an authenticate header with the request.
            
            
            
            true to send a WWW-authenticate HTTP header with requests after authentication has taken place; otherwise, false. The default is false.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to allow high-speed NTLM-authenticated connection sharing.
            
            
            
            true to keep the authenticated connection open; otherwise, false.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to send data in segments to the Internet resource.
            
            
            
            true to send data to the Internet resource in segments; otherwise, false. The default value is false.
            
            
            The request has been started by calling the , , , or  method. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of decompression that is used.
            
            
            
            A T:System.Net.DecompressionMethods object that indicates the type of decompression that is used. 
            
            
            The object's current state does not allow this property to be set.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the maximum allowed length of the response headers.
            
            
            
            The length, in kilobytes (1024 bytes), of the response headers.
            
            
            The property is set after the request has already been submitted. 
            The value is less than 0 and is not equal to -1. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the collection of security certificates that are associated with this request.
            
            
            
            The  that contains the security certificates associated with this request.
            
            
            The value specified for a set operation is null. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the cookies associated with the request.
            
            
            
            A  that contains the cookies associated with this request.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets the original Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the request.
            
            
            
            A  that contains the URI of the Internet resource passed to the  method.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the Content-length HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The number of bytes of data to send to the Internet resource. The default is -1, which indicates the property has not been set and that there is no request data to send.
            
            
            The new  value is less than 0. 
            The request has been started by calling the , , , or  method. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the time-out value for the  and  methods.
            
            
            
            The number of milliseconds to wait before the request times out. The default is 100,000 milliseconds (100 seconds).
            
            
            The value specified is less than zero and is not .
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a time-out when writing to or reading from a stream.
            
            
            
            The number of milliseconds before the writing or reading times out. The default value is 300,000 milliseconds (5 minutes).
            
            
            The value specified for a set operation is less than or equal to zero and is not equal to 
            The request has already been sent. 
        
        
            
            Gets the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the Internet resource that actually responds to the request.
            
            
            
            A  that identifies the Internet resource that actually responds to the request. The default is the URI used by the  method to initialize the request.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets the service point to use for the request.
            
            
            
            A  that represents the network connection to the Internet resource.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the maximum number of redirects that the request follows.
            
            
            
            The maximum number of redirection responses that the request follows. The default value is 50.
            
            
            The value is set to 0 or less. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets authentication information for the request.
            
            
            
            An  that contains the authentication credentials associated with the request. The default is null.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a  value that controls whether default credentials are sent with requests.
            
            
            
            true if the default credentials are used; otherwise false. The default value is false.
            
            
            You attempted to set this property after the request was sent.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name of the connection group for the request.
            
            
            
            The name of the connection group for this request. The default value is null.
            
            
        
        
            
            Specifies a collection of the name/value pairs that make up the HTTP headers.
            
            
            
            A  that contains the name/value pairs that make up the headers for the HTTP request.
            
            
            The request has been started by calling the , , , or  method. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets proxy information for the request.
            
            
            
            The  object to use to proxy the request. The default value is set by calling the  property.
            
            
            The caller does not have permission for the requested operation. 
             is set to null. 
            The request has been started by calling , , , or . 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the version of HTTP to use for the request.
            
            
            
            The HTTP version to use for the request. The default is .
            
            
            The HTTP version is set to a value other than 1.0 or 1.1. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the Content-type HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The value of the Content-type HTTP header. The default value is null.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the media type of the request.
            
            
            
            The media type of the request. The default value is null.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the Transfer-encoding HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The value of the Transfer-encoding HTTP header. The default value is null.
            
            
             is set when  is false. 
             is set to the value "Chunked". 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the Connection HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The value of the Connection HTTP header. The default value is null.
            
            
            The value of  is set to Keep-alive or Close. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the Accept HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The value of the Accept HTTP header. The default value is null.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the Referer HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The value of the Referer HTTP header. The default value is null.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the User-agent HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The value of the User-agent HTTP header. The default value is null.The value for this property is stored in . If WebHeaderCollection is set, the property value is lost.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the Expect HTTP header.
            
            
            
            The contents of the Expect HTTP header. The default value is null.The value for this property is stored in . If WebHeaderCollection is set, the property value is lost.
            
            
            Expect is set to a string that contains "100-continue" as a substring. 
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value of the If-Modified-Since HTTP header.
            
            
            
            A  that contains the contents of the If-Modified-Since HTTP header. The default value is the current date and time.
            
            
        
        
            
            Defaut HTTP web request factory; creates instances of .NET framework classes.
            
        
        
             
             Creates an HttpWebRequestAdapter wrapping a .NET framework HttpWebRequest object.
             
            
             
             URL of the document.
             
            
             
             A new HttpWebRequestAdapter
             
        
        
             
             Creates an HttpWebRequestAdapter wrapping a .NET framework HttpWebRequest object.
             
            
             
             URL of the document.
             
            
             
             A new HttpWebRequestAdapter
             
        
        
            
            An HTTP web request method (GET or POST).
            
        
        
            
            The GET method
            
        
        
            
            The POST method
            
        
        
             
             Returns a string that represents the current object.
             
            
             
             A string representation of the web method.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new HttpWebRequestMethod from a string
             
            
             
             The string.
             
            
             
             A new HttpWebRequestMethod
             
        
        
            
            HTTP web response adapter
            
        
        
             
             Create a new HttpWebResponseAdapter from a .NET WebResponse
             
            
             
             The HttpWebResponseAdapter.
             
        
        
             
            Gets the contents of a header that was returned with the response.
             
            
             
            The contents of the specified header.
             
            
             The header value to return. 
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            When overridden by a descendant class, closes the response stream.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to access the method, when the method is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a descendant class, returns the data stream from the Internet resource.
             
            
             
            An instance of the  class for reading data from the Internet resource.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to access the method, when the method is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
             
             2
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the cookies that are associated with this response.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the cookies that are associated with this response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the method that is used to encode the body of the response.
             
            
             
            A string that describes the method that is used to encode the body of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the character set of the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the character set of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the name of the server that sent the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the name of the server that sent the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the last date and time that the contents of the response were modified.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the date and time that the contents of the response were modified.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the status of the response.
             
            
             
            One of the  values.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the status description returned with the response.
             
            
             
            A string that describes the status of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the version of the HTTP protocol that is used in the response.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the HTTP protocol version of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the method that is used to return the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the HTTP method that is used to return the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets a  value that indicates whether this response was obtained from the cache.
             
            
             
            true if the response was taken from the cache; otherwise, false.
             
            
        
        
             
            Gets a  value that indicates whether mutual authentication occurred.
             
            
             
            true if both client and server were authenticated; otherwise, false.
             
            
        
        
             
            When overridden in a descendant class, gets or sets the content length of data being received.
             
            
             
            The number of bytes returned from the Internet resource.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a derived class, gets or sets the content type of the data being received.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the content type of the response.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a derived class, gets the URI of the Internet resource that actually responded to the request.
             
            
             
            An instance of the  class that contains the URI of the Internet resource that actually responded to the request.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
             
            When overridden in a derived class, gets a collection of header name-value pairs associated with this request.
             
            
             
            An instance of the  class that contains header values associated with this response.
             
            
             Any attempt is made to get or set the property, when the property is not overridden in a descendant class. 
        
        
            
            A basic implementation for a WebResponse
            
        
        
             
            Gets the contents of a header that was returned with the response.
             
            
             
            The contents of the specified header.
             
            
             The header value to return. 
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets or sets the cookies that are associated with this response.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the cookies that are associated with this response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the method that is used to encode the body of the response.
             
            
             
            A string that describes the method that is used to encode the body of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the character set of the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the character set of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the name of the server that sent the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the name of the server that sent the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the last date and time that the contents of the response were modified.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the date and time that the contents of the response were modified.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the status of the response.
             
            
             
            One of the  values.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the status description returned with the response.
             
            
             
            A string that describes the status of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the version of the HTTP protocol that is used in the response.
             
            
             
            A  that contains the HTTP protocol version of the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
             
            Gets the method that is used to return the response.
             
            
             
            A string that contains the HTTP method that is used to return the response.
             
            
             The current instance has been disposed. 
        
        
            
            Creates a single virtual stream out of multiple input streams.
            
        
        
            
            Base stream implementation
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, clears all buffers for this stream and causes any buffered data to be written to the underlying device.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, sets the position within the current stream.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, sets the length of the current stream.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, reads a sequence of bytes from the current stream and advances the position within the stream by the number of bytes read.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, writes a sequence of bytes to the current stream and advances the current position within this stream by the number of bytes written.
            
        
        
            
            Reads a byte from the stream and advances the position within the stream by one byte, or returns -1 if at the end of the stream.
            
        
        
            
            Writes a byte to the current position in the stream and advances the position within the stream by one byte.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether the current stream supports reading.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether the current stream supports seeking.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether the current stream supports writing.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, gets the length in bytes of the stream.
            
        
        
            
            When overridden in a derived class, gets or sets the position within the current stream.
            
        
        
             
             Creates a single virtual stream out of multiple input streams.
             
            
             
             The streams.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a single virtual stream out of multiple input streams.
             
            
             
             The streams.
             
        
        
             Reads from the next stream available 
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether we can read.
            
        
        
            
            Creates a virtual TextReader from several other streams.
            
        
        
             
             Create a new virtual TextReader by combining, in sequence, the streams provided as parameters to the constructor
             
            
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing readers.
             
        
        
            
            The readers.
            
        
        
            
            Closes the  and releases any system resources associated
            with the TextReader.
            
        
        
             
             Releases the unmanaged resources used by the  and
             optionally releases the managed resources.
             
            
             
             true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged
             resources.
             
        
        
             
             Reads the next character without changing the state of the reader or the character source.
             Returns the next available character without actually reading it from the input stream.
             
            
             
             An integer representing the next character to be read, or -1 if no more characters are
             available or the stream does not support seeking.
             
        
        
             
             Reads the next character from the input stream and advances the character position by one
             character.
             
            
             
             The next character from the input stream, or -1 if no more characters are available. The
             default implementation returns -1.
             
        
        
             
             Reads a maximum of  characters from the current stream and writes
             the data to , beginning at .
             
            
             
             When this method returns, contains the specified character array with the values between
              and ( +  - 1)
             replaced by the characters read from the current source.
             
             
             The position in  at which to begin writing.
             
             
             The maximum number of characters to read. If the end of the stream is reached before
              of characters is read into , the current
             method returns.
             
            
             
             The number of characters that have been read. The number will be less than or equal to
             , depending on whether the data is available within the stream. This
             method returns zero if called when no more characters are left to read.
             
            
             ### 
              is null.
             
             ### 
             The buffer length minus  is less than .
             
             ### 
              or  is negative.
             
             ### 
             The  is closed.
             
             ### 
             An I/O error occurs.
             
        
        
             
             Reads a maximum of  characters from the current stream, and writes
             the data to , beginning at .
             
            
             
             When this method returns, this parameter contains the specified character array with the
             values between  and ( +
              -1) replaced by the characters read from the current source.
             
             
             The position in  at which to begin writing.
             
             
             The maximum number of characters to read.
             
            
             
             The position of the underlying stream is advanced by the number of characters that were read
             into .The number of characters that have been read. The number will
             be less than or equal to , depending on whether all input characters
             have been read.
             
        
        
             
             Reads a line of characters from the current stream and returns the data as a string. Note:
             this method will not combine data from two boundary streams into a single line; the end of a
             stream is always the end of a line. This could result in stream corruption (e.g. the addition
             of newlines between streams) when using this method.
             
            
             
             The next line from the input stream, or null if all characters have been read.
             
        
        
             
             Reads all characters from the current position to the end of the TextReader and returns them
             as one string.
             
            
             
             A string containing all characters from the current position to the end of the TextReader.
             
        
        
             
             Creates object reference. (Overridden because it's implemented by the base class and we want
             to be sure that anything trying to use this will fail).
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             Type of the requested.
             
            
             
             Always fails.
             
        
        
             
             Initializes the lifetime service. (Overridden because it's implemented by the base class and we want
             to be sure that anything trying to use this will fail).
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             Always fails
             
        
        
             
             Advance to the next reader
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a hash code for this object.
             
            
             
             The hash code for this object.
             
        
        
             
             Tests if this object is considered equal to another.
             
            
             
             The object to compare to this object.
             
            
             
             true if the objects are considered equal, false if they are not.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the current stream
            
        
        
            
            Orders in which the selection set can be arranged. Ascending and Descending refer to to the
            DOM element order.
            
        
        
            
            The items should be returned in the order they were added to the selection set.
            
        
        
            
            The items should be returned in the order they appear in the DOM.
            
        
        
            
            The items should be returned in the reverse order they appear in the DOM.
            
        
        
            
            A sorted dictionary that allows lookup by range.
            
        
        
            
            Return all keys starting with subKey
            
            The substring to match
            
        
        
            
            Return all values having keys beginning with subKey
            
            
            
        
        
            
            A string comparer that is not concerned with anything other than the raw value of the characters. No encoding, no culture.
            
        
        
             
             Compares two string objects to determine their relative ordering.
             
            
             
             String to be compared.
             
             
             String to be compared.
             
            
             
             Negative if 'x' is less than 'y', 0 if they are equal, or positive if it is greater.
             
        
        
             
             Marginally faster when just testing equality than using Compare
             
            
             
             String to be compared.
             
             
             String to be compared.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Tests if two string objects are considered equal.
             
            
             
             String to be compared.
             
             
             String to be compared.
             
            
             
             true if the objects are considered equal, false if they are not.
             
        
        
             
             Calculates the hash code for this object.
             
            
             
             The object.
             
            
             
             The hash code for this object.
             
        
        
            
            Gets an instance of TrueStringComparer
            
        
        
             
             A dictionary that is substring-lookup capable. This is the data structure used to index HTML
             documents for selectors. A SortedSet of keys is used for the index because it allows fast
             access by substring. A list of keys obtained from the SortedSet for a selector is used to
             obtain the target references from a regular dictionary.
             
            
             
             Type of the key.
             
             
             Type of the value
             
        
        
             
             Default constructor.
             
            
             
             The comparer.
             
             
             The equality comparer.
             
             
             The index separator.
             
        
        
            
            An ordered set of all the keys in this dictionary.
            
        
        
            
            The inner index.
            
        
        
             
             Convert an index key to human readable form.
             
            
             
             Array of index keys.
             
             
             The index separator.
             
            
             
             The human readable key.
             
        
        
             
             Convert an index key to human readable form.
             
            
             
             The index key.
             
            
             
             The human readable key.
             
        
        
             
             Retrieve all the keys that match the subkey provided; that is, all keys that start with the
             value of 'subkey'.
             
            
             
             The subkey to match
             
            
             
             A sequence of keys found in the dictionary.
             
        
        
             
             Return all matching keys at the specified depth relative to the subkey, e.g. 0 will return
             only the element that exactly matches the subkey.
             
            
             
             The subkey to match.
             
             
             The zero-based depth relative to the subkey's depth
             
             
             When true, include elements that are at a greater depth too
             
            
             
             A sequence of TValue elements.
             
        
        
             
             Return a sequence of values for each key that starts with the value of 'subkey'.
             
            
             
             The subkey to match.
             
            
             
             A sequence of values from the dictionary.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a key/value pair to the dictionary
             
            
             
             The key.
             
             
             [out] The value.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the dictionary contains a value for 'key'
             
            
             
             The key.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the given key
             
            
             
             The key.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Try to get a value by name
             
            
             
             The key.
             
             
             [out] The value.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Adds a key/value pair to the dictionary.
             
            
             
             The item to test for.
             
        
        
            
            Clears this object to its blank/initial state.
            
        
        
             
             Test whether the KeyValuePair object exists in this dictionary.
             
            
             
             The item to test for.
             
            
             
             true if the object is in this collection, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Copies the contents of the dictionary to an array of KeyValuePair objects.
             
            
             
             The array.
             
             
             Zero-based index of the array at which to start copying.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the given KeyValuePair from the dictionary if it exists
             
            
             
             The item to remove.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator.
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            Returns the keys in human-readable format.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the values.
            
        
        
             
             Return the value for 'key'
             
            
             
             The key.
             
            
             
             The indexed item.
             
        
        
            
            Gets the number of items in this dictionary.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is read only. This is always false.
            
        
        
             
             A list of DOM elements. The default order is the order added to this construct; the Order
             property can be changed to return the contents in a different order.
             
            
             
             The type of element represented by this set.
             
        
        
             
             Create an initially empty instance whose results are returned in the order specified.
             
            
             
             The output order.
             
        
        
             
             Create an instance based on an existing sequence. The order passed defines the order of the
             original list; if the output order should be different than change it.
             
             The sequence is bound directly as the source of this selection set; it is not enumerated.
             Therefore it's possible to create "live" sets that will reflect the same contents as their
             original source at any point in time. If a client alters the selection set, however, it
             becomes static as the set at that point is copied in order to permit alterations. The
             original source sequence is never altered, even if it is a list type that can be altered.
             
             Because of this care is required. If using an IEnumerable source that is not a basic data
             structure, but instead refers to a computationally-intensive process, it might be desirable
             to copy it to a list first. The output from the HTML parser and selector engine do this
             automatically to prevent accidental misuse. It is conceivable that some future function might
             want to provide direct access the the selector engine's IEnumerable output instead of a List
             copy to provide a live CSS selector; in this case the engine's Select method would need to be
             altered to return the enumerator directly.
             
            
             
             The sequence to source this selection set.
             
             
             The list order.
             
             
             The output order.
             
        
        
            
            Cached count
            
        
        
            
            The immutable list as set by a client; can be obsolete if MutableList is non-null
            
        
        
            
            Cached reference to the list in the output order
            
        
        
            
            The active list, if changes are made after set by the client
            
        
        
             
             Adds a new item to the SelectionSet
             
            
             
             The item to add.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            Clears this SelectionSet
            
        
        
             
             Makes a clone of this SelectionSet
             
            
             
             A copy of this object.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates clone objects in this collection.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process clone objects in this collection.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the item is present in the SelectionSet
             
            
             
             The item to test for containment.
             
            
             
             true if the object is in this collection, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Copy the contents of this SelectionSet to an array
             
            
             
             The target array.
             
             
             Zero-based index of the starting position in the array to begin copying.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the given item from the SelectionSet
             
            
             
             The item to remove.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Removes all elements in the specified collection from the current SelectionSet<T>
             object.
             
            
             
             The collection of items to remove from the SelectionSet<T> object.
             
        
        
             
             Modifies the current SelectionSet<T> object to contain only elements that are present
             in that object and in the specified collection.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T>
             object.
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether a SelectionSet<T> object is a proper subset of the specified
             collection.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T> object.
             
            
             
             true if it is a proper subset, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether a SelectionSet<T> object is a proper superset of the specified
             collection.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T> object.
             
            
             
             true if is is a proper superset, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether a SelectionSet<T> object is a subset of the specified collection.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T> object.
             
            
             
             true if it is a proper subset, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether a SelectionSet<T> object is a superset of the specified collection.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T> object.
             
            
             
             true if is is a proper superset, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether the current SelectionSet<T> object and a specified collection share
             common elements.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current System.Collections.Generic.HashSet<T>
             object.
             
            
             
             true if the sets share at least one common element; , false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Determines whether a SelectionSet<T> object and the specified collection contain the
             same elements.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T> object.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Modifies the current SelectionSet<T> object to contain only elements that are present
             either in that object or in the specified collection, but not both.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T> object.
             
        
        
             
             Modifies the current SelectionSet<T> object to contain all elements that are present in
             itself, the specified collection, or both.
             
            
             
             The collection to compare to the current SelectionSet<T> object.
             
        
        
             
             Return the zero-based index of item in a sequence.
             
            
             
             The item.
             
            
             
             The zero-based position in the list where the item was found, or -1 if it was not found.
             
        
        
             
             Inserts an item at the specified index
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the position to insert the item
             
             
             The item to insert.
             
        
        
             
             Removes the item at the specified index.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the index is outside the bound of the current set.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the item to remove.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the enumerator for the SelectionSet
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            When an operation changes the original list, configures this object to track changes and deal
            with altered lists.
            
        
        
            
            Use after set operations that alter the list
            
        
        
            
            The list, if it has been changed from the value with which it was created
            
        
        
            
            The selection set in the output order.
            
        
        
            
            The output (sorted) list is dirty because changes have been made since it was created. Update the cache.
            
        
        
            
            The list is altered from its original state using "Add" or "Remove".
            
        
        
            
            The order in which elements in the set are returned.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the number of items in the SelectionSet
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether this object is read only. For SelectionSet objects, this is always false.
            
        
        
             
             Indexer to get or set items within this collection using array index syntax.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the entry to access.
             
            
             
             The indexed item.
             
        
        
            
            A comparer to ensure that items are returned from a selection set in DOM order, e.g. by comparing their
            internal paths.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The order used to compare two items. This must be Ascending or Descending
             
        
        
             
             Compares two IDomObject objects to determine their relative ordering.
             
            
             
             I dom object to be compared.
             
             
             I dom object to be compared.
             
            
             
             Negative if 'x' is less than 'y', 0 if they are equal, or positive if it is greater.
             
        
        
            
            A dynamic object implementation that differs from ExpandoObject in two ways:
            
            1) Missing property values always return null (or a specified value)
            2) Allows case-insensitivity
            
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Create in instance using a comparer and a particular value for missing properties
             
            
             
             The comparer.
             
             
             The missing property value.
             
        
        
             
             Initializes this object to its default state.
             
            
             
             The comparer.
             
             
             The missing property value.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates the property/value pairs
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process enumerate< t> in this
             collection.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the strongly-typed value of a property
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The property name
             
            
             
             The value, or null if the value does not exist.
             
        
        
             
             Return the value of a property as a strongly-typed sequence
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more arguments have unsupported or illegal values.
             
            
             
             The type of value expected in the property
             
             
             The name of the property
             
            
             
             A sequence of values of type T
             
        
        
             
             Gets a value for a named property
             
            
             
             The property name.
             
            
             
             The value
             
        
        
             
             Provides the implementation for operations that get member values. Classes derived from the
              class can override this method to specify
             dynamic behavior for operations such as getting a value for a property.
             
            
             
             Provides information about the object that called the dynamic operation. The binder.Name
             property provides the name of the member on which the dynamic operation is performed. For
             example, for the Console.WriteLine(sampleObject.SampleProperty) statement, where sampleObject
             is an instance of the class derived from the 
             class, binder.Name returns "SampleProperty". The binder.IgnoreCase property specifies whether
             the member name is case-sensitive.
             
             
             The result of the get operation. For example, if the method is called for a property, you can
             assign the property value to .
             
            
             
             true if the operation is successful; otherwise, false. If this method returns false, the run-
             time binder of the language determines the behavior. (In most cases, a run-time exception is
             thrown.)
             
        
        
             
             Provides the implementation for operations that get member values. Classes derived from the
              class can override this method to specify
             dynamic behavior for operations such as getting a value for a property.
             
            
             
             Thrown when a key not found error condition occurs.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             The type.
             
             
             The result of the get operation. For example, if the method is called for a property, you can
             assign the property value to .
             
            
             
             true if the operation is successful; otherwise, false. If this method returns false, the run-
             time binder of the language determines the behavior. (In most cases, a run-time exception is
             thrown.)
             
        
        
             
             Provides the implementation for operations that set member values. Classes derived from the
              class can override this method to specify
             dynamic behavior for operations such as setting a value for a property.
             
            
             
             Provides information about the object that called the dynamic operation. The binder.Name
             property provides the name of the member to which the value is being assigned. For example,
             for the statement sampleObject.SampleProperty = "Test", where sampleObject is an instance of
             the class derived from the  class, binder.Name
             returns "SampleProperty". The binder.IgnoreCase property specifies whether the member name is
             case-sensitive.
             
             
             The value to set to the member. For example, for sampleObject.SampleProperty = "Test", where
             sampleObject is an instance of the class derived from the
              class, the  is "Test".
             
            
             
             true if the operation is successful; otherwise, false. If this method returns false, the run-
             time binder of the language determines the behavior. (In most cases, a language-specific run-
             time exception is thrown.)
             
        
        
             
             Provides the implementation for operations that set member values. Classes derived from the
              class can override this method to specify
             dynamic behavior for operations such as setting a value for a property.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             The value to set to the member. For example, for sampleObject.SampleProperty = "Test", where
             sampleObject is an instance of the class derived from the
              class, the  is "Test".
             
            
             
             true if the operation is successful; otherwise, false. If this method returns false, the run-
             time binder of the language determines the behavior. (In most cases, a language-specific run-
             time exception is thrown.)
             
        
        
             
             Test if a named property exists
             
            
             
             The property name
             
            
             
             true if the property exists, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Deletes a named property.
             
            
             
             The property to delete.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a new JsObject from a dictionary of key/value paris
             
            
             
             The value to set to the member. For example, for sampleObject.SampleProperty = "Test", where
             sampleObject is an instance of the class derived from the
              class, the  is "Test".
             
            
             
             value as a JsObject.
             
        
        
             
             Returns the enumeration of all dynamic member names.
             
            
             
             A sequence that contains dynamic member names.
             
        
        
             
             The enumerator
             
            
             
             The enumerator.
             
        
        
            
            When true, accessing missing properties will return MissingPropertyValue instead of throwing
            an error.
            
        
        
            
            An object or value to be returned when missing properties are accessed (assuming they are allowed)
            
        
        
            
            When true, the property names will not be case sensitive
            
        
        
            
            The dictionary of properties
            
        
        
             
             Return the value of a named property
             
            
             
             The name.
             
            
             
             The indexed item.
             
        
        
            
            A set of utility functions for testing objects. 
            
        
        
            
            Returns true of the type is a generic nullable type OR string
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Returns true if the object is a string, and appears to be JSON, e.g. it starts with a single
             curly brace.
             
            
             
             The object to test.
             
            
             
             true if json, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Tests whether an object is a common immutable, specifically, value types, strings, and null.
             KeyValuePairs are specifically excluded. (Why?)
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if immutable, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns false if this is a value type, null string, or enumerable (but not Extendable)
             
            
             
             .
             
            
             
             true if extendable type, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns true when a value is "truthy" using same logic as Javascript.
               null = false; empty string = false; "0" string = true; 0 numeric = false; false boolean =
               false.
             
            
             
             The object to test.
             
            
             
             true if truthy, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns true if the object is a primitive numeric type, that is, any primtive except string
             & char.
             
            
             
             The type to test.
             
            
             
             true if numeric type, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns true if the value is a Javascript native type (string, number, bool, datetime)
             
            
             
             The type to test
             
            
             
             true if a Javascript native type, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Combine elements of an array into a single string, separated by a comma.
             
            
             
             The array to join.
             
            
             
             A string separated by a comma.
             
        
        
             
             Combine elements of a sequenceinto a single string, separated by a comma.
             
            
             
             A list of objects.
             
            
             
             A string containging the string representation of each object in the sequence separated by a
             comma.
             
        
        
             
             Test if an object is "Expando-like", e.g. is an IDictionary<string,object>.
             
            
             
             The object to test.
             
            
             
             true if expando, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if an object is a an IDictionary<string,object> that is empty.
             
            
             
             The object to test
             
            
             
             true if empty expando, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if an object is a KeyValuePair<,> (e.g. of any types)
             
            
             
             The object to test
             
            
             
             true if key value pair, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Coerce a javascript object into a Javascript type (null, bool, int, double, datetime, or string). If you know what the 
            type should be, then use Convert instead.
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Convert an object of any value type to the specified type using any known means.
             
            
             
             Thrown when an object cannot be cast to a required type.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The object to convert
             
            
             
             An object of the target type
             
        
        
             
             Convert an object of any value type to the specified type using any known means.
             
            
             
             Thrown when an object cannot be cast to a required type.
             
            
             
             The object to convert
             
             
             The target type
             
            
             
             An object of the target type
             
        
        
             
             Convert an object of any value type to the specified type using any known means.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The object to convert.
             
             
             (optional) the default value.
             
            
             
             An object of the target type.
             
        
        
             
             Try to convert any object to the specified type
             
            
             
             The target type
             
             
             The object or value to convert.
             
             
             [out] The typed value.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Try to convert an object or value to a specified type, using a default value if the
             conversion fails.
             
            
             
             The object or value to convert.
             
             
             [out] The typed value.
             
             
             The type to convert to
             
             
             (optional) the default value.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Returns an Object with the specified Type and whose value is equivalent to the specified
             object.
             
            
             
             This method exists as a workaround to System.Convert.ChangeType(Object, Type) which does not
             handle nullables as of version 2.0 (2.0.50727.42) of the .NET Framework. The idea is that
             this method will be deleted once Convert.ChangeType is updated in a future version of the
             .NET Framework to handle nullable types, so we want this to behave as closely to
             Convert.ChangeType as possible. This method was written by Peter Johnson at:
             http://aspalliance.com/author.aspx?uId=1026.
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more required arguments are null.
             
            
             
             An Object that implements the IConvertible interface.
             
             
             The Type to which value is to be converted.
             
            
             
             An object whose Type is conversionType (or conversionType's underlying type if conversionType
             is Nullable<>) and whose value is equivalent to value. -or- a null reference, if value
             is a null reference and conversionType is not a value type.
             
        
        
             
             Try to parse a string into a valid number
             
            
             
             Thrown when parsing fails
             
            
             
             The value to parse
             
             
             [out] The parsed value type
             
             
             The Type to process.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            Enumerate the values of the properties of an object to a sequence of type T
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Enumerate the values of the properties of an object to a sequence of type T
            
            
            
            All properties with an attribute of these types will be ignored
            
        
        
             
             Return the default value for a type.
             
            
             
             The type
             
            
             
             An value or null
             
        
        
             
             Creates an instance of a type
             
            
             
             The type
             
            
             
             The new instance.
             
        
        
             
             Creates an instance of type
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
            
             
             The new instance< t>
             
        
        
             
             Returns a sequence containing a single element, the object passed by parameter.
             
            
             
             The type of object.
             
             
             The object to add to the sequence.
             
            
             
             A sequence with one element.
             
        
        
             
             Returns an enumeration composed of each object in the parameter list.
             
            
             
             The generic type of the enumeration.
             
             
             The sequence of objects.
             
            
             
             An enumerator that allows foreach to be used to process enumerate< t> in this
             collection.
             
        
        
             
             Enumerates a sequence of objects
             
            
             
             The sequence
             
            
             
             An enumeration.
             
        
        
             
             Returns an empty sequence of the specified type.
             
            
             
             The generic type of the sequence.
             
            
             
             An empty sequence.
             
        
        
             
             Convert (recursively) an IDictionary<string,object> to a dynamic object.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The source dicationary
             
            
             
             A new dynamic object
             
        
        
             
             Combine elements of a sequence into a single string, separated by separator.
             
            
             
             The source sequence.
             
             
             The separator.
             
            
             
             A string.
             
        
        
            
            Deal with datetime values
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Takes a default deserialized value from JavaScriptSerializer and parses it into expando
             objects. This will convert inner array types to strongly-typed arrays; inner object types to
             dynamic objects; and inner date/time value strings to real datetime values.
             
            
             
             The target type.
             
             
             The value.
             
             
             When true, date values will be parsed also. (This is likely problematic because of different
             date conventions).
             
            
             
             The deserialized converted value< t>
             
        
        
            
            Return the proper type for an object (ignoring nullability)
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Convert any IDictionary<string,object> into an expandoobject recursively.
             
            
             
             The type of target to create. It must implementing IDynamicMetaObjectProvider; if it is
             actually the interface IDynamicMetaObjectProvider, then the default dynamic object type will
             be created.
             
             
             The source dictionary
             
             
             .
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Map properties of inputObjects to target. If target is an expando object, it will be updated.
             If not, a new one will be created including the properties of target and inputObjects.
             
            
             
             When true, will clone properties that are objects.
             
             
             The target of the mapping, or null to create a new target
             
             
             One or more objects that are the source of the mapping
             
            
             
             The target object itself, if non-null, or a new dynamic object, if the target is null
             
        
        
             
             Converts a regular object to a dynamic object, or returns the source object if it is already
             a dynamic object.
             
            
             
             
             
            
             
             source as a JsObject.
             
        
        
             
             Converts this object to a dynamic object of type T.
             
            
             
             The type of dynamic object to create; must inherit IDynamicMetaObjectProvider and
             IDictionary<string,object>
             
             
             The object to convert.
             
            
             
             The given data converted to a T.
             
        
        
             
             Converts a regular object to an expando object, or returns the source object if it is already
             an expando object. If "deep" is true, child properties are cloned rather than referenced.
             
            
             
             The object to convert
             
             
             When true, will clone properties that are objects.
             
            
             
             The given data converted to a JsObject.
             
        
        
             
             Converts this object to an expando object of type T.
             
            
             
             The type of object; must inherit IDynamicMetaObjectProvider and IDictionary<string,
             object>
             
             
             The object to convert
             
             
             When true, will clone properties that are objects.
             
            
             
             The given data converted to a T.
             
        
        
             
             Converts this object to an expando object of type T.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The object to convert.
             
             
             When true, will clone properties that are objects.
             
             
             A sequence of Attribute objects that, when any is found on a property, indicate that it should be ignored.
             
            
             
             The given data converted to a T.
             
        
        
             
             Clone an object. For value types, returns the value. For reference types, coverts to a
             dynamic object.
             
            
             
             The source object.
             
            
             
             The value passed or a new dynamic object.
             
        
        
             
             Clone an object. For value types, returns the value. For reference types, coverts to a dynamic object. 
             
            
             
             The source object.
             
             
             When true, will clone properties that are objects.
             
            
             
             The value passed or a new dynamic object.
             
        
        
             
             Remove a property from a dynamic object, or return a copy of the object a a new dynamic object without the property.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The source object
             
             
             The property to delete
             
            
             
             A new dynamic object
             
        
        
            
            Implementation of "Extend" functionality
            
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Implementation of object>expando
            
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Try to parse an english or numeric string into a boolean value
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Creates a new text node.
             
            
             
             The text.
             
            
             
             The new text node.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a comment node.
             
            
             
             The comment.
             
            
             
             The new comment.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new empty document.
             
            
             
             The new document.
             
        
        
             
             Creates CDATA node
             
            
             
             The data.
             
            
             
             The new CDATA node
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new, empty fragment node.
             
            
             
             The new fragment.
             
        
        
            
            A formatter that converts a DOM to a basic plain-text version.
            
        
        
            
            Interface for an OutputFormatter. This is an object that renders a CsQuery tree to a TextWriter
            
        
        
             
             Renders this object to the passed TextWriter
             
            
             
             The node.
             
             
             The writer.
             
        
        
             
             Renders this object and returns the output as a string
             
            
             
             The node.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML
             
        
        
             
             Renders this object to the passed TextWriter.
             
            
             
             The node.
             
             
             The writer.
             
        
        
             
             Renders this object and returns the output as a string.
             
            
             
             The node.
             
            
             
             A string of HTML.
             
        
        
             
             Adds the contents to 'node' to the StringBuilder.
             
            
             
             The StringBuilder.
             
             
             The node.
             
             
             true to skip any leading whitespace for this node.
             
        
        
             
             Converts the newline characters in a string to standard system line endings
             
            
             
             The text.
             
            
             
             The converted string
             
        
        
             
             Removes trailing whitespace in this StringBuilder
             
            
             
             The StringBuilder.
             
        
        
             
             Clean a string fragment for output as text
             
            
             
             The text.
             
            
             
             The clean text
             
        
        
            
            Abstract base class for custom HTML encoder implementations
            
        
        
            
            Interface for HTML encoder/decoder
            
        
        
             
             Encodes text as HTML, writing the processed output to the TextWriter.
             
            
             
             The text to be encoded.
             
             
             The target for the ouput
             
        
        
             
             Determines of a character must be encoded; if so, encodes it as the output parameter and
             returns true; if not, returns false.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] The encoded string.
             
            
             
             True if the character was encoded.
             
        
        
             
             Determines of a character must be encoded (for unicode chars using astral planes); if so,
             encodes it as the output parameter and returns true; if not, returns false. This method will
             be passed the integral representation of the mult-byte unicode character. If the method
             returns false, then the character will be output as the orginal two-byte sequence.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] The encoded string.
             
            
             
             True if the character was encoded.
             
        
        
             
             Encodes text as HTML, writing the processed output to the TextWriter.
             
            
             
             The text to be encoded.
             
             
             The target for the ouput.
             
        
        
            
            Standard HTML encoder. This parses less-than, greater-than, ampersand, double-qoute, and non-
            breaking space into HTML entities, plus all characters above ascii 160 into ther HTML numeric-
            coded equivalent.
            
        
        
             
             Determines of a character must be encoded; if so, encodes it as the output parameter and
             returns true; if not, returns false.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] The encoded string.
             
            
             
             True if the character was encoded.
             
        
        
             
             Determines of a character must be encoded (for unicode chars using astral planes); if so,
             encodes it as the output parameter and returns true; if not, returns false. This method will
             be passed the integral representation of the mult-byte unicode character. If the method
             returns false, then the character will be output as the orginal two-byte sequence.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] The encoded string.
             
            
             
             True if the character was encoded.
             
        
        
             
             Encodes an integer as an HTML numeric coded entity e.g. &#nnn;
             
            
             
             The value.
             
            
             
             An HTML string.
             
        
        
            
            Full HTML encoder. All entities with known HTML codes are parsed; everything above 160
            becomes an HTML numeric-coded entity.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Determines of a character must be encoded; if so, encodes it as the output parameter and
             returns true; if not, returns false.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] The encoded string.
             
            
             
             True if the character was encoded.
             
        
        
            
            Minimum HTML encoder. This only parses the absolute minimum required for correct
            interpretation (less-than, greater-than, ampersand). Everthing else is passed through.
            
        
        
             
             Determines of a character must be encoded; if so, encodes it as the output parameter and
             returns true; if not, returns false.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] The encoded string.
             
            
             
             True if the character was encoded.
             
        
        
             
             Overrides default astral plane encoding, causing unicode characters to never be HTML encoded.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] Null always (never encodes)
             
            
             
             False always (never encodes)
             
        
        
            
            Minimum HTML encoder (including nonbreaking space). This only parses the absolute minimum
            required for correct interpretation (less-than, greater-than, ampersand), plus non-breaking
            space. Everthing else is passed through.
            
        
        
             
             Determines of a character must be encoded; if so, encodes it as the output parameter and
             returns true; if not, returns false.
             
            
             
             The text string to encode.
             
             
             [out] The encoded string.
             
            
             
             True if the character was encoded.
             
        
        
            
            Minimum HTML encoder. This only parses the absolute minimum required for correct
            interpretation (less-than, greater-than, ampersand). Everthing else is passed through.
            
        
        
             
             Encodes text as HTML, writing the processed output to the TextWriter.
             
            
             
             The text to be encoded.
             
             
             The target for the ouput.
             
        
        
            
            Factory for HTML encoders included with CsQuery
            
        
        
            
            The standard HTML encoder; encodes most entities, and any characters that are above ascii 160.
            
        
        
            
            The minimum HTML encoder; only encodes left-caret, right-caret, and ampersand. All other
            characters are passed through.
            
        
        
            
            The same as the minimum HTML encoder, but also encodes nonbreaking space (ascii 160 becomes
             ).
            
        
        
            
            No HTML encoding -- all characters are passed through. Will likely produce invalid HTML.
            
        
        
            
            Full HTML encoding -- all entities mapped to their named (not numeric) entities when
            available.
            
        
        
            
            The default HTML encoder
            
        
        
            
            Default output formatter.
            
        
        
             
             Abstract base class constructor.
             
            
             
             Options for controlling the operation.
             
             
             The encoder.
             
        
        
            
            Creates the default OutputFormatter using default DomRenderingOption values and default HtmlEncoder
            
        
        
             
             Renders the object to the textwriter.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
            
             
             The node.
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the object to a string.
             
            
             
             The node.
             
            
             
             A string.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the HTML representation of this element and its children.
             
            
             
             The element to render.
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
             
             true to include, false to exclude the children.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the children of this element.
             
            
             
             The element to render.
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the HTML representation of this element and its children. (This is the implementation -
             it will not flush the stack)
             
            
             
             The element to render.
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
             
             true to include, false to exclude the children.
             
        
        
             
             Adds the element close tag to the output stack.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
        
        
             
             Process the output stack.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is unimplemented.
             
        
        
             
             Renders a sequence of elements.
             
            
             
             The elements.
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the element close tag.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
        
        
             
             Renders all the children of the passed node.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the text node.
             
            
             
             The text node.
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
             
             true to raw.
             
        
        
             
             Renders a CDATA node.
             
            
             
             The element to render
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the comment node.
             
            
             
             The element to render
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
        
        
             
             Renders the document type node.
             
            
             
             The element to render
             
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
        
        
             
             Render an attribute.
             
            
             
             The writer to which output is written.
             
             
             The name of the attribute.
             
             
             The attribute value.
             
             
             true to require quotes around the attribute value, false to use quotes only if needed.
             
        
        
            
            Merge options with defaults when needed.
            
        
        
             
             Sets document type.
             
            
             
             The element to render.
             
        
        
            
            Stack of the output tree
            
        
        
            
            An element that captures the state of a element on the output stack.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             The element.
             
             
             true if this object is raw.
             
             
             true if this object is close.
             
        
        
            
            The element.
            
        
        
            
            The text node should be output as raw (un-encoded) text.
            
        
        
            
            The is a closing tag only.
            
        
        
            
            Factory for OuputFormatters included with CsQuery.
            
        
        
             
             Creates an instance of the default OutputFormatter using the options passed.
             
            
             
             (optional) options for controlling the operation.
             
             
             (optional) the encoder.
             
            
             
             An OutputFormatter.
             
        
        
             
             Creates an instance of the default OutputFormatter using the options passed and the default encoder.
             
            
             
             (optional) options for controlling the operation.
             
            
             
             An OutputFormatter.
             
        
        
             
             Creates an instance of the default OutputFormatter using the default options and the encoder
             passed.
             
            
             
             (optional) the encoder.
             
            
             
             An OutputFormatter.
             
        
        
             
             Merge options with defaults when needed
             
            
             
             (optional) options for controlling the operation.
             
        
        
            
            Gets an instance of the default OuputFormatter configured with the default HTML encoder and options
            
        
        
            
            Gets an instance of the default OuputFormatter configured with no HTML encoding
            
        
        
            
            Gets an instance of the default OuputFormatter configured with basic encoding
            
        
        
            
            Gets an instance of the default OuputFormatter configured for full HTML encoding
            
        
        
            
            Gets an instance of the default OutputFormatter, using the minimum HTML encoding scheme.
            
        
        
            
            Gets an instance of the default OutputFormatter, using the minimum HTML + NBSP encoding scheme.
            
        
        
            
            An OutputFormatter that returns a basic ASCII version of the HTML document.
            
        
        
            
            A Deferred object. Deferred objects implement the IPromise interface, and have methods for
            resolving or rejecting the promise.
            
        
        
            
            A promise is an object exposing "Then" which will be called on the resoluton of a particular process.
            
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will be chained to this promise.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will be chained to this promise.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
            
            Default constuctor for a Deferred object.
            
        
        
            
            The thread locker object
            
        
        
            
            The next deferred objected in the chain; resolved or rejected when any bound delegate is
            resolved or rejected./.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates whether this object has been resolved yet. A null value means unresolved; true or
            false indicate success or failure.
            
        
        
            
            The parameter that was passed with a resolution or rejection.
            
        
        
             
             Resolves the promise.
             
            
             
             (optional) a value passed to the promise delegate
             
        
        
             
             Rejects the promise
             
            
             
             (optional) a value passed to the promise delegate.
             
        
        
             
             Chains a delegate to be invoked upon resolution or failure of the Deferred promise object.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will be chained to this promise.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will be chained to this promise.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the parameters that should be invoked on the success/fail delegate.
             
            
             
             When true, the target delegate has parameters and this should return a non-null result.
             
            
             
             The parameters.
             
        
        
            
            Implementation of the Resolve function.
            
        
        
            
            Implementation of the Reject function
            
        
        
            
            The success delegate
            
        
        
            
            The failure delegate
            
        
        
            
            When false (default), errors thrown during promise resoluton will be turned into a rejected
            promise. If this is true, no error handling will occur, meaning that errors could bubble, or
            in the event that a promise was resolved by an asynchronous event, be unhandled. Typically,
            you would only want this to be false when debugging, as it could result in unhandled
            exceptions.
            
        
        
             
             A strongly-typed deferred object
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
        
        
             
             Interface for a promise that accepts a strongly-typed parameter.
             
            
             
             The type of data accepted by the resolution parameter.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise
             
            
             
             The success delegate.
             
             
             (optional) the failure delegate.
             
            
             
             A promise
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The success delegate.
             
             
             (optional) the failure delegate.
             
            
             
             A promise.
             
        
        
             
             Bind delegates to the success or failure of a promise
             
            
             
             The success delegate
             
             
             (optional) the failure delegate
             
            
             
             A new promise that resolves when the current promise resolves.
             
        
        
             
             Bind delegates to the success or failure of a promise
             
            
             
             The success delegate
             
             
             (optional) the failure delegate
             
            
             
             A new promise that resolves when the current promise resolves.
             
        
        
             
             An action accepting a single parameter that runs on a promise resolution.
             
            
             
             The type of the parameter
             
             
             The parameter.
             
        
        
             
             An action accepting a single parameter that runs on a promise resolution, and returns another
             promise.
             
            
             
             The type of the parameter
             
             
             The parameter.
             
            
             
             A new promise that can be chained.
             
        
        
            
            A promise that resolves or fails after a certain amount of time
            
        
        
            
            A promise that resolves or fails after a certain amount of time
            
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that rejects after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that rejects with the provided parameter value after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             The parameter value.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that resolves or rejects with the provided parameter value after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             true to resolve the promise on the timeout, false to reject it.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that resolves or rejects with the provided parameter value after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             The parameter value.
             
             
             true to resolve the promise on the timeout, false to reject it.
             
        
        
             
             Stops the timer with the specified resolution.
             
            
             
             True to resolve the promise, false to reject it.
             
        
        
            
            Stops the timer with it's default resolution
            
        
        
             
             Event handler called when the specified time has elapsed.
             
            
             
             The timer object.
             
             
             Elapsed event information.
             
        
        
            
            Completes the promise promise using the specified resolution
            
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that rejects after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that rejects with the provided parameter value after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             The parameter value.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that resolves or rejects with the provided parameter value after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             true to resolve the promise on the timeout, false to reject it.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new Timeout that resolves or rejects with the provided parameter value after the specified time.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             The parameter value.
             
             
             true to resolve the promise on the timeout, false to reject it.
             
        
        
            
            A static provider for methods that produce Promise-related objects
            
        
        
             
             Returns a new Deferred object, an object containing a promise and resolver methods.
             
            
             
             A new Deferred object.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a new Deferred object, an object containing a promise and resolver methods.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter determining the type of parameter that will be passed to the resolvers
             
            
             
             A new Deferred object
             
        
        
             
             Returns a new promise that resolves when all of the promises passed by parameter have resolved
             
            
             
             One or more IPromise objects
             
            
             
             A new IPromise object
             
        
        
             
             Returns a new promise that resolves when all of the promises passed by parameter have
             resolved, or when the time has elapsed
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             One or more IPromise objects.
             
            
             
             A new IPromise object.
             
        
        
             
             Return a promise that fails after the specified time. This is like Timer, but fails rather
             than succeeds after the time has elapsed.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
            
             
             A promise.
             
        
        
             
             Return a promise that resolves successfully after the specified time. 
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
            
             
             A promise.
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether objects in the Promises library should be created in
            debug mode. This affects Deferred.FailOnResolutionExceptions.
            
        
        
            
            A promise that resolves when one or more other promises have all resolved
            
        
        
             
             Constructor
             
            
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing promises that must all resolve
             
        
        
             
             Constructor to create a promise that resolves when one or more other promises have all
             resolved or a timeout elapses.
             
            
             
             The timeout in milliseconds.
             
             
             A variable-length parameters list containing promises that must all resolve.
             
        
        
            
            When false, means one or more of the promises was rejected, and the All will be rejected.
            
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will be chained to this promise.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will be chained to this promise.
             
        
        
             
             Chains delegates that will be executed on success or failure of a promise.
             
            
             
             The delegate to call upon successful resolution of the promise.
             
             
             (optional) The delegate to call upon unsuccessful resolution of the promise.
             
            
             
             A new promise which will resolve when this promise has resolved.
             
        
        
            
            Called when a client promise is resolved.
            
        
        
            
            Called when a client promise is rejected.
            
        
        
            
            A static class to provide attribute information about characters, e.g. determining whether or
            not it belongs to a number of predefined classes. This creates an array of every possible
            character with a uint that is a bitmap (of up to 32 possible values)
            This permits very fast access to this information since it only needs to be looked up via an
            index. Uses an array of 65536 uints = 256K of memory.
            
        
        
            
            Configuration of the xref of character info. This sets bitflags in the "characterFlags" array
            for every unicode value that defines its attributes. This creates a lookup table allowing
            very rapid access to metadata about a single character, useful during string-parsing and
            scanning.
            
        
        
            
            An array of all HTML "space" characters.
            
        
        
             
             Creates a new instance of the CharacterInfo class
             
            
             
             The new character information.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new instance of the CharacterInfo class.
             
            
             
             The character to bind to the new instance.
             
            
             
             A new CharacterInfo instance.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new StringInfo instance
             
            
             
             The new StringInfo instance
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new StringInfo instance bound to a string
             
            
             
             The string to bind.
             
            
             
             The new StringInfo instance.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether a character matches a set of flags defined by the paramter
             
            
             
             The character to test
             
             
             The type to which to compare the character
             
            
             
             true if the character matches the flags in the test type, false if not
             
        
        
             
             Gets a type with all flags set for the types implemented by this character
             
            
             
             The character to test
             
            
             
             The type.
             
        
        
             
             Return the closing character for a set of known opening enclosing characters (including
             single and double quotes)
             
            
             
             Thrown when the character is not a known opening bound
             
            
             
             The opening bound character
             
            
             
             The closing bound character
             
        
        
             
             Return the matching bound for known opening and closing bound characters (same as Closer, but
             accepts closing tags and returns openers)
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The opening bound character
             
            
             
             The matching close character
             
        
        
             
             Sets the bits for ISO 10646.
             
            
             
             the target
             
        
        
             
             Matches anything but the first character for a valid HTML attribute name.
             
            
             
             the target
             
        
        
            
            We omit ":" as a valid name start character because it makes pseudoselectors impossible to parse.
            
            
        
        
            
            Similar to above, we omit "." as a valid in-name char because it breaks chained CSS selectors.
            
        
        
            
            Add the : back in when actually parsing html
            
            
        
        
            
            Add the . back in when actually parsing html
            
            
        
        
            
            Bitfield of flags for specifying characteristics of a single character
            
        
        
            
            Whitespace
            
        
        
            
            Alpha charactersonly
            
        
        
            
            Numeric characters only
            
        
        
            
            Numbers plus non-numeric characters that can be part of a number
            
        
        
            
            Lowercase only
            
        
        
            
            Uppercase only.
            
        
        
            
            A mathematical operator; something that can be part of a math formiul;a.
            
        
        
            
            A character that has a mate, such as ( or ].
            
        
        
            
            A single or double quote.
            
        
        
            
            Backslash.
            
        
        
            
            Comma, space or pipe.
            
        
        
            
            ISO10646 character set excluding numbers
            
        
        
            
            Something that can be the first character of an HTML tag selector (not tag name).
            
        
        
            
            Something that can be anthing other than the 1st character of an HTML tag selector.
            
        
        
            
            A character that marks the end of an HTML tag opener (e.g. the end of the entire tag, or
            the beginning of the attribute section)
            
            
        
        
            
            <, >, or / -- any character that's part of the construct of an html tag; 
            finding one of these while seeking attribute names means the tag was closed.
            
        
        
            
            Something that can be the first character of a legal HTML tag name.
            
        
        
            
            Something that can be anything other than the 1st character of a legal  HTML tag name.
            
        
        
            
            Something that can be a character of a legal HTML ID value.
            
        
        
            
            Terminates a selector or part of a selector
            
        
        
            
            An HTML "space" is actually different from "white space" which is defined in the HTML5 spec
            as UNICODE whitespace and is a lot of characters. But we are generally only concerned with
            "space" characters which delimit parts of tags and so on.
            
        
        
            
            A character that must be HTML encoded to create valid HTML
            
        
        
            
            A character that will terminate an unquoted HTML attribute value.
            
        
        
            
            Part of a hex string
            
        
        
            
            Extension methods used by CsQuery but not specialized enough to be considered useful for clients; therefore
            in a separate namespace.
            
        
        
            
            Returns the text between startIndex and endIndex (exclusive of endIndex)
            
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Returns the text between startIndex and endIndex (exclusive of endIndex)
             
            
             
             The source text
             
             
             The start index
             
             
             The end index
             
            
             
             The substring, or an empty string if the range was not within the string.
             
        
        
            
            An interface that describes characterstics of a single character.
            
        
        
             
             Interface for a strongly typed IValueInfo
             
            
             
             The type of value
             
        
        
            
            Interface for characterstics of a value, either a single character or a string.
            
        
        
            
            The value is alphabetic
            
        
        
            
            The value is numeric.
            
        
        
            
            The value is numeric, or characters that can be parts of numbers (+,-,.)
            
        
        
             
            The value is all lowercase
             
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the cvale upper.
            
        
        
            
            The value is whitespace.
            
        
        
            
            The value is alphanumeric.
            
        
        
            
            The value is a math operator
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that a character is alphabetic-like character defined as a-z, A-Z, hyphen,
            underscore, and ISO 10646 code U+00A1 and higher. (per characters allowed in CSS identifiers)
            
        
        
            
            The bound character or string for this instance. This is the character against which all
            tests are performed.
            
        
        
            
            The target of the tests.
            
        
        
            
            The character is an opening or closing parenthesis.
            
        
        
            
            The character is an enclosing type such as a parenthesis or curly brace (anything which has a
            matching close that's not the same as the opening; this specifically excludes single and
            double-quote characters).
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the character is any bounding type (includes all Enclosing types, plus quotes).
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the character is a quote.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the character is a separator (a space, or pipe)
            
        
        
            
            An interface for pattern matching.
            
            Something implementing this interface will be used as follows:
            
            First, Initialize is called, passing in the source and the starting index where scanning
            should begin.
            
            The Validate function then scans the string, and returns true if a valid match is found, and
            false if not.
            
            The Result property should be populated by the function with the matching string, and the
            EndIndex property should be populated with the last position scanned (one after the last
            valid character that was returned). If no valid string was matched, EndIndex should equal the
            original StartIndex.
            
        
        
             
             Initializes the pattern
             
            
             
             The start index.
             
             
             Source for the.
             
        
        
             
             Validate the string and try to match something.
             
            
             
             true if a matching string was found, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             When a valid string was found, the string.
             
            
             
             A string.
             
        
        
             
             Gets zero-based index of the ending postion. This is one position after the last matching
             character.
             
            
             
             The end index.
             
        
        
            
            A class that provides methods with metadata about a character.
            
        
        
            
            Create a new unbound CharacterInfo class
            
        
        
             
             Create a new CharacterInfo class bound to a character.
             
            
             
             The character.
             
        
        
             
             CharacterInfo casting operator: creates a new instance from a single character
             
            
             
             The character to bind to the new CharacterInfo class
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new CharacterInfo instance from a character
             
            
             
             The character to bind to this instance.
             
            
             
             A new CharacterInfo object
             
        
        
             
             Returns a string that is the current target
             
            
             
             The current target as a string
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets bound character for this instance. This is the character against which all tests
            are performed.
            
        
        
            
            Flags indicating the use of this character.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the character is alphabetic, e.g. a-z, A-Z
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the bound character is numeric only, e.g. 0-9
            
        
        
            
            Test whether the character is numeric or part of a complete number, e.g. also includes '+', '-
            ' and '.'.
            
        
        
            
            Test whether the character is lower-case
            
        
        
            
            Test whether the character is upper-case
            
        
        
            
            Test whether the character is whitespace. This is really HTML5 "space" and not ANSI
            whitespace which. HTML5 space is much more restrictive; this is generally used to test
            whether a character delimits an entity during HTML/CSS/HTML-related parsing.
            
        
        
            
            The value is alphanumeric.
            
        
        
            
            The value is a math operator.
            
        
        
            
            Enclosing, plus double and single quotes
            
        
        
            
            Tests whether the character is an enclosing/bounding type, one of:
            ()[]{}<>`´“”«».
            
        
        
            
            Tests whether the bound character is a single- or double-quote
            
        
        
            
            Tests whether the bound character is an opening or closing parenthesis.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the character is a separator (a space, or pipe)
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that a character is alphabetic-like character defined as a-z, A-Z, hyphen,
            underscore, and ISO 10646 code U+00A1 and higher. (per characters allowed in CSS identifiers)
            
        
        
            
            Abstract base class for IExpectPattern. This implements some helper functions that are commonly used by patterns.
            
        
        
            
            ICharacterInfo wrapper arond the current character. This class provides methods to test a
            character for certain properties.
            
        
        
            
            The source string being scanned
            
        
        
            
            The starting index within the source string
            
        
        
            
            The total length of the source string
            
        
        
             
             Initializes the pattern. This is called before any scanning begins.
             
            
             
             The index within the source string to begin scanning.
             
             
             The source string.
             
        
        
             
             Run the validation against the passed string
             
            
             
             Returns true if the pattern defined by this class is successfully matched, and false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Test if a string matches a substring in the source
             
            
             
             The index within the source string to begin scanning.
             
             
             The substring to match
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Copy the source to an output string between startIndex and endIndex (exclusive), optionally
             unescaping part of it.
             
            
             
             The starting index to begin copying.
             
             
             The ending index
             
             
             true to honor quotes within the output string, false to treat them as any other characer.
             
            
             
             The ouput.
             
        
        
             
             Copy the source to an output string between startIndex and endIndex (exclusive), optionally
             unescaping part of it.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The starting index to begin copying.
             
             
             The ending index.
             
             
             true to honor quotes within the output string, false to treat them as any other characer.
             
             
             true to strip quotes.
             
            
             
             The ouput.
             
        
        
             
             Try parse escape character.
             
            
             
             The character.
             
             
             [out] The new value.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Gets or sets zero-based index of the ending postion. This is one position after the last
             matching character.
             
            
             
             The end index.
             
        
        
             
             When a valid string was found, the string.
             
            
             
             A string.
             
        
        
            
            A StringInfo object: provides methods to test a string for certain properties.
            
        
        
            
            Interface that describes characterstics of a string
            
        
        
            
            The string is a valid HTML attribute name
            
        
        
            
            The string contains alpha characters.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor using the string passed
             
            
             
             The target of the new StringInfo object.
             
        
        
             
             Create a new StringInfo for the string passed
             
            
             
             The target of the new StringInfo object.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new StringInfo for the string passed
             
            
             
             The target of the new StringInfo object
             
            
             
             A new StringInfo object
             
        
        
            
            Information describing the character.
            
        
        
             
             Tests each character in the current target against a function
             
            
             
             The function.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            Test whether a character is alphabetic
            
        
        
            
            Test whether a character is an operator
            
        
        
            
            The is alpha ISO 10646.
            
        
        
             
             Returns the target of this StringInfo object
             
            
             
             A string 
             
        
        
            
            The string which is being tested
            
        
        
            
            The value is alphabetic.
            
        
        
            
            The value is numeric.
            
        
        
            
            The value is numeric, or characters that can be parts of numbers (+,-,.)
            
        
        
            
            The value is all lowercase.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the cvale upper.
            
        
        
            
            The value is whitespace.
            
        
        
            
            The value is alphanumeric.
            
        
        
            
            The value is a math operator.
            
        
        
            
            The string contains alpha characters.
            
        
        
            
            The string is a valid HTML attribute name.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that a character is alphabetic-like character defined as a-z, A-Z, hyphen,
            underscore, and ISO 10646 code U+00A1 and higher. (per characters allowed in CSS identifiers)
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the target is non-null and non-empty.
            
        
        
            
            String scanner engine. A lexical scanner to match complex patterns.
            
        
        
            
            Interface defining a StringScanner - a lexical scanner
            
        
        
             
             Returns the character after the current character
             
            
             
             A character
             
        
        
             
             Causes the next action to permit quoting -- if the first character is a quote character, stop
             characters between there and the next matching quote character will be ignored.
             
            
             
             true if the next value is quoted, false if not
             
        
        
            
            If the pointer is current on whitespace, advance to the next non-whitespace character. If the
            pointer is not on whitespace, do nothing.
            
        
        
            
            Advance the pointer to the next character that is not whitespace. This differes from
            SkipShitespace in that this always advances the pointer.
            
        
        
             
             Advance the pointer by one character.
             
            
             
             true if the pointer can be advanced again, false if it is after the last position.
             
        
        
             
             Move the pointer back one position.
             
            
             
             true if the pointer can be moved back again, false if it is at the origin.
             
        
        
             
             Moves the pointer by a specific number of characters, forward or reverse.
             
            
             
             A positive or negative integer.
             
            
             
             true if the pointer is not at the origin or after the end of the string, false otherwise.
             
        
        
            
            Undo the last operation
            
        
        
            
            Moves the pointer past the last character postion.
            
        
        
             
             Throw an error if the current scanner is not finished.
             
            
             
             (optional) message describing the error.
             
        
        
             
             Throw an error if the current scanner is finished.
             
            
             
             (optional) message describing the error.
             
        
        
            
            Resets the pointer to the origin and clear any state information about the scanner. This sets
            the internal state as if it had just been created.
            
        
        
             
             Test that the text starting at the current position matches the passed text.
             
            
             
             The text to match
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Test that the text starting at the current position is any of the strings passed.
             
            
             
             A sequence of strings to match
             
            
             
             true if one of, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Seeks until a specific character is found. The Match string becomes everything from the
             current position, through the position before the matched character. If the scanner is
             already at the end, an exception is thrown.
             
            
             
             The character to seek.
             
             
             When true, the end of the string is a valid match. When false, the end of the string will
             cause an exception.
             
            
             
             The current string scanner.
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new scanner from the current match.
             
            
             
             A new IStringScanner
             
        
        
             
             Creates a new scanner from the current match.
             
            
             
             The template.
             
            
             
             A new IStringScanner.
             
        
        
             
             Assert that the text matches the string starting at the current position. The pointer is
             advanced to the first position beyond the matching text. If it does not, an ArgumentException
             is thrown.
             
            
             
             The text to match.
             
            
             
             The current StringScanner.
             
        
        
             
             Assert that the text matches the pattern defined by an IExpectPattern object. The pointer is
             advanced until the pattern stops matching. If it does not, an ArgumentException is thrown.
             
            
             
             A pattern specifying the.
             
            
             
             The current StringScanner.
             
        
        
             
             Assert that at least one character starting at the current position validates using a
             function delegate. The pointer advances until the delegate returns false. If it does not, an
             ArgumentException is thrown.
             
            
             
             The validate.
             
            
             
             The current StringScanner.
             
        
        
             
             Assert that the current character matches the character passed. The pointer is advanced by
             one position. If it does not, an ArgumentException is thrown.
             
            
             
             The character to seek.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
             
             Assert that the current character matches any of the characters passed. The pointer is
             advanced by one position. If it does not, an ArgumentException is thrown.
             
            
             
             The characters to match
             
            
             
             The current string scanner.
             
        
        
             
             Assert that there is a pattern that matches a number starting at the current position. The
             pointer is advanced to the position after the end of the number. If it does not, an
             ArgumentException is thrown.
             
            
             
             (optional) Indicates if whitespace is the only valid terminator. If true, an
             ArgumentException will be thrown if the first character that terminates the number is not
             whitespace. If false, any character that is invalid as part of a number will stop matching
             with no error.
             
            
             
             The current string scanner.
             
        
        
             
             Assert that the current pattern is alphabetic until the next whitespace.
             
            
             
             The current string scanner.
             
        
        
             
             Asser that the current pattern is bounded by the start and end characters passed
             
            
             
             The start bound character
             
             
             The end bound character
             
             
             (optional) True if the contents of the bounds can be quoted
             
            
             
             The current string scanner
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text that the scanner acts upon
            
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the text that this scanner acts upon.
             
            
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scanner should ignore whitespace. When true, it
            is skipped automatically.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the length of the text bound to this scanner.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the current zero-based position of the scanner.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the zero-based index of the scanner before the last operation.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the current character.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the next character, or an empty string if the pointer is at the end of the string.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the current match string (usually, the text between the prior pointer position and the
            current pointer position, possibly excluding whitespace. This depends on the last operation).
            
        
        
            
            Gets the match prior to the curren one.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the pointer is after the end of the string.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether at the last character of the string.
            
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the last operation succeeded. Since failure throws an error,
            this is generally useful only if errors are trapped.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the error message when the prior operation failed.
            
        
        
            
            CharacterInfo object bound to the character at the current index.
            
        
        
            
            Create a new StringScannerEngine with no configuration
            
        
        
             
             Create a new StringScannerEngine for a string
             
            
             
             The string to scan
             
        
        
             
             Create a new StringScannerEngine for a string
             
            
             
             The string to scan.
             
        
        
            
            Common configuration tasks for all constructors.
            
        
        
            
            Causes the next action to permit quoting -- if the first character is a quote character, stop characters between there
            and the next matching quote character will be ignored.
            
        
        
            
            Creates a new stringscanner instance from the current match
            
            
        
        
             
             Creates a new StringScanner instance from a string that is formatted using the current match
             as the single format argument.
             
            
             
             Thrown when the prior operation failed.
             
            
             
             The string to use as a template
             
            
             
             A new StringScanner
             
        
        
             
             Test that the text starting at the current position matches the passed text.
             
            
             
             The text to match
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Test that the text starting at the current position is any of the strings passed.
             
            
             
             A sequence of strings to match
             
            
             
             true if one of, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Seeks until a specific character is found. The Match string becomes everything from the
             current position, through the position before the matched character. If the scanner is
             already at the end, an exception is thrown.
             
            
             
             The character to seek.
             
             
             When true, the end of the string is a valid match. When false, the end of the string will
             cause an exception.
             
            
             
             The current string scanner.
             
        
        
            
            If the current character is whitespace, advances to the next non whitespace. Otherwise, nothing happens.
            
        
        
            
            Advances to the next non-whitespace character
            
        
        
            
            Moves pointer forward one character, or to the position after the next match.
            
            
        
        
            
            Returns to the state before the last Expect. This is not affected by manual Next/Prev operations
            
            
        
        
            
            Moves the pointer past the last character postion.
            
        
        
            
            If current character (or next non-whitespace character) is not the expected value, then an error is thrown
            
            
            
            
        
        
            If one of the current characters (or next non-whitespace character) is not the expected value, then an error is thrown
        
        
             
             Starting with the current character, treats text as a number, seeking until the next
             character that would terminate a valid number.
             
            
             
             (optional) the require whitespace terminator.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
            
            Starting with the current character, seeks until a non-alpha character is found
            
            
        
        
             
             Continue seeking as long as the delegate returns true.
             
            
             
             A class specifying the pattern to match.
             
            
             
             The string scanner.
             
        
        
             
             Continue seeking as long as the delegate returns True.
             
            
             
             A pattern matching function
             
            
             
             This IStringScanner instance
             
        
        
             
             Expects a string bounded by the character at the current postion. If the current character is
             a bounding character, then the pattern will match until the matching closing bound character
             is found, e.g. () [] {} <>. For non-bounding characters, the pattern will match until
             the same character is found again.
             
            
             
             The position to start scanning.
             
             
             The last position.
             
             
             (optional) the allow quoting.
             
            
             
             The bounded by.
             
        
        
             
             The single character bound will be matched with a closing char for () [] {} <> or the
             same char for anything else.
             
            
             
             .
             
             
             (optional) the allow quoting.
             
            
             
             The bounded by.
             
        
        
             
             Require that the text starting at the current position matches a pattern which is bounded by
             a specific character, with the inner value opotionally quoted with a quote character ' or ".
             
            
             
             The bounding character.
             
             
             (optional) the allow quoting.
             
            
             
             The current string scanner.
             
        
        
             
             Cache the last pos before an attempted operation,.
             
            
             
             Thrown when there is already something cached.
             
        
        
            
            Sets the current position, updates the last pos from cache, and clears any current match. If the cached position is the same
            as the current position, nothing is done.
            
        
        
            
            Restores position from cache
            
        
        
            
            When true, the next seek should honor quotes
            
        
        
             
             Gets or sets the text that the scanner acts upon.
             
            
             
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the length of the text bound to this scanner.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the current zero-based position of the scanner.
            
        
        
            
            Return the character at the current scanning position without advancing the pointer. Throw an error
            if the pointer is at the end of the string.
            
        
        
            
            Return the character at the current scanning position without advancing the pointer. If the pointer is
            at the end of the string, return an empty string.
            
        
        
            
            The string or character that has been matched.
            
        
        
            
            The string or character matched prior to last operation
            
        
        
            
            The current position is after the last character
            
        
        
            
            The current position is on the last character
            
        
        
            
            The character at the current position is alphabetic
            
        
        
            
            Match functions. These are used with StringScanner to parse out expected strings. A basic
            match function accepts an int and a char, and is eand returns true as long as the character
            is valid for that position in the string. Many patterns have different valid first characters
            versus later characters. The function will be called beginning with index zero, and continue
            to be called until it returns false, indicating that the end of a pattern that matches that
            concept has been reached.
            
            More complex patterns require a memory of the previous state, for example, to know whether
            quoting is in effect. the IExpectPattern interface describes a class to match more complex
            patterns.
            
        
        
             
             Return true while the string is alphabetic, e.g. contains only letters.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the current position in the string.
             
             
             The character at the current position.
             
            
             
             True if the current character is valid for this pattern, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a pattern that matches numbers.
             
            
             
             (optional) when true, only whitespace can terminate this number. When false, any non-numeric character will succesfully terminate the pattern.
             
            
             
             The total number of ber.
             
        
        
             
             Gets an expect pattern for a string that's an HTML attribte name
             
            
             
             An expect pattern
             
        
        
             
             Gets an expect pattern for a string that's a valid  HTML tag selector.
             
            
             
             An expect pattern
             
        
        
             
             Gets an expect pattern for a string that's bounded by the provided values.
             
            
             
             (optional) the bound start.
             
             
             (optional) the bound end.
             
             
             (optional) the honor inner quotes.
             
            
             
             An expect pattern
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the character is whitespace.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the current position in the string. Not used for this test.
             
             
             The character at the current position.
             
            
             
             true if it is whitespace, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the character is a quote character.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the current position in the string.
             
             
             The character at the current position.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the character is a bound character.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the current position in the string.
             
             
             The character at the current position.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Gets an expect patter for a quoted string.
             
            
             
             An expect pattern
             
        
        
             
             A matching function that validates 
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of the.
             
             
             The character.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Returns a pattern matching a string that is optionally quoted. If terminators are passed, any
             character in that string will terminate seeking.
             
            
             
             (optional) the terminators.
             
            
             
             An expect pattern
             
        
        
             
             Test whether the character is an operator.
             
            
             
             Zero-based index of this character's position. Not used for this test.
             
             
             The character.
             
            
             
             true if it is an operator, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            Gets an expect pattern for a string that's bounded by known bounding characters, and has
            quoted content.
            
        
        
             
             Matches a valid CSS class: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#characters Does not
             currently deal with escaping though.
             
            
             
             The name of the CSS class.
             
        
        
            
            Matches anything that is bounded by accepted bounding characters
            
        
        
            
            A pattern that matches a valid CSS class name
            
        
        
            
            Match a string pattern against a particular character validation function, but allow the backslash to escape 
            any character.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor -- simply parses escapes until the end of the string
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Match a pattern for a CSS class name selector
            TODO - doesn't validate hyphen-digit combo.
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            A pattern that matches a valid HTML attribute name.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Match a pattern for an attribute name selector
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            ID can contain any character other than a space; however, a selector is bounded by other terminators.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
             
             Match a pattern for a valid HTML ID.
             
            
             
             The index to match
             
             
             The character to match
             
            
             
             true if valid identifier, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            A pattern that matches a valid HTML tag selector.
            
        
        
            
            Default constructor.
            
        
        
            
            Match a pattern for am attribute name selector
            
            
            
            
        
        
            
            A pattern that matches a number
            
        
        
             
             Initializes the pattern. This is called before any scanning begins.
             
            
             
             The index within the source string to begin scanning.
             
             
             The source string.
             
        
        
             
             Run the validation against the passed string.
             
            
             
             Returns true if the pattern defined by this class is successfully matched, and false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Internal flag that validation has failed
            
        
        
            
            Internal flag indicating that a decimal point has appeared already and another would indicate
            failure or termination.
            
        
        
             
             Assert that the character at the current position matches the pattern
             
            
             
             [in,out] Zero-based index of the position
             
             
             The current character
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
            
            Normally true, indicates that only legal whitespace can successfully terminate the number;
            other non-numeric characters will cause failure. If false, any non-numeric character will
            terminate successfuly.
            
        
        
            
            Match an attribute value that is optionally quoted with a quote character ' or ".
            
        
        
            
            A pattern that expects a quoted string. Allows any characters inside the quoted text,
            including backslashed escape characters, and terminates upon a matching closing quote.
            
        
        
            
            The quote character that was used to open the string.
            
        
        
             
             Run the validation against the passed string.
             
            
             
             Returns true if the pattern defined by this class is successfully matched, and false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Finishes a validation
             
            
             
             true if the string matched the pattern defined by this instance, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Assert that the current character matches the pattern defined by this object.
             
            
             
              Zero-based index of the current position.
             
             
             The current character.
             
            
             
             true if the pattern matches at this position, false if not.
             
        
        
            
            Create in instance of the pattern matcher using default terminators
            
        
        
             
             Create in instance of the pattern matcher using any character in the string as a terminator.
             A closing quote (when the string is quoted) is always a terminator.
             
            
             
             A string containing characters, each of which will terminate seeking (when not inside a quote
             block)
             
        
        
             
             Initializes this object from a character array.
             
            
             
             The start index.
             
             
             Source text.
             
        
        
             
             Run the validation against the passed string.
             
            
             
             Returns true if the pattern defined by this class is successfully matched, and false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Finishes a validation.
             
            
             
             true if the string matched the pattern defined by this instance, false if not.
             
        
        
             
             Override the default Expect for a quoted string to also terminate upon finding one of the
             terminators (if not quoted).
             
            
             
             The current index.
             
             
             The current character.
             
            
             
             true to continue seeking.
             
        
        
            
            When unquoted, this will terminate the string.
            
        
        
            
            Factory for StringScanner objects
            
        
        
             
             Creates a new StringScanner from a string.
             
            
             
             The text.
             
            
             
             A new StringScsanner.
             
        
        
             
             Replacement for Activator.CreateInstance that caches the constructor fucnction, providing a
             significant performance improvement over Activator.CreateInstance. Calling with a value type
             will be deferred to Activator.CreateInstance.
             
             
            
             
             http://mironabramson.com/blog/post/2008/08/Fast-version-of-the-ActivatorCreateInstance-method-using-IL.aspx
             
        
        
             
             Create a new instance of type T
             
            
             
             The type of object to create
             
            
             
             A new instance of type T
             
        
        
             
             Creates an instance.
             
            
             
             The Type to process.
             
            
             
             The new instance.
             
        
        
            
            Class to cache selectors on a DOM. NOT YET IMPLEMENTED.
            
        
        
             
             Constructor.
             
            
             
             The cq source.
             
        
        
             
             Run the selector.
             
            
             
             The selector.
             
            
             
             .
             
        
        
            
            Gets the selection cache.
            
        
        
            
            Some static methods that didn't fit in anywhere else. 
            
        
        
            
            Read all text of a file, trying to find it from the execution location if not rooted.
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Open a stream for a file, trying to find it from the execution location if not rooted.
            
            
        
        
             
             Given a partial path to a folder or file, try to find the full rooted path. The topmost part
             of the partial path must be part of the current application path; e.g. there must be an
             overlapping part on which to match.
             
            
             
             The partial path to find.
             
             
             [out] Full pathname of the file.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Given a partial path to a folder or file, try to find the full rooted path. The topmost part
             of the partial path must be part of the current application path; e.g. there must be an
             overlapping part on which to match.
             
            
             
             The partial path to find
             
            
             
             The file path.
             
        
        
             
             Given a rooted path to look within, and a partial path to a file, the full path to the file.
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more arguments have unsupported or illegal values.
             
            
             
             The partial path to find.
             
             
             The rooted path to match within
             
            
             
             The full rooted path the the file.
             
        
        
             
             Given a partial path to a folder or file, try to find the full rooted path. The topmost part
             of the partial path must be part of the current application path; e.g. there must be an
             overlapping part on which to match.
             
            
             
             The partial path to find.
             
             
             The rooted path to match within.
             
             
             [out] Full pathname of the output file.
             
            
             
             true if it succeeds, false if it fails.
             
        
        
             
             Gets the first assembly that is not the assembly that this method belongs to
             
            
             
             Thrown when the requested operation is invalid.
             
            
             
             The first external assembly.
             
        
        
            
             Gets a resource from the calling assembly
            
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets a resource name using the assembly and resource name
            
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Gets an embedded resource from an assembly by name
             
            
             
             The resource name
             
             
             The assembly name
             
            
             
             The resource stream.
             
        
        
             
             Convert a string to a stream using ASCII encoding.
             
            
             
             The stream.
             
            
             
             A string.
             
        
        
             
             Convert slashes to backslashes; make sure there's one (or zero, if not rooted) leading or
             trailing backslash; resolve parent and current folder references. Missing values are
             returned as just one backslash.
             
            
             
             The path to clean
             
            
             
             A cleaned/resolved path
             
        
        
             
             Combine two file paths, normalizing slashes and eliminating any relative path markers.
             
            
             
             The first path.
             
             
             The second path.
             
            
             
             A combined path.
             
        
        
            
            Get a fully qualified namespaced path to a member
            
            
            
        
        
             
             Get a fully qualified namespaced path to a member.
             
            
             
             The type to inspect.
             
             
             Name of the member.
             
            
             
             A string
             
        
        
             
             Get a fully qualified namespaced path to a type, e.g. "CsQuery.Utility.Support.TypePath"
             
            
             
             The type to inspect
             
            
             
             A string
             
        
        
             
             Conver a stream to a character array.
             
            
             
             The stream.
             
            
             
             A character array.
             
        
        
             
             Copies files matching a pattern.
             
            
             
             Thrown when one or more arguments have unsupported or illegal values.
             
            
             
             Source for the.
             
             
             Destination for the.
             
             
             true to overwrite, false to preserve.
             
             
             One or more file matching patterns to match.
             
        
        
             
             Copies files matching a pattern. Existing files will be overwritten.
             
            
             
             Source directory for the files
             
             
             Destination directory.
             
             
             One or more file matching patterns to match.
             
        
        
             
             Deletes the files in a directory matching one or more patterns (nonrecursive)
             
            
             
             Thrown when the directory is missing
             
            
             
             Directory where files are located.
             
             
             One or more file matching patterns to delete
             
        
        
             
            Convert a string value to a double, or zero if non-numeric
             
            
             
             The value.
             
            
             
             A double.
             
        
        
             
             Convert a string value to an integer, or zero if non-numeric
             
            
             
             The value.
             
            
             
             An integer
             
        
        
             
             Return an int or double from any number.
             
            
             
             The number to convert
             
            
             
             The converted number
             
        
        
             
             Given a string, convert each uppercase letter to a "-" followed by the lower case letter.
             E.g. "fontSize" becomes "font-size".
             
            
             
             The string to uncamelcase
             
            
             
             A string
             
        
        
             
             Converts a name from dashed-separators to camelCase.
             
            
             
             The string to camelCase.
             
             
             (optional) when true, the first letter of the resuling word is captalized.
             
            
             
             a dased-separated string.
             
        
        
             
             Converts a value to an enum, assuming the enum is camelcased.
             
            
             
             Generic type parameter.
             
             
             The value.
             
            
             
             value as a T.
             
        
        
             
             Convert an enum to a lowercased attribute value
             
            
             
             The value.
             
            
             
             The attribute value of a string
             
        
        
             
             Return a stream, including BOM preamble, from a string
             
            
             
             The HTML.
             
             
             The encoding.
             
            
             
             The encoded stream.
             
        
        
            
            A set of helper methods for analyzing types.
            
        
        
             
             Determine if the type is an anonymous type.
             
            
             
             A type/
             
            
             
             true if anonymous type, false if not.
             
             http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2483023/how-to-test-if-a-type-is-anonymous.
        
        
            
            Fills the style class.
            
            The style block.
        
        
            
            Fills the style class.
            
            The style class.
            Name of the style.
            The styles.
        
        
            
            Static method to quickly find the specificity of a single CSS selector.
            Don't use this when parsing a lot of selectors, create an instance of  and use that instead.
            
            CSS Selector
            Specificity score of the given selector.
        
        
            
            Finds the specificity of a CSS selector.
            Using this instance method is more performant for checking many selectors since the Regex's are compiled.
            
            CSS Selector
            Specificity score of the given selector.
        
        
            
            Determines if the given CSS selector is supported. This is basically determined by what  supports.
            
            
            See https://github.com/jamietre/CsQuery#features for more information.
        
        
            
            Classes, attributes and pseudo-classes.
            
        
        
            
            Elements and pseudo-elements.
            
        
        
            
            Returns a collection of CQ nodes that can be used to source CSS content.
            Currently, only 'style' tags are supported.
            
        
        
            
            Arbitrary source of CSS code/defintions.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Merges the specified style class, with this instance. Styles on this instance are not overriden by duplicates in the specified styleClass.
            
            The style class.
            if set to true [can overwrite].
        
        
            
            Returns a  that represents this instance.
            
            
            A  that represents this instance.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name.
            
            The name.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the attributes.
            
            The attributes.
        
        
            
            Represents load from URI event arguments.
            
        
        
            
            Sets the data.
            
            The data.
        
        
            
            Gets the URI.
            
            The URI.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the vertical depth serial index for element without regarding the level.
            
            The the vertical depth serial index.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the serial index for the bullet in the level.
            
            The serial index of the bullet.
        
        
            
            Describes the export mode for the styles in .
            
        
        
             
            Styles are exported as CSS selectors to external CSS file.
             
        
        
             
            Styles are exported as CSS selectors in 'style' element in the 'head' section.
             
        
        
             
            Styles are exported as CSS properties in 'style' attribute of the HTML elements.
             
        
        
             
            Styles are not exported.
             
        
        
            
            Represents a bookmark.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
            The name.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
            The name.
            From column.
            To column.
        
        
            
            Gets the associated document.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets the bookmark range start.
            
            The bookmark range start.
        
        
            
            Gets the bookmark range end.
            
            The bookmark range end.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the bookmark.
            
            The name.
        
        
            
            Gets the index of the first column in the current row which is part of the bookmark.
            
            From column.
        
        
            
            Gets the index of the last column in the current row which is part of the bookmark.
            
            To column.
        
        
            
            Describes the chapter separator character which should be used to separate the chapter heading style index from the page number.
            
        
        
            
            Colon separator character.
            
        
        
            
            Em dash separator character.
            
        
        
            
            En dash separator character.
            
        
        
            
            Hyphen separator character.
            
        
        
            
            Period separator character.
            
        
        
            
            Represents document variables collection.
            
        
        
            
            Adds the specified document variable.
            
            The name.
            The value.
        
        
            
            Removes the document variable by a specified name.
            
            The name.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether the collection contains a document variable with a specified name.
            
            The name.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
            
            
            A  that can
            be used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
            
            
            An  object that can be
            used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the count of document variables.
            
            The count.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the  with the specified name.
            
            The document variable name
        
        
            
            Represents a comment.
            
        
        
            
            Provides base functionality for containers for document elements of type .
            
        
        
            
            Gets the blocks in this container.
            
            The blocks.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the author.
            
            The author.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the author's initials.
            
            The initials.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the date and time.
            
            The date and time.
        
        
            
            Gets the comment range start.
            
            The comment range start.
        
        
            
            Gets the comment range end.
            
            The comment range end.
        
        
            
            Represents a break.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the break.
            
            The type of the break.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text wrapping restart location.
            
            The text wrapping restart location.
        
        
            
            Defines different break types.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next line in the document.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next page of the document.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next column available on the current page of the document.
            
        
        
            
            Defines a collection of comments.
            
        
        
            
            Defines a collection of document elements.
            
            The type of the document elements in the collection.
            The type of the owner.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The owner.
        
        
            
            Sets the parent of the document element.
            
            The document element.
            The parent which should be set to the document element.
        
        
            
            Verifies the validity of the document element before it is inserted in the collection. 
            
            The item.
        
        
            
            Adds a comment.
            
            The comment.
        
        
            
            Called when the comment is removed.
            
            The comment.
        
        
            
            Holds different options for controlling the insertion of a source  
            to a target .
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the mode used for resolving conflicts between styles with same IDs.
            The default value is .
            
            The conflicting styles resolution mode.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets whether the formatting from the last paragraph in the source  should be obtained.
            If the value is true, then a new paragraph with same formatting will be inserted. 
            Otherwise, only the inlines from that paragraph will be inserted.
            The default value is true.
            
            The insert last paragraph marker.
        
        
            
            Defines utility class used for importing document elements from a source  into
            target .
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The target document.
            The source document.
            The conflicting styles resolution mode.
        
        
            
            Imports the specified document element from the source document. 
            The target document is adjusted in order the import to be correct.
            
            The type.
            The document element from the source document which shall be imported to the target document.
            The element to import.
        
        
            
            Represents Docx format provider.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Imports the specified input.
            
            The input.
            The imported document.
        
        
            
            Exports the specified document.
            
            
            The output.
        
        
            
            Gets the supported extensions.
            
            The supported extensions.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether can import.
            
            The value indicating whether can import.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether can export.
            
            The value indicating whether can export.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the export settings.
            
            The export settings.
        
        
            
            Represents enumeration of available actions when the document is invalid during export with .
            
        
        
            
            Export the document as is. This can result in document that is not compliant with Docx format.
            
        
        
            
            The format provider will try to repair the document when exporting.
            This can lead to modifications in the document structure.
            
        
        
            
            An exception will be thrown if the document structure is not compliant with Docx format.
            
        
        
            
            Contains settings for export with .
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating if fields should be auto-updated when document is opened.
            
            Should auto-update fields.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the action which will be executed when the document is invalid.
            
            The action.
        
        
            
            Represents a COMPARE field.
            
        
        
            
            A base class for fields with comparison argument.
            
        
        
            
            A base class for fields that can produce result fragment.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets the field result.
            
            The context.
            
        
        
            
            Updates field result fragment.
            
            The context.
        
        
            
            Encodes a parameter.
            
            The parameter.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the formatted date.
            
            The date.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether a switch can have an argument.
            
            The switch key.
            True if the switch can have argument.
        
        
            
            Gets the date time formatting.
            
            The date time formatting.
        
        
            
            Gets the numeric formatting.
            
            The numeric formatting.
        
        
            
            Gets the general formatting.
            
            The general formatting.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this field is associated.
            
            
            The document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Evaluates a comparison argument.
            
            The comparison.
            The document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Represents a result of evaluation arguments of comparison field.
            
        
        
            
            Represents the field's result fragment.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The result.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The result.
            Is the result an error.
        
        
            
            Gets the result.
            
            The result.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the result is an error.
            
            True if the result is an error, otherwise false.
        
        
            
            Gets the compare value.
            
            The compare value.
        
        
            
            Represents a date field.
            
        
        
            
            Represents a DOCVARIABLE field.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the document variable.
            
            The name.
        
        
            
            Represents an expression field.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            The True BooleanExpression.
            
        
        
            
            The False BooleanExpression.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the result.
            
            
        
        
            
            Inheritor of System.Exception used when an ExpressionException needs to be thrown.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The inner exception.
        
        
            
            Gets the result.
            
            
        
        
            
            Provides methods and properties for using AdditionExpression.
            
        
        
            
            Abstract class providing methods and properties for using OperatorExpression.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the operator info.
            
            The operator info.
            The operator info as OperatorInfo.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left operand.
            The right operand.
        
        
            
            Gets the left operand.
            
            The left operand.
            The left operand as Expression.
        
        
            
            Gets the right operand.
            
            The right operand.
            The right operand as Expression.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left.
            The right.
        
        
            
            Gets the operator info.
            
            The operator info as OperatorInfo.
            The operator info.
        
        
            
            Provides methods and properties for using MultiplicationExpression.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left.
            The right.
        
        
            
            Gets the operator info.
            
            The operator info as OperatorInfo.
            The operator info.
        
        
            
            Provides properties describing and operator.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The symbol.
            The precedence.
            The associativity.
        
        
            
            Gets the symbol.
            
            The symbol.
            The symbol as String.
        
        
            
            Gets the precedence.
            
            The precedence.
            The precedence as Int32.
        
        
            
            Gets the associativity.
            
            The associativity.
            The associativity as OperatorAssociativity.
        
        
            
            Provides a set of OperatorInfo instances in RadSpreadsheet.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The operand.
        
        
            
            Gets the operand.
            
            The operand.
            The operand as Expression.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The operand.
        
        
            
            Gets the operator info.
            
            The operator info as OperatorInfo.
            The operator info.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The field info.
        
        
            
            A merge field.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Determines whether a switch can have an argument.
            
            The switch key.
            True if the switch can have argument.
        
        
            
            Gets the prefix.
            
            The prefix.
        
        
            
            Gets the suffix.
            
            The suffix.
        
        
            
            Represents an instance of ParseErrorField.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the error message.
            
            The error message.
        
        
            
            Represents a field argument.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The value.
        
        
            
            Gets the value.
            
            The value.
        
        
            
            Represent field comparison part.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the left.
            
            The left.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating that the left argument is quoted.
            
            The value indicating that the left argument is quoted.
        
        
            
            Gets the operator.
            
            The operator.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the right argument.
            
            The right argument.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating that the right argument is quoted.
            
            The value indicating that the right argument is quoted.
        
        
            
            Represents invalid document exception.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The inner exception.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The validation errors.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Provides COM objects with version-independent access to the 
            method.
            
            The 
            object that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
            The 
            structure that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
        
        
            
            Gets the validation errors.
            
            The validation errors.
        
        
            
            Represents Docx validator class.
            
        
        
            
            Validates if the specified document is compliant with Docx format validation rules.
            
            The document.
            Returns validation result that contains result type and validation errors.
        
        
            
            Repairs the specified document to be compliant with Docx format.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Represents validation error class.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the error message.
            
            The error message.
        
        
            
            Gets the document element.
            
            The document element.
        
        
            
            Represents validation result.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the result type.
            
            The result type.
        
        
            
            Gets the validation errors.
            
            The validation errors.
        
        
            
            Represents validation result type.
            
        
        
            
            Represents success validation result.
            
        
        
            
            Represents error validation result.
            
        
        
            
            Format provider for importing and exporting documents to TXT format.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
        
        
            
        
        
            
        
        
            
        
        
            
        
        
            
            Gets collection responsible for matching old list id's to the new list id's.
            
            The renamed lists.
        
        
            
            Gets collection responsible for matching old list id's to the new style names.
            
            The renamed lists.
        
        
            
            Static class holding extension methods related to editing.
            
        
        
            
            Gets RadFlowDocumentEditor positioned after the inline.
            
            The inline.
            
        
        
            
            Gets RadFlowDocumentEditor positioned before the inline.
            
            The inline.
            
        
        
            
            A field element with configurable code part.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets the field result.
            
            The context.
            The field result.
        
        
            
            Represents a time field.
            
        
        
            
            Represents a parsed collection of field arguments and switches.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Tries to get a switch with a given key.
            
            The switch key.
            The result.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the switch argument.
            
            The switch key.
            The switch argument value if there is such switch, otherwise - null.
        
        
            
            Determines whether a switch is defined.
            
            The switch key.
            True if the switch is defined.
        
        
            
            Gets the first field argument.
            
            The first field argument.
        
        
            
            Gets the second field argument.
            
            The second field argument.
        
        
            
            Gets the expression string.
            
            The expression.
        
        
            
            Gets the field comparison element.
            
            The comparison.
        
        
            
            Represents a fields switch.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The switch key.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the argument.
            
            The argument.
        
        
            
            Gets the switch key.
            
            The switch key.
        
        
            
            A hyperlink field.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Creates the hyperlink code.
            
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether a switch can have an argument.
            
            The switch key.
            True if the switch can have argument.
        
        
            
            Gets the URI.
            
            The URI.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating if the hyperlink points to a bookmark.
            
            The is anchor.
        
        
            
            Gets the tool tip.
            
            The tool tip.
        
        
            
            Represents an IF field.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Updates field result fragment.
            
            The update context.
        
        
            
            Establishes functionality to share list properties between different paragraphs.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            For predefined lists use  method.
            
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this list.
            
            The cloned list.
        
        
            
            Gets the ID of the list.
            
            The ID.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name of a numbering style associated with this list.
            
            The name of the style.
        
        
            
            Gets the levels.
            
            The levels.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this list is associated.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the multilevel.
            
            
            The type of the multilevel.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name (alias) of the list.
            
            The name.
        
        
            
            Represents dynamic collection of lists.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the list.
            
            The id.
            
        
        
            
            Adds list according to the list template parameter.
            
            The list template.
            The added list.
        
        
            
            Adds an list to the collection.
            
            The list to add to the collection.
        
        
            
            Removes the specified list by list id.
            
            The list id.
            
            true if  was successfully removed from the collection; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if list with  is not found in the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection.
            
            The list to remove from the collection.
            
            true if  was successfully removed from the collection; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if  is not found in the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether the collection contains a specific item.
            
            The item to locate in the collection.
            
            true if  is found in the collection; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Removes all lists from the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
            
            
            A  that can
            be used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
            
            
            An  object that can be
            used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the number of lists contained in the collection.
            
            The number of lists contained in the collection.
        
        
            
            Establishes functionality of list level.
            
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this list level, associated to .
            
            The owner list.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the starting number of this level.
            
             is less than 0.
            The start index.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the list level that must appear before this list level restarts to its start index. The value must be lower of an earlier level than this level. 
            The default value -1, means the start index will be restarted after the previous level occur.
            
             is less then -1 and greater then 8.
            The restart after level.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the number text format.
            
            The number text format.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the numbering style.
            
            The numbering style.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating if all inherited number formats should be displayed as decimal format.
            
            The is legal.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name of a paragraph style associated with this list level.
            
            The name of the style.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the alignment.
            
            The alignment.
        
        
            
            Gets the character properties.
            
            The character properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the paragraph properties.
            
            The paragraph properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this list level is associated.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Represents collection of list levels.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
            
            
            A  that can
            be used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
            
            
            An  object that can be
            used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the count.
            
            The count.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the list at the specified index.
            
            The index.
             is less then 0 and greater then 8.
            
        
        
            
            Describes the list templates.
            
        
        
            
            Default bulleted list.
            
        
        
            
            Default Numbered list.
            
        
        
            
            Numbered parentheses list.
            
        
        
            
            Numbered hierarchical list.
            
        
        
            
            Describes the type of a list.
            
        
        
            
            Single level list. For single level lists, only first list level is significant.
            
        
        
            
            Multilevel list.
            
        
        
            
            Hybrid-multilevel list.
            
        
        
            
            Describes the numbering style of a list level.
            
        
        
            
            Decimal numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            UpperRoman numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            LowerRoman numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            UpperLetter numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            LowerLetter numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Ordinal numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            CardinalText numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            OrdinalText numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Hex numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Chicago numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            IdeographDigital numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            JapaneseCounting numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Aiueo numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Iroha numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalFullWidth numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalHalfWidth numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            JapaneseLegal numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            JapaneseDigitalTenThousand numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalEnclosedCircle numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalFullWidth2 numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            AiueoFullWidth numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            IrohaFullWidth numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalZero numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Bullet numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Ganada numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Chosung numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalEnclosedFullStop numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalEnclosedParent numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DecimalEnclosedCircleChinese numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            IdeographEnclosedCircle numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            IdeographTraditional numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            IdeographZodiac numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            IdeographZodiacTraditional numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            TaiwaneseCounting numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            IdeographLegalTraditional numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            TaiwaneseCountingThousand numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            TaiwaneseDigital numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ChineseCounting numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ChineseLegalSimplified numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ChineseCountingThousand numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            KoreanDigital numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            KoreanCounting numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            KoreanLegal numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            KoreanDigital2 numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            VietnameseCounting numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            RussianLower numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            RussianUpper numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            None numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            NumberInDash numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Hebrew1 numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Hebrew2 numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ArabicAlpha numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ArabicAbjad numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            HindiVowels numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            HindiConsonants numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            HindiNumbers numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            HindiCounting numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ThaiLetters numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ThaiNumbers numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            ThaiCounting numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            BahtText numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            DollarText numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Custom numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Holds different options for controlling merge operation invoked from  method.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the mode used for resolving conflicts between styles with same IDs.
            
            
            The conflicting styles resolution mode.
            
        
        
            
            Describes possible types of conflict resolution when style repositories are merged during  merging.
            
        
        
            
            Style of the target document will be used.
            
        
        
            
            Style of the source document will be renamed and used.
            
        
        
            
            Represents page numbering settings for all page numbers in the content of the current section.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the chapter separator character that shall appear between the chapter heading style index and the page number.
            
            The chapter separator character.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the index of the chapter heading style.
            
            The index of the chapter heading style.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the page number format for the page numbering in the current section.
            
            The page number format.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the starting page number.
            This number appears on the first page of the section.
            
            The starting page number.
        
        
            
            Represents permission range for document protection.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
            The permission range credentials.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
            The permission range credentials.
            From column.
            To column.
        
        
            
            Gets the associated document.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets the permission range credentials.
            
            The permission range credentials.
        
        
            
            Gets the permission range start.
            
            The permission range start.
        
        
            
            Gets the permission range end.
            
            The permission range end.
        
        
            
            Gets the index of the first column in the current row which is part of the permission.
            
            From column.
        
        
            
            Gets the index of the last column in the current row which is part of the permission.
            
            To column.
        
        
            
            Describes information for  credentials.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The editor. Could be defined as DOMAIN\name, name or email.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The editing group.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the editor.
            
            The editor.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the editing group.
            
            The editing group.
        
        
            
            Describes possible types of permission for user groups.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that none of the users that open the document shall be allowed to edit range permissions using this editing group when document protection is being enforced.
             
        
        
             
            Specifies that all users that open the document shall be allowed to edit range permissions using this editing group when document protection is being enforced.
             
        
        
             
            Specifies that only user(s) who the viewing application associates with the Administrators group shall be allowed to edit the contents 
            between the start and end permission ranges when document protection is being enforced.
             
        
        
             
            Specifies that only user(s) who the viewing application associates with the Contributors group shall be allowed to edit the contents 
            between the start and end permission ranges when document protection is being enforced.
             
        
        
             
            Specifies that only user(s) who the viewing application associates with the Editors group shall be allowed to edit the contents 
            between the start and end permission ranges when document protection is being enforced.
             
        
        
             
            Specifies that only user(s) who the viewing application associates with the Owners group shall be allowed to edit the contents 
            between the start and end permission ranges when document protection is being enforced.
             
        
        
             
            Specifies that only user(s) who the viewing application associates with the Current group shall be allowed to edit the contents 
            between the start and end permission ranges when document protection is being enforced.
             
        
        
            
            Describes supported protection algorithm names.
            
        
        
            
            Represents the SHA-1 algorithm name.
            
        
        
            
            Represents the SHA-256 algorithm name.
            
        
        
            
            Represents the SHA-384 algorithm name.
            
        
        
            
            Represents the SHA-512 algorithm name.
            
        
        
            
            Describes possible editing restrictions.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that no editing restrictions are applied.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that working with comments is allowed in addition to editing in permission ranges.
             
        
        
             
            Specifies that editing is allowed only in permission regions.
             
        
        
            
            Contains all protection settings.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the protection mode.
            
            The protection mode.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the enforcement of document protection.
            
            The enforced.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the algorithm name. Use predefined values from .
            
            The name of the algorithm. The protection algorithm.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the salt.
            
            The salt.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the password hash.
            
            The hash.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the spin count.
            
            The spin count.
        
        
            
            Defines constants which specify the text flow direction in a .
            
        
        
            
            Specifies the text shall flow from left to right horizontally and from top to bottom vertically.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies the text shall flow from bottom to top vertically and from left to right horizontally.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies the text shall flow from top to bottom vertically and from right to left horizontally.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies the text shall flow from left to right horizontally and from top to bottom vertically. This flow is rotated.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies the text shall flow from top to bottom vertically and from left to right horizontally. This flow is rotated.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies the text shall flow from top to bottom vertically and from right to left horizontally. This flow is rotated.
            
        
        
            
            Represents a collection of watermark elements.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Adds the specified watermark to the collection.
            
            The watermark.
        
        
            
            Removes the specified watermark from the collection.
            
            The watermark.
            
        
        
            
            Clears this collection.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
            
            
            An  object that can be
            used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
            
            
            A  that can
            be used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the  at the specified index.
            
            The watermark.
        
        
            
            Represents a collection of  elements. This class is immutable.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class with collection of given  elements.
            
            The tab stops.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified tab stop collections are equal.
            
            True if the tab stop collections are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified tab stop collections are different.
            
            True if the tab stop collections are different.
        
        
            
            Returns a new instance of  class in which a specified tab stop is inserted.
            
            The tab stop.
            The tab stop collection containing the added tab stop.
        
        
            
            Returns a new instance of  class in which a specified tab stop is removed.
            
            The tab stop.
            The tab stop collection from which the specified tab stop is removed.                
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
            
            
            A  that can
            be used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
            
            
            An  object that can be
            used to iterate through the collection.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The object to compare with the current object.
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets the count of tab stop elements in the collection.
            
            The count.
        
        
            
            Represents a collection of intervals mapped to objects.
            
            The type of the T key.
            The type of the V.
        
        
            
            Adds the specified interval mapped to the value.
            
            The interval start.
            The interval end.
            The mapped value.
        
        
            
            Gets the value from an interval point.
            
            The interval point.
            The value which is mapped to the interval from the interval point.
        
        
            
            Represents an abstraction of a replace handler.
            
        
        
            
            Called before the replacement of all matches in a  begins.
            
            The regex by which the match is found.
            The replace text.
        
        
            
            Called after the replacement of all matches in a  ends.
            
        
        
            
            Replaces matched text in a run.
            
            The match info in a text of a run.
        
        
            
            Called before the replacement of all matches in a  begins.
            
            The replace text.
        
        
            
            Called after the replacement of all matches in a  ends.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the regex by which the results are matched.
            
            The regex.
        
        
            
            Represents a service for finding a text in a .
            
        
        
            
            Represents a handler which replace character properties of  elements with replace text.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The replace character properties action.
        
        
            
            Replaces matched text in a run.
            
            The match info in a text of a run.
        
        
            
            The method is called after the replacement of all found matches.
            
        
        
            
            Represents a handler to replace text.
            
        
        
            
            Replaces matched text in a run.
            
            The match info in a text of a run.
        
        
            
            Called before the replacement of all matches in a  begins.
            
            The replace text.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the replace text.
            
            The replace text.
        
        
            
            Represents a service for replacing a text in found matches in a .
            
        
        
            
            Represents a class containing information which matches given criteria.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the run containing part or full matched text.
            
            The run.
        
        
            
            Gets the index where the matched text in the run starts.
            
            The start index of the match.
        
        
            
            Gets the length of the matched text in the run.
            
            The length of the match.
        
        
            
            Gets the text which is matched during the search.
            
            The full match text.
        
        
            
            Gets the matched index in run.
            
            The matched run.
            The searched text.
            The index where the matching index searching shall begin.
            The index of the run text where the searched text starts matching.
        
        
            
            Gets the matched text length in run.
            
            The matched run.
            The searched text.
            Start index of the match of the searched text in the run.
            The length of matched text in the run.
        
        
            
            Defines the possible text wrapping restart locations.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the line break shall advance the text to the next line in the document.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the line break shall advance the text to the next line in the document which is not interrupted by any floating objects.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the line break shall advance the text to the next line in the document which is not interrupted by any floating objects on the left.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the line break shall advance the text to the next line in the document which is not interrupted by any floating objects on the right.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies horizontal shape positioning.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The relative from.
            The offset.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The relative from.
            The alignment.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            True if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the positioning.
            
            The type of the positioning.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the relative horizontal positioning base.
            
            The horizontal relative from value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the alignment to be used if the position type is alignment.
            
            The alignment.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the offset to be used if the position type is offset.
            
            The offset.
        
        
            
            Specifies the possible values for the base from which the relative horizontal positioning of a shape shall be calculated.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the horizontal positioning shall be relative to the position of the anchor within its run content.
            
        
        
            
            Relative to the extents of the column which contains its anchor.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the horizontal positioning shall be relative to the edge of the page.
            
        
        
            
             Specifies that the horizontal positioning shall be relative to the page margins.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the horizontal positioning shall be relative to the left margin of the page.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the horizontal positioning shall be relative to the right margin of the page.
            
        
        
            
             Specifies that the horizontal positioning shall be relative to the inside margin of the current page (the left margin on odd pages, right on even pages).
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the horizontal positioning shall be relative to the outside margin of the current page (the right margin on odd pages, left on even pages).
            
        
        
            
            Specifies offset or alignment positioning.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies offset positioning.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies alignment positioning.
            
        
        
            
            This type contains the possible settings specifying how the shape may be horizontally aligned 
            relative to the horizontal alignment base defined by the parent element.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be left aligned to the horizontal alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be centered with respect to the horizontal alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be right aligned to the horizontal alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be inside of the horizontal alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be outside of the horizontal alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            This type contains the possible settings specifying how the shape may be vertically aligned 
            relative to the vertical alignment base defined by the parent element.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be at the top of the vertical alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be centered with respect to the vertical alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be at the bottom of the vertical alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be inside of the vertical alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the object shall be outside of the vertical alignment base.
            
        
        
            
            Base class for shape wrapping.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            Type of the wrapping.
            The text wrap.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            True if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the wrapping.
            
            The type of the wrapping.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating how the text should be wrapped around the shape.
            
            The text wrap.
        
        
            
            Specifies different text wrapping modes.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that text shall wrap around both sides of the object.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that text shall only wrap around the left side of the object.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that text shall only wrap around the right side of the object.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that text shall only wrap around the largest side of the object.
            
        
        
            
            Defines different modes of wrapping.
            
        
        
            
            No wrapping should be used for the related element. 
            In effect, this setting shall place the object in front of or behind the text.
            
        
        
            
            This element specifies that text shall wrap around a virtual rectangle bounding this shape.
            
        
        
            
            This element specifies that text shall wrap around the top and bottom of this object, but not its left or right edges.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies vertical shape positioning.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The relative from.
            The offset.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The relative from.
            The alignment.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            True if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the positioning.
            
            The type of the positioning.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the relative horizontal positioning base.
            
            The vertical relative from value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the alignment to be used if the position type is alignment.
            
            The alignment.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the offset to be used if the position type is offset.
            
            The offset.
        
        
            
            Specifies the possible values for the base from which the relative vertical positioning of a shape shall be calculated.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the line containing the anchor character.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the paragraph which contains the drawing anchor.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the edge of the page.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the page margins.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the top margin of the current page.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the bottom margin of the current page.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the outside margin of the current page.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the vertical positioning shall be relative to the inside margin of the current page.
            
        
        
            
            Establishes functionality to work with built in styles.
            
        
        
            
            Gets built-in style by ID.
            
            The style ID.
             is not an ID of a built-in style.
            The built-in style.
        
        
            
            Determines whether a style ID is ID of a built-in style.
            
            The style ID.
            
        
        
            
            Gets all primary styles.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets all styles.
            
            The type.
            
        
        
            
            Gets all styles.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets the metadata for built-in style.
            
            The style id.
            
        
        
            
            Represents static holder of built in style names.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the default table style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the default table style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the table grid style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the table grid style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the normal style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the normal style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the normal web style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the normal web style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the hyperlink style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the hyperlink style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the caption style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the caption style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the table of figures style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the table of figures style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the footnote reference style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the footnote reference style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the footnote text style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the footnote text style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the footnote text character style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the footnote text character style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the endnote reference style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the endnote reference style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the endnote text style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the endnote text style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the id of the endnote text character style.
            
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the endnote text character style.
            
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the heading style ID by index in the range 1 - 9.
            
            The index.
            Style ID.
        
        
            
            Gets the heading style name by index in the range 1 - 9.
            
            The index.
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the heading character style id by index in the range 1 - 9.
            
            The index.
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the heading character style name by index in the range 1 - 9.
            
            The index.
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Gets the table of content style ID by index in the range 1 - 9.
            
            The index.
            Style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the table of content style name by index in the range 1 - 9.
            
            The index.
            Style name.
        
        
            
            Describes the document view types.
            
        
        
            
            None.
            
        
        
            
            Print layout view.
            
        
        
            
            Outline view.
            
        
        
            
            Master pages view (master document view).
            
        
        
            
            Normal (draft) view.
            
        
        
            
            Web layout view.
            
        
        
            
            Describes the type of  or , regarding to document pagination.
            
        
        
            
            Default  or  for document pages.
            
        
        
            
             or  for even numbered pages.
            
        
        
            
             or  for first page.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the element.
            
            The name of the element.
        
        
            
            Represents an element which is used as a tab stop in a paragraph's properties and as a tab in a run content.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the element.
            
            The name of the element.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the element.
            
            The name of the element.
        
        
            
            Creates the element. 
            We override this method in order to handle the situation where child element have the same name as the child element of another docx element.
            example: both table borders and table cell padding has child elements with name left, top, etc.
            
            Name of the element.
            
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to brace nesting when importing RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to invalid structure when importing RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to parsing the RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Represents errors that occur during import/export to RTF format.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to the color table in an RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Represents errors that occur when opening RTF document that has no content.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to encoding when opening RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to hex encoding when opening RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to multi-byte encoding when opening RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Represents errors caused by unexpected element when importing RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The expected.
            The actual.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The expected.
            The actual.
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Populates a 
            with the data needed to serialize the target object.
            
            The 
            to populate with data.
            The destination (see )
            for this serialization.
            The caller does not have
            the required permission. 
        
        
            
            Gets the expected element.
            
            The expected.
        
        
            
            Gets the actual element.
            
            The actual.
        
        
            
            Represents errors related to Unicode encoding when opening RTF document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The message.
            The cause.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The info.
            The context.
        
        
            
            Contains settings for export with .
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the export images in compatibility mode. 
            Use this options if the document will be consumed by older readers.
            
            The export images in compatibility mode.
        
        
            
            Format provider for importing and exporting documents to RTF format.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Imports the specified input.
            
            The input.
            The imported document.
        
        
            
            Exports the specified document.
            
            The document.
            The output.
        
        
            
            Gets the supported extensions.
            
            The supported extensions.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether format provider can import.
            
            The value indicating whether can import.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether format provider can export.
            
            The value indicating whether can export.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the export settings.
            
            The export settings.
        
        
            
            Defines base class for inline annotations.
            
        
        
            
            Defines base class for inline annotations range end.
            
        
        
            
            Defines base class for inline annotations range end.
            
        
        
            
            Defines bookmark end annotation.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the associated bookmark.
            
            The bookmark.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Defines bookmark start annotation.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the associated bookmark.
            
            The bookmark.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Defines comment range end annotation.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the associated comment.
            
            The comment.
        
        
            
            Defines comment range start annotation.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the associated comment.
            
            The comment.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Field character is a special character which delimits the start and end of a field or 
            separates its field codes from its current field result.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the field character.
            
            The type of the field character.
        
        
            
            Gets the field info.
            
            The field info.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Specifies the type of the a field character.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the character is a start character, 
            which defines the start of a complex field.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the character is an end character, 
            which defines the end of a complex field.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the character is a separator character, 
            which defines the end of the field codes and the start of the field result for a complex field.
            
        
        
            
            Defines permission range end annotation.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the associated permission.
            
            The permission.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Defines permission range start annotation.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the associated permission.
            
            The permission.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            An abstract class that provides a base for all block-level flow content elements.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the parent block container of the inline.
            
            The block container.
        
        
            
            Defines a collection of block elements.
            
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added paragraph.
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added table.
        
        
            
            Defines a collection of inline elements.
            
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added run.
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added run.
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added image inline.
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added floating image.
        
        
            
            Defines a collection of sections.
            
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added section.
        
        
            
            Defines a collection of table cells.
            
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added table cell.
        
        
            
            Defines a collection of table rows.
            
        
        
            
            Adds a new  to the collection.
            
            The added table row.
        
        
            
            Represents inline anchor that contains floating image.
            
        
        
            
            Represents base inline holder for floating shape element.
            
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of the element properties of the  and sets them to this instance.
            
            The shape anchor to clone property elements from.
        
        
            
            Specifies whether the shape shall be allowed to overlap the contents of the other shape object.
            
            The allow overlap value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets value indicating if the anchor can be modified at runtime.
            
            The value indicating if the anchor can be modified at runtime..
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the shape wrapping type.
            
            The wrapping.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets value indicating if the layout of the shape should be calculated
            relative to the cell that is holding the shape.
            
            True if the layout of the shape should be calculated relative to the cell that is holding the shape.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating if the shape should be displayed behind document content.
            
            The is behind document.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the Z index of the shape.
            
             The Z index of the shape.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the margin.
            
            The margin.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the horizontal position.
            
            The horizontal position.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the vertical position.
            
            The vertical position.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Gets the image.
            
            The image.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Holds settings that can be applied to .
            
        
        
            
            Defines common set of properties which can be applied to document element.
            
        
        
            
            Establishes common functionality for elements with style.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the style id.
            
            The style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the style id property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document element.
            The suppress style property evaluation.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The list level.
            The suppress style property evaluation.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            Name of the property.
            
        
        
            
            Copies the properties from.
            
            From properties.
        
        
            
            Clears all local property values.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether there are local property values.
            
            True if there are local property values.
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name of the style.
            
            The name of the style.
        
        
            
            Gets value indicating whether the style property evaluation 
            should use styles and parents to calculate the property value.
            
            True if only local or default values are used.
        
        
            
            Gets the style id property.
            
            The style id property.
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the style property used to get or set a value indicating whether pages in this document will have different headers and footers for even and odd pages.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the style property used to get or set a value indicating the view type of the document.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the style property used to determine the default width value which shall be used when a tab stop should be generated.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The default width of the tab stop.
        
        
            
            Establishes common functionality for elements containing their properties in DocumentElementPropertiesBase.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Represents inline that contains image.
            
        
        
            
            Represents base element for inline shape elements.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Gets the image.
            
            The image.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            A flow content element used for grouping of  elements.
            
            
            In addition to the collection of blocks, section can contain one or more instances 
            of  and  through the  and  properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the font size property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the page orientation property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the page size property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the page margins property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the header top margin property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the header top margin property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the section type property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the vertical alignment property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the chapter separator character property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the chapter heading style index property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the page number format property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the starting page number property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document in which the element will be added.
        
        
            
            Rotates the page orientation and changes the size and margins of the related section.
            
            The page orientation.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Gets all headers associated to this section.
            
            The headers.
        
        
            
            Gets all footers associated to this section.
            
            The footers.
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of this element.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the page numbering settings.
            
            The page numbering settings.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating if the section has different header/footer for its first page.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the page orientation. Specifies the actual paper size to use when printing the file.
            
            The page orientation.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the size of the page.
            The width and height are in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The size of the page.
            
            For setting common page sizes  method can be used.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the page margins.
            
            The page margins.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the top margin of the header.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The header top margin.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the bottom margin of the footer.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The footer bottom margin.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the section.
            
            The type of the section.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the vertical alignment.
            
            The vertical alignment.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Establishes common functionality for validation rules.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified value is valid.
            
            The value.
            
        
        
            
            Describes the type of a style property.
            
        
        
            
            Character style property type.
            
        
        
            
            Paragraph style property type.
            
        
        
            
            Table style property type.
            
        
        
            
            TableRow style property type.
            
        
        
            
            TableCell style property type.
            
        
        
            
            Section style property type.
            
        
        
            
            Document style property type.
            
        
        
            
            Generic DocumentElement style property type.
            
        
        
            
            Describes the type of the document element.
            
        
        
            
            Document element.
            
        
        
            
            Section element.
            
        
        
            
            Paragraph element.
            
        
        
            
            Table element.
            
        
        
            
            Table row element.
            
        
        
            
            Table cell element.
            
        
        
            
            Run element.
            
        
        
            
            Header element.
            
        
        
            
            Footer element.
            
        
        
            
            Field character element.
            
        
        
            
            Image inline element.
            
        
        
            
            Floating image.
            
        
        
            
            Break element.
            
        
        
            
            Comment element.
            
        
        
            
            Bookmark range start element.
            
        
        
            
            Bookmark range end element.
            
        
        
            
            Comment range start element.
            
        
        
            
            Comment range end element.
            
        
        
            
            Permission range start element.
            
        
        
            
            Permission range end element.
            
        
        
            
            An class that holds information of a filed that is inserted in the document.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
            The field that should be associated to the field info.
        
        
            
            Updates the field. This method will also update all fields inside the code fragment of the current field.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the current code as string. 
            Note that if there are nested fields - their result fragment will used to generate the value returned by this method.
            
            Current code as string.
        
        
            
            Gets current result as string. 
            Note that if there are nested fields - their result fragment will be used to generate the value returned by this method.
            
            Current result as string.
        
        
            
            Attaches the field to a set of field characters.
            
            The start.
            The separate.
            The end.
        
        
            
            Gets the start field character.
            
            The start field character.
        
        
            
            Gets the separator field character.
            
            The separator field character.
        
        
            
            Gets the end field character.
            
            The end field character.
        
        
            
            Gets the current field.
            
            The current field.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating that the field is locked. Locked fields are not updated.
            
            The IsLocked value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating if the contents of the field should be updated before they are displayed
            if this functionality is supported by the next processing application.
            
            The IsDirty value.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this field is associated.
            
            
            The document.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the Separator if it is inserted in the document, otherwise gets the End FieldCharacter.
            
        
        
            
            Represents footer for pages in a section.
            
        
        
            
            Provides base functionality for  and  classes.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
            The section.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Combines all footers that can be available in a .
            
        
        
            
            Combines all headers or footers that can be available in a .
            
        
        
            
            Adds default  or .
            
            The added  or .
        
        
            
            Adds  or  according to specified . 
            
            Visualization of non-default headers or footers depends additionally on 
             and  properties.
            
            
            Type of the header or footer.
            The added  or .
        
        
            
            Removes the  or  with specified .
            
            Type of the header footer.
        
        
            
            Creates an instance of  or  class.
            
            The new  or  instance.
        
        
            
            Gets the header or footer which should be applied to the first page.
            
            Visualization of this header or footer depends additionally on  property.
            
            
            The first header or footer.
        
        
            
            Gets the header or footer which should be applied to the even pages.
            
            Visualization of this header or footer depends additionally on  property.
            
            
            The even header or footer.
        
        
            
            Gets the default header or footer which should be applied to the pages.
            
            The default header or footer.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which the current style belongs to.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets the owner section.
            
            The owner section.
        
        
            
            Creates an instance of  or  class.
            
            The new  or  instance.
        
        
            
            Represents header for pages in a section.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
            The section.
        
        
            
            Gets the watermarks for this header.
            
            The watermarks.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Combines all headers that can be available in a .
            
        
        
            
            Creates an instance of  or  class.
            
            The new  or  instance.
        
        
            
            A block-level flow content element used to group content into a paragraph.
            
            
            Defines a set of style property definitions which are for initialization for all style properties in  element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document in which the element will be added.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Gets the text alignment property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the spacing after property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the spacing before property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the allow overflow punctuation property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the paragraph borders property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the flow direction property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the line spacing property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the line spacing type property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the keep on one page property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the keep with next paragraph property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the list id property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the list level property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the outline level property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the apply east asian line breaking rules property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the page break before property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the contextual spacing property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the mirror indents property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the automatic spacing before property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the automatic spacing after property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the first line indent property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the hanging indent property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the left indent property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the right indent property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the tab stops property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the background color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the inlines in this paragraphs.
            
            The inlines.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the style id.
            
            The style id.
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of this element.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the flow direction.
            
            The default value is LeftToRight
        
        
            
            Gets the paragraph text alignment.
            
            The default value is Left
        
        
            
            Gets the paragraph spacing.
            
            The paragraph spacing.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating if this paragraph should be rendered on one page when the document is shown in page view mode.
            
            The default value is false
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating if this paragraph should be rendered at least partly on the one page with 
            the following paragraph when this is possible and when the document is shown in page view mode.
            
            The default value is false
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the outline level. The outline level defines the level of this paragraph in TOC field.
            
            The default value is Level9 - no level.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether East-Asian line breaking rules are applied to this paragraph.
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating if this paragraph should be rendered on new page when the document is shown in page view mode.
            
            The default value is false
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the borders of this paragraph.
            
            The borders.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether spacing before/after are ignored 
            when preceding/following paragraph has same paragraph style.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether left and right indents should be swapped on odd pages.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the tab stops of the paragraph.
            
            The tab stops.
        
        
            
            Gets the shading which shall be applied to the extents of the paragraph.
            
            The shading.
        
        
            
            Gets the indentation of the paragraph.
            
            The indentation.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the last punctuation character on a line can overflow in paragraph margin/indent.
            
            The default is true.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the list id.
            
            The list id.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating that the paragraph is referencing list style.
            
            The default value is -1 - list style is not referenced.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Hosts flow document content.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document.
            
            The cloned document.
        
        
            
            Merges this document with the specified source document.
            
            The source document.
        
        
            
            Merges this document with the specified source document.
            
            The source document.
            The merge options.
        
        
            
            Updates all supported fields in the document.
            
        
        
            
            Performs mail merge on the document with the specified  of records.
            
            The collection of records.
            The merged document.
        
        
            
            Holds the property definition for the HasDifferentEvenOddPageHeadersFooters property.
            
        
        
            
            Holds the property definition for the ViewType property.
            
        
        
            
            Holds the property definition for the DefaultTabStopWidth property.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the default styling of the document.
            
            The default style.
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            
            The properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether pages in this document will have different headers and footers for even and odd pages.
            
            
            true if pages in this document will have different headers and footers for even and odd pages; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the view type of the document.
            
            
            The type of the view.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the default width of the tab stop.
            
            The default width of the tab stop.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this document element is associated.
            
            
            The document.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of this document.
            
            
            The properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the sections of the flow document.
            
            The sections.
        
        
            
            Gets the style repository.
            
            The style repository.
        
        
            
            Gets the lists associated with this document.
            
            The lists.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the theme.
            
            The theme.
        
        
            
            Gets the comments of the document.
            
            The comments.
        
        
            
            Gets the the document variables.
            
            The document variables.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the protection settings.
            
            The protection settings.
        
        
            
            An inline-level flow content element intended to contain a run of formatted or unformatted text.
            
            
            Defines a set of style property definitions which are used for initialization of all style properties in  element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document in which the element will be added.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Returns a string that represents the current object.
            
            A string that represents the current object.
        
        
            
            This API supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the font size property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the font family property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the font style property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the font weight property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the foreground color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the highlight color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the baseline alignment property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the strikethrough property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the background color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the underline color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the underline pattern property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the flow direction property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of this element.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text.
            
            The text.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the style id.
            
            The style id.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the font family.
            
            The font family.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the size of the font.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The size of the font.
        
        
            
            Gets the shading.
            
            The shading.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the font style.
            
            The default value is Normal.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the font weight.
            
            The default value is Normal.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the color of the foreground.
            
            The default value is black.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the color of the highlight.
            
            The default value is Transparent.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the baseline alignment.
            
            The default value is Baseline.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the strikethrough.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets the underline.
            
            The underline.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the flow direction.
            
            The default value is LeftToRight
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Defines a set of default styling properties which are applied to the characters or paragraphs in a  element.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the default character styling properties of  element.
            
            The character properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of  element.
            
            The paragraph properties.
        
        
            
            Establishes common functionality for document element properties with padding.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the padding.
            
            The padding.
        
        
            
            Describes the alignment of a rendered text.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the text should aligns with the left of the screen.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the text should aligns with the center of the screen.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the text should aligns with the right of the screen.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the text should be justified between the left and right of the screen. 
            This option affects only the spacing between each word.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the text should be justified between the left and right of the screen. 
            This option affects the spacing between the words and the characters.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the kashida length for the text should be extended to its widest possible value.
            This option affect only kashidas, which are special characters used to extend the joiner between two Arabic characters.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the kashida length for the text should be extended to medium value.
            This option affect only kashidas, which are special characters used to extend the joiner between two Arabic characters.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the kashida length for the text should be extended to longer value.
            This option affect only kashidas, which are special characters used to extend the joiner between two Arabic characters.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the text should be justified with optimizations for Thai.
            
        
        
            
            Describes how the baseline for a text-based element is positioned on the vertical axis, relative to the established baseline for text.
            
        
        
            
            A baseline that is aligned at the actual baseline of the containing box.
            
        
        
            
            A baseline that is aligned at the subscript position of the containing box.
            
        
        
            
            A baseline that is aligned at the superscript position of the containing box.
            
        
        
            
            Describes the settings which are used to determine how the border will appear in the document. This class is immutable.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The border.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The thickness.
            The style.
            The color.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The thickness.
            The style.
            The color.
            The shadow.
            The frame.
            The spacing.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified borders are equal.
            
            True if the borders are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified borders are different.
            
            True if the borders are different.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Compares a borders to another.
            
            The other.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the color of the border.
            
            The color.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the border should have shadow effect.
            
            The shadow.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether the border should have frame effect.
            
            The frame.
        
        
            
            Gets the spacing of the border.
            
            The spacing.
        
        
            
            Gets the style of the border.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Gets the thickness of the border.
            
            The thickness.
        
        
            
            Describes the possible types for the style of the border.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that no border should be applied.
            If set to a table cell this value indicates that the table border should be calculated based on the table style.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that no border should be applied on this element.
            Table cell borders will not inherit their value from the containing table.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from one line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from one doted line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from one dashed line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from one dashed line with small gaps.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from alternating dotted and dashed line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from alternating dotted, dotted, dashed line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from double line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from triple line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from one heavy line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thick line followed by thin line with small gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thick line followed by thin line with medium gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thick line followed by thin line with large gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thin line followed by thick line with small gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thin line followed by thick line with medium gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thin line followed by thick line with large gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thin line followed by thick line followed by thin line with small gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thin line followed by thick line followed by thin line with medium gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist thin line followed by thick line followed by thin line with large gap between them.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from one wavy line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should be from double wavy line.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist line with a series of alternating thin and thick strokes.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist three staged gradient lines, which are getting darker toward the content.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist three staged gradient lines, which are getting darker away from the content.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist outset set of lines.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the border should consist inset set of lines.
            
        
        
            
            Defines a set of properties which can be applied to a  element.
            
        
        
            
            Establishes common functionality for document element properties with shading.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the color of the background.
            
            The color of the background.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating the color for any foreground pattern used in this shading.
            
            The color of the pattern.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to lay the pattern color over the background color for this shading.
            
            The pattern.
        
        
            
            Gets the document.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The owner run.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initialize the properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the font family.
            
            The font family.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the size of the font. 
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The size of the font.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the font style.
            
            The default value is Normal.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the font weight.
            
            The default value is Normal.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the foreground color.
            
            The default value is black.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the color of the highlight.
            
            The default value is Transparent.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the baseline alignment.
            
            The default value is Baseline.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the strikethrough.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the color of the background.
            
            The color of the background.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the color for any foreground pattern used in this shading.
            
            The color of the pattern.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to lay the pattern color over the background color for this shading.
            
            The default value is Clear
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the color for the underlining.
            
            The color.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to create the underlining applied beneath the text.
            
            The default value is None
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the flow direction.
            
            The default value is LeftToRight
        
        
            
            Gets the document.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Defines constants that specify the content flow direction for text elements. 
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that content should flow from left to right.
            
        
        
            
            Indicates that content should flow from right to left.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies type of height.
            
        
        
            
            Automatically determined height.
            
        
        
            
            Minimum height.
            
        
        
            
            Exact height.
            
        
        
            
            Establishes common properties for style property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the actual value as object.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets the global property index.
            
            The global property index.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the property.
            
            The type of the property.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the property.
            
            The name of the property.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the style property.
            
            The type of the style property.
        
        
            
            Gets the validation object for the current style property definition.
            
            The validation.
        
        
            
            Describes paragraph outline level. The outline level defines the level of this paragraph in TOC field.
            
        
        
             No outline level.
        
        
             Outline level 1.
        
        
             Outline level 2.
        
        
             Outline level 3.
        
        
             Outline level 4.
        
        
             Outline level 5.
        
        
             Outline level 6.
        
        
             Outline level 7.
        
        
             Outline level 8.
        
        
             Outline level 9.
        
        
            
            Defines set of borders which can be applied to paragraph element. This class is immutable.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            All.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
            The between.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class. Creates copy of the the source paragraph borders and replaces only the specified borders.
            
            The source.
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
            The between.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified paragraph borders are equal.
            
            True if the paragraph borders are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified paragraph borders are different.
            
            True if the paragraph borders are different.
        
        
            
            Sets the left.
            
            The left.
            New instance of paragraph borders.
        
        
            
            Sets the top.
            
            The top.
            New instance of paragraph borders.
        
        
            
            Sets the right.
            
            The right.
            New instance of paragraph borders.
        
        
            
            Sets the bottom.
            
            The bottom.
            New instance of paragraph borders.
        
        
            
            Sets the between.
            
            The between.
            New instance of paragraph borders.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets the top border.
            
            The top border.
        
        
            
            Gets the bottom border.
            
            The bottom border.
        
        
            
            Gets the left border.
            
            The left border.
        
        
            
            Gets the right border.
            
            The right border.
        
        
            
            Gets the border, which should be applied between paragraphs, which have the same set of paragraph borders.
            
            The between border.
        
        
            
            Defines set of indentations which can be applied to paragraph element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The paragraph properties.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the additional indentation which shall be applied to the first line of the paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The first line indent.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value which shall be removed from the indentation of the first line of the paragraph, 
            by moving the indentation on the first line back towards the beginning of the direction of text flow.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The hanging indent.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the indentation which shall be applied to the left side of the whole paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The left indent.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the indentation which shall be applied to the right side of the whole paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The left indent.
        
        
            
            Defines a set of properties which can be applied to a  element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The owner paragraph.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Copy properties from specified source.
            
            The source from which to copy the properties.
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initialize the properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the flow direction.
            
            The default value is LeftToRight
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the paragraph text alignment.
            
            The default value is Left
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the spacing that should be added above the first line in a paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The spacing before value.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating whether a consumer shall automatically determine the spacing 
            before the paragraph based on its contents the automatic spacing after.
            
            The automatic spacing after.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the spacing that should be added after the last line in a paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The spacing after value.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating whether a consumer shall automatically determine the spacing 
            after the paragraph based on its contents the automatic spacing after.
            
            The automatic spacing after.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the value indicating the amount of vertical spacing between lines of text within a paragraph.
            If  is Auto then the line height value times the value of the property, 
            otherwise the value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The line spacing value.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the value indicating how the spacing between lines is calculated.
            
            The type line spacing rule.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating if this paragraph should be rendered on one page when the document is shown in page view mode. 
            
            The default value is false
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating if this paragraph should be rendered at least partly on the one page with 
            the following paragraph when this is possible and when the document is shown in page view mode. 
            
            The default value is false
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the outline level. The outline level defines the level of this paragraph in TOC field. 
            
            The default value is Level9 - no level.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating whether East-Asian line breaking rules are applied to this paragraph. 
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating if this paragraph should be rendered on new page when the document is shown in page view mode. 
            
            The default value is false
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the paragraph borders.
            
            The paragraph borders.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating whether spacing before/after are ignored 
            when preceding/following paragraph has same paragraph style.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating whether left and right indents should be swapped on odd pages. 
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the color of the background.
            
            The color of the background.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the color for any foreground pattern used in this shading.
            
            The color of the pattern.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to lay the pattern color over the background color for this shading.
            
            The default value is Clear
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the additional indentation which shall be applied to the first line of the paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The first line indent.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value which shall be removed from the indentation of the first line of the paragraph, 
            by moving the indentation on the first line back towards the beginning of the direction of text flow.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The hanging indent.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the indentation which shall be applied to the left side of the whole paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The left indent.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the indentation which shall be applied to the right side of the whole paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The left indent.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set a value indicating whether the last punctuation character on a line can overflow in paragraph margin/indent. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default is true.
        
        
            
            Gets the style property used to get or set the tab stops in the paragraph.
            
            The tab stops.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the formatting properties of the glyph used to represent this paragraph.
            
            The paragraph marker properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the document.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating that the paragraph is referencing a list.
            
            The default value is -1 - list style is not referenced.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating that the paragraph is referencing list level.
            
            The default value is -1 - list level is not referenced.
        
        
            
            Specifies the inter-line and inter-paragraph spacing which shall be applied to the contents of a paragraph.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The paragraph properties.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the spacing that should be added above the first line in a paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The spacing before value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets value indicating whether a consumer shall automatically determine the spacing 
            before the paragraph based on its contents the automatic spacing after.
            
            The automatic spacing after.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the spacing that should be added after the last line in a paragraph.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The spacing after value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets value indicating whether a consumer shall automatically determine the spacing 
            after the paragraph based on its contents the automatic spacing after.
            
            The automatic spacing after.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating the amount of vertical spacing between lines of text within a paragraph.
            If  is Auto then the line height value times the value of the property, 
            otherwise the value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The line spacing value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating how the spacing between lines is calculated.
            
            The type line spacing rule.
        
        
            
            Defines a set of properties which can be applied to a  element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The owner section.
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the has different first page header footer.
            
            The has different first page header footer.
        
        
            
            Gets the page orientation property.
            
            The page orientation.
        
        
            
            Gets the page size property.
            The width and height are in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The page size property.
        
        
            
            Gets the page margins property.
            
            The page margins property.
        
        
            
            Gets the header top margin property.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The header top margin property.
        
        
            
            Gets the footer bottom margin property.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The footer bottom margin property.
        
        
            
            Gets the section type property.
            
            The section type property.
        
        
            
            Gets the vertical alignment property.
            
            The vertical alignment property.
        
        
            
            Gets the chapter separator character that shall appear between the chapter heading style index and the page number.
            
            The chapter separator character.
        
        
            
            Gets the index of the chapter heading style.
            
            The index of the chapter heading style.
        
        
            
            Gets the page number format for the page numbering in the current section.
            
            The page number format.
        
        
            
            Gets the starting page number.
            This number appears on the first page of the section.
            
            The starting page number.
        
        
            
            Defines section types.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that the section starts on the next page.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that the section starts on the next even page.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that the section starts on the next odd page.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that the section starts on the same page.
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that the section starts on the next column on the page.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies the shading applied to a document element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            Properties implementing IPropertiesWithShading interface.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the color of the background.
            
            The color of the background.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the color for any foreground pattern used in this shading.
            
            The color of the pattern.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to lay the pattern color over the background color for this shading.
            
            The default value is Clear
        
        
            
            Describes the type of shading pattern.
            
        
        
            
            No shading.
            
        
        
            
            No pattern.
            
        
        
            
            100% fill pattern. 
            
        
        
            
            Series of horizontal stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of vertical stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of reversed diagonal stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of diagonal stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of horizontal crosses.
            
        
        
            
            Series of diagonal crosses.
            
        
        
            
            Series of thin horizontal stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of thin vertical stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of thin reversed diagonal stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of thin diagonal stripes.
            
        
        
            
            Series of thin horizontal crosses.
            
        
        
            
            Series of thin diagonal crosses.
            
        
        
            
            5% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            10% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            12.5% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            15% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            20% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            25% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            30% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            35% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            37.5% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            40% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            45% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            50% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            55% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            60% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            62.5% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            65% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            70% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            75% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            80% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            85% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            87.5% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            90% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            95% fill pattern.
            
        
        
            
            A generic content element that defines a row within a .
            
        
        
            
            Gets the actual value as object.
            
            
        
        
            
            Gets the index of the global property.
            
            
            The index of the global property.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the property.
            
            The type of the property.
        
        
            
            Gets the name of the property.
            
            The name of the property.
        
        
            
            Gets the default value of the current style property definition.
            
            The default value.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the style property.
            
            The type of the style property.
        
        
            
            Gets the validation object for the current style property definition.
            
            The validation.
        
        
            
            Block-level flow content element that provides a grid-based organization.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the alignment property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the table cell padding property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the table cell spacing property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the indent property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the row banding property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the column banding property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the top border property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the background color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the flow direction property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the preferred width property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the table looks property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the layout type property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the overlap property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document in which the element will be added.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class with given number of rows and columns.
            
            The document.
            The number of rows.
            The number of columns.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Invalidates the table grid.
            
        
        
            
            Assures the table grid is valid.
            
        
        
            
            Called when child element is added.
            
            The child element.
        
        
            
            Called when child element is removed.
            
            The child element.
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of this element.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the rows of the table.
            
            The rows.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the style id.
            
            The style id.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the alignment of the table.
            
            The default value is Left.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the borders of the table.
            
            The borders.
        
        
            
            Gets the shading which shall be applied to the extents of the table.
            
            The shading.
        
        
            
            Gets the number of columns in the table grid.
            
            The grid columns count.
        
        
            
            Gets the number of rows in the table grid.
            
            The grid rows count.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the spacing between adjacent cells and the edges of the table.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The table cell spacing.
        
        
            
            Gets a value indicating whether there is cell spacing in the table.
            
            True if there is cell spacing.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets default padding of the cells inside the table.
            
            The table cell padding.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value which shall be added before the leading edge of the table.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The default value is 0.
        
        
            
            Gets the flow direction of cells inside the table.
            
            The default value is LeftToRight.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the width of the preferred.
            
            The width of the preferred.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value indicating which components of the conditional style should be applied if such exists.
            
            The default value is BandedRows | BandedColumns.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating which algorithm shall be used to lay out the content of the table.
            
            The default value is AutoFit.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether this floating table shall allow other floating tables to overlap its extents.
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            A flow document element that defines a cell of content within a .
            
        
        
            
            Gets the Left border property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the background color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern color property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the shading pattern property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the padding property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the columns span property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the row span property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the ignore cell marker in row height calculation property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the can wrap content property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the preferred width property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the vertical alignment property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the text direction property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document in which the element will be added.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Invalidates the table grid.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of this element.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the parent row of the cell.
            
            The row.
        
        
            
            Gets the parent table of the cell.
            
            The table.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the borders.
            
            The borders.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the shading which shall be applied to the extents of the cell.
            
            The shading.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the padding.
            
            The table cell padding.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the column span.
            
            The default value is 1.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the row span.
            
            The default value is 1.        
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether cell marker will be ignored when row height is calculated.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the content can be wrapped during the table layout.
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the preferred width.
            
            The preferred width.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the vertical alignment.
            
            The default value is Top.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text direction.
            
            The text direction.
        
        
            
            Gets the column index of the cell in the table grid.
            
            The column index of the cell in the table grid.
        
        
            
            Gets the row index of the cell in the table grid.
            
            The row index of the cell in the table grid.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the element.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            A flow content element that defines a row within a .
            
        
        
            
            Gets the table cell spacing property definition for the row.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the repeat on every page property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the height property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the can split property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document in which the element will be added.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to the current document.
            
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this document element, associated to .
            
            The document to which the cloned element should be associated.
            The cloned element.
        
        
            
            Invalidates the table grid.
            
        
        
            
            Called when child element is the added.
            
            The child element.
        
        
            
            Called when child element is removed.
            
            The child element.
        
        
            
            Gets the properties.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the styling properties of this element.
            
            The properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the cells in this row.
            
            The cells.
        
        
            
            Gets the parent table of the row.
            
            The table.
        
        
            
            Gets the index of the row in the table grid.
            
            The index of the row in the table grid.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the spacing between adjacent cells and the edges of the table.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The default value is 0.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether this row should be repeated on every new page.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the content of the row can be split across multiple pages.
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the height.
            
            The height.
        
        
            
            Establishes functionality to share style properties between different document elements.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class with corresponding style ID and style type.
            
            The ID.
            The type.
        
        
            
            Gets the property value.
            
            The style property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Creates deep copy of this style.
            
            The cloned style.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the ID of the style.
            
            The ID.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name which will represent the style in any UI. If this property is not set then the id of the style is returned.
            
            The name.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which the current style belongs to.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the style.
            
            The type of the style.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the name of the based on style.
            
            The name of the based on.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the next style id.
            
            The next style id.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the linked style ID.
            
            The linked style ID.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating if the current style is default.
            
            The is default.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating if the current style is custom. 
            The default value is false.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets value indicating whether the style should be visible in any styles gallery.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the UI priority of the style.
            
            The UI priority.
        
        
            
            Gets the character properties.
            
            The character properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the paragraph properties.
            
            The paragraph properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the table properties.
            
            The table properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the table row properties.
            
            The table row properties.
        
        
            
            Gets the table cell properties.
            
            The table cell properties.
        
        
            
            Represents dynamic style repository.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Adds the specified style.
            
            The style.
             is part of another style repository.
        
        
            
            Removes the specified style.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Removes the specified style by style id.
            
            The style id.
        
        
            
            Gets a style by id.
            
            The style id.
            The style with the given id or null if such is not present in the repository.
        
        
            
            Gets the default style for a given type.
            
            The type.
            The default style or null if such is not present in the repository.
        
        
            
            Determines whether there is a style with a given id in the repository.
            
            The style id.
            true if  is found in the ; otherwise, false.
        
        
            
            Removes all styles from the repository.
            
        
        
            
            Adds built-in style. Use IDs from  class.
            
            The ID of the built-in style.
             is not an ID of a built-in style.
            The built-in style, added to the repository.
        
        
            
            Gets the document to which this style collection belongs to.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets an enumeration of the styles added to the repository.
            
            The styles.
        
        
            
            Describes the type of a style.
            
        
        
            
            Character style.
            
        
        
            
            Paragraph style.
            
        
        
            
            Table style.
            
        
        
            
            Numbering style.
            
        
        
            
            Defines set of borders which can be applied to table element. This class is immutable.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            All.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
            The inside horizontal border.
            The inside vertical border.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class. Creates copy of the the source table borders and replaces only the specified borders.
            
            The table borders source.
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
            The inside horizontal border.
            The inside vertical border.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table borders are equal.
            
            True if the table borders are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table borders are different.
            
            True if the table borders are different.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets the top border.
            
            The top border.
        
        
            
            Gets the bottom border.
            
            The bottom border.
        
        
            
            Gets the left border.
            
            The left border.
        
        
            
            Gets the right border.
            
            The right border.
        
        
            
            Gets the inner horizontal border.
            
            The inner horizontal border.
        
        
            
            Gets the inner vertical border.
            
            The inner vertical border.
        
        
            
            Defines set of borders which can be applied to table cell element. This class is immutable.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class. Setting only the outer borders.
            
            All.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
            The inside horizontal border.
            The inside vertical border.
            The diagonal down border.
            The diagonal up border.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class. Creates copy of the the source table cell borders and replaces only the specified borders.
            
            The source.
            The left border.
            The top border.
            The right border.
            The bottom border.
            The inside horizontal border.
            The inside vertical border.
            The diagonal down border.
            The diagonal up border.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table cell borders are equal.
            
            True if the table cell borders are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table cell borders are different.
            
            True if the table cell borders are different.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets the top border.
            
            The top border.
        
        
            
            Gets the bottom border.
            
            The bottom border.
        
        
            
            Gets the left border.
            
            The left border.
        
        
            
            Gets the right border.
            
            The right border.
        
        
            
            Gets the inner horizontal border.
            
            The inner horizontal border.
        
        
            
            Gets the inner vertical border.
            
            The inner vertical border.
        
        
            
            Gets the top left to bottom right diagonal border.
            
            The diagonal down.
        
        
            
            Gets the top right to bottom left diagonal border.
            
            The diagonal up.
        
        
            
            Defines a set of properties which can be applied to a  element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The owner cell.
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initialize the properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the borders.
            
            The borders.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the color of the background.
            
            The color of the background.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the color for any foreground pattern used in this shading.
            
            The color of the pattern.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to lay the pattern color over the background color for this shading.
            
            The default value is Clear
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the padding.
            
            The table cell padding.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the column span. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is 1.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the row span. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is 1.        
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set a value indicating whether cell marker will be ignored when row height is calculated. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is false.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set a value indicating whether the content can be wrapped during the table layout. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the preferred width. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The preferred width.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the vertical alignment. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is Top.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the text direction. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The text direction.
        
        
            
            Gets the document.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Specifies the algorithm which shall be used to lay out the contents of this table.
            
        
        
            
            Fixed width table layout algorithm.
            
        
        
            
            AutoFit table layout algorithm.
            
        
        
            
             Specifies the components of conditional table formatting. 
             This enumeration has a Flags attribute 
            that allows a bitwise combination of its member values.
            
        
        
            
            No conditional formatting.
            
        
        
            
            First row conditional formatting.
            
        
        
            
            Last row conditional formatting.
            
        
        
            
            First column conditional formatting.
            
        
        
            
            Last column conditional formatting.
            
        
        
            
            Row banding conditional formatting.
            
        
        
            
            Column banding conditional formatting.
            
        
        
            
            Defines a set of properties which can be applied to a  element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The owner table.
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initialize the properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the alignment of the table.
            
            The default value is Left.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the color of the background.
            
            The color of the background.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the color for any foreground pattern used in this shading.
            
            The color of the pattern.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to lay the pattern color over the background color for this shading.
            
            The default value is Clear
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the top border.
            
            The top border.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set default padding of the cells inside the table.
            
            The table cell padding.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the spacing between adjacent cells and the edges of the table.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The default value is 0.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value which shall be added before the leading edge of the table.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The default value is 0.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the number of banded rows.
            
            The default value is 0.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set the number of banded columns.
            
            The default value is 0.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the flow direction of cells inside the table. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is LeftToRight.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the preferred width. This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The preferred width.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the value indicating which components of the conditional style should be applied if such exists. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is BandedRows | BandedColumns.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set a value indicating which algorithm shall be used to lay out the content of the table. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is AutoFit.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set a value indicating whether this floating table shall allow other floating tables to overlap its extents. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            Gets the document.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set default padding of the cells inside the table.
            
            The table cell padding.
        
        
            
            Specifies the height of a . The height may be absolute or relative, depending on the property values.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class. Useful for creating  with .
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The type of the height.
            The row height in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table row height are equal.
            
            True if the table row heights are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table row height are different.
            
            True if the table row heights are different.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the value.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The value.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the type of the height.
            
            The type of the height.
        
        
            
            Defines a set of properties which can be applied to a  element.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The style.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The table row.
        
        
            
            Enumerates the style properties.
            
            The style properties.
        
        
            
            Gets specific style property or null.
            
            The property definition.
            
        
        
            
            Initialize the properties.
            
        
        
            
            Gets style property used to get or set a value indicating the spacing between adjacent cells and the edges of the table.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set a value indicating whether this row should be repeated on every new page. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is false.        
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set a value indicating whether the content of the row can be split across multiple pages. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The default value is true.
        
        
            
            Gets local style property used to get or set the height. 
            This property cannot be derived from a style.
            
            The height.
        
        
            
            Defines preferred width of a table or table cell.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The value in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The type.
            The value in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table width units are equal.
            
            True if the table width units are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified table width units are different.
            
            True if the table width units are different.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The  to compare with the current
            .
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Returns a  that represents the current
            .
            
            
            A  that represents the current .
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the unit type type.
            
            The unit type.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the unit value value.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The unit value.
        
        
            
            Specifies the possible values for the units of the width property of table cell or table.
            
        
        
            
            Automatically determined width.
            
        
        
            
            Fixed width.
            
        
        
            
            Width is defined as a percent.
            
        
        
            
            The width should be zero.
            
        
        
            
            Defines a tab stop element. This class is immutable.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The position in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The position in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            The tab stop type.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The position in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            The tab stop type.
            The tab stop leader.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified tab stops are equal.
            
            True if the tab stops are equal.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified tab stops are different.
            
            True if the tab stops are different.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified  is equal
            to the current .
            
            The object to compare with the current object.
            
            Returns true if the specified  is equal to the
            current ; otherwise, false.
            
        
        
            
            Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
            
            A hash code for the current .
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the position of the tab stop.
            The value is in device independent pixels (1/96 inch).
            
            The position in points.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the tab stop type.
            
            The tab stop type.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the tab stop leader.
            
            The tab stop leader.
        
        
            
            Defines tab stop leader types.
            
        
        
             
            No tab stop leader type.
            
        
        
             
            Dot tab stop leader type.
            
        
        
             
            Hyphen tab stop leader type. 
            
        
        
            
            Underscore tab stop leader type. 
            
        
        
             
            MiddleDot tab stop leader type.
            
        
        
            
            Defines tab stop types.
            
        
        
             
            Left aligned tab. 
            
        
        
             
            Center aligned tab. 
            
        
        
             
            Right aligned tab. 
            
        
        
             
            Decimal tab stop. 
            
        
        
             
            Specifies that the current tab is a bar tab. 
            
        
        
             
            Clears an inherited tab stop.
            
        
        
            
            Defines an underline settings. 
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The character properties.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the color for the underlining.
            
            The color.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets a value indicating the pattern which shall be used to create the underlining applied beneath the text.
            
            The default value is None
        
        
            
            Specifies the types of patterns which may be used to create an underline.
            
        
        
            No underline.
        
        
            Single line underline.
        
        
            Underline non-space Characters only.
        
        
            Double line underline.
        
        
            Thick line underline.
        
        
            Dotted line underline.
        
        
            Thick dotted line underline.
        
        
            Dashed line underline.
        
        
            Thick dashed line underline.
        
        
            Long dashed line underline.
        
        
            Thick long dashed line underline.
        
        
            Dot-dashed line underline.
        
        
            Thick dot-dashed line underline.
        
        
            Dot-dot-dashed line underline.
        
        
            Thick dot-dot-dashed line underline.
        
        
            Wavy line underline.
        
        
            Thick wavy line underline.
        
        
            Double wavy line underline.
        
        
            
            Providers validation functionality for the new value of specific style property.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified value is valid.
            
            The value.
            
        
        
            
            Adds the validation rule.
            
            The validation rule.
        
        
            
            Removes validation rule.
            
            The validation rule.
        
        
            
            Clears all validation rules.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the validation rules.
            
            The validation rules.
        
        
            
            Providers single rule validation functionality for the new value of specific style properties.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
            The rule.
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified value is valid.
            
            The value.
            
        
        
            
            Determines whether the specified value is valid.
            
            The value.
            
        
        
            
            Describes vertical alignment of an element.
            
        
        
            
            The element is aligned to the top of the parent's layout slot.
            
        
        
            
            The element is aligned to the bottom of the parent's layout slot.
            
        
        
            
            The element is aligned to the center of the parent's layout slot.
            
        
        
            
            Specifies that the text should be justified between the top and the bottom of the parent's layout slot.
            
        
        
            
            Extension methods for generic collections.
            
        
        
            
            Gets the value or null.
            
            The type of the T key.
            The type of the T value.
            The dictionary.
            The key.
            
        
        
            
            Represents watermark which can be applied to pages in a .
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class which represents image watermark.
            
            The image watermark settings.
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class which represents text watermark.
            
            The text watermark settings.
        
        
            
            Creates a deep copy of this element, not associated with this document.
            
            A clone of the watermark.
        
        
            
            Gets the type of the watermark.
            
            The type.
        
        
            
            Gets the image watermark settings. This property is initialized only if the watermark is image watermark.
            
            The image settings.
        
        
            
            Gets the text watermark settings. This property is initialized only if the watermark is text watermark.
            
            The text settings.
        
        
            
            Gets the document associated with the watermark.
            
            The document.
        
        
            
            Specifies image settings for the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Represents a base class for the watermark settings classes.
            
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the watermark associated with the settings.
            
            The watermark.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the width of the watermark element.
            
            The width.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the height of the watermark element.
            
            The height.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the angle of the watermark element towards the horizontal direction.
            
            The angle.
        
        
            
            Creates a deep copy of this element.
            
            A clone of the settings.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the source of the image.
            
            The source of the image.
        
        
            
            Specifies text settings for the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Initializes a new instance of the  class.
            
        
        
            
            Creates a deep copy of this element.
            
            A clone of the settings.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the text.
            
            The text.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the font family.
            
            The font family.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the foreground color of the text.
            
            The the foreground color.
        
        
            
            Gets or sets the opacity of the text.
            
            The opacity is a double number between 0 and 1.
        
        
            
            Describes the type of a .
            
        
        
            
            Watermark containing image.
            
        
        
            
            Watermark containing text.